10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

(Mark One)

þ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended July 1, 2011

or

o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from          to          

Commission file number 1-8703

WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware	33-0956711
State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
3355 Michelson Drive, Suite 100 Irvine, California (Address of principal executive offices)	92612 (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (949) 672-7000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

	Name of each exchange
Title of each class	on which registered
Common Stock, $.01 Par Value Per Share	New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes þ     No o

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes o     No þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes þ     No o

Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes þ     No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer þ Accelerated filer o Non-accelerated filer o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) Smaller reporting company o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes o     No þ

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant on December 31, 2010, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was approximately $7.9 billion, based on the closing sale price as reported on the New York Stock Exchange.

As of the close of business on August 3, 2011, 233,191,524 shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, were outstanding.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

Part III incorporates by reference certain information from the registrant’s definitive proxy statement (the “Proxy Statement”) for the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the 2011 fiscal year. Except with respect to information specifically incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K, the Proxy Statement is not deemed to be filed as part hereof.

WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION

INDEX TO ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

For the Fiscal Year Ended July 1, 2011

		Page
PART I
Item 1.	Business		4
Item 1A.	Risk Factors		12
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments		28
Item 2.	Properties		28
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings		29
PART II
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities		30
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data		32
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations		32
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk		42
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data		44
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure		77
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures		77
Item 9B.	Other Information		78
PART III
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance		78
Item 11.	Executive Compensation		78
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters		78
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence		78
Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services		78
PART IV
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules		79
Signatures			83
EX-2.2
EX-10.7
EX-10.11
EX-21
EX-23
EX-31.1
EX-31.2
EX-32.1
EX-32.2
EX-101 INSTANCE DOCUMENT
EX-101 SCHEMA DOCUMENT
EX-101 CALCULATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT
EX-101 LABELS LINKBASE DOCUMENT
EX-101 PRESENTATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT
EX-101 DEFINITION LINKBASE DOCUMENT

Our fiscal year ends on the Friday nearest to June 30 and typically consists of 52 weeks. Approximately every five years, we report a 53-week fiscal year to align our fiscal year with the foregoing policy. Fiscal year 2011, which ended on July 1, 2011, was comprised of 52 weeks. Fiscal years 2010 and 2009, which ended on July 2, 2010 and July 3, 2009, respectively, were comprised of 52 weeks and 53 weeks, respectively. Unless otherwise indicated, references herein to specific years and quarters are to our fiscal years and fiscal quarters, and references to financial information are on a consolidated basis. As used herein, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” the “Company” and “WD” refer to Western Digital Corporation and its subsidiaries.

We are a Delaware corporation that operates as the parent company of our hard drive business, Western Digital Technologies, Inc., which was formed in 1970.

Our principal executive offices are located at 3355 Michelson Drive, Suite 100, Irvine, California 92612. Our telephone number is (949) 672-7000 and our Web site is www.westerndigital.com. The information on our Web site is not incorporated in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Western Digital, WD, the WD logo, WD Caviar, WD VelociRaptor, WD Scorpio, My Passport, My Book, My DVR Expander, WD Elements, WD ShareSpace, WD GreenPower Technology, WD TV, WD Livewire, PowerArmor,

2

SiSMART, SolidStor, SiSecure, LifeEST, SiliconDrive and SiliconEdge are trademarks of Western Digital Technologies, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All other trademarks mentioned are the property of their respective owners.

Forward-Looking Statements

This document contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws. Any statements that do not relate to historical or current facts or matters are forward-looking statements. You can identify some of the forward-looking statements by the use of forward-looking words, such as “may,” “will,” “could,” “would,” “project,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “expect,” “estimate,” “continue,” “potential,” “plan,” “forecasts,” and the like, or the use of future tense. Statements concerning current conditions may also be forward-looking if they imply a continuation of current conditions. Examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements concerning:

•  the planned acquisition of Viviti Technologies Ltd., until recently known as Hitachi Global Storage Technologies Holdings Pte. Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of Hitachi Ltd. (“HGST”), including the expected timing and anticipated benefits of the acquisition;

•  the terms of and our ability to syndicate the new credit facility to be entered into in connection with the planned acquisition of HGST;

•  demand for hard drives and solid-state drives in various markets and factors contributing to such demand;

•  our plans to continue to develop new products and expand into new storage markets and into emerging economic markets;

•  our entry into and position in the traditional enterprise market;

•  emergence of new storage markets for hard drives;

•  emergence of competing storage technologies;

•  traditional seasonal demand and pricing and gross margin trends;

•  our beliefs regarding the adequacy of our facilities and fabrication capacity;

•  our share repurchase plans;

•  our stock price volatility;

•  expectations regarding the outcome of legal proceedings in which we are involved;

•  our beliefs regarding the adequacy of our tax provisions and the timing of future payments, if any, relating to the unrecognized tax benefits;

•  expectations regarding our net revenue and industry unit shipments in the September quarter;

•  expectations regarding our capital expenditure plans and our depreciation and amortization expense in fiscal 2012; and

•  beliefs regarding the sufficiency of our cash and cash equivalents to meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs.

Forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements. You are urged to carefully review the disclosures we make concerning risks and other factors that may affect our business and operating results, including those made in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and any of those made in our other reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this document. We do not intend, and undertake no obligation, to publish revised forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this document or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

3

PART I

Item 1.   Business

General

We are a global provider of solutions for the collection, storage, management, protection and use of digital content, including audio and video. Our principal products are hard drives, which are devices that use one or more rotating magnetic disks (“magnetic media”) to store and allow fast access to data. Hard drives are currently the primary storage medium for digital content. Our hard drives are used in desktop and notebook computers, corporate and cloud computing data centers, home entertainment equipment and stand-alone consumer storage devices. In addition to hard drives, our other products include solid-state drives and home entertainment and networking products.

Business Strategy

Our business strategy is to provide a broad selection of reliable, high quality storage devices at a low total cost of ownership and with high efficiency and speed. We have designed our business strategy to accommodate significant unit and revenue growth with relatively small increases in operating expenses and to consistently achieve high asset utilization. We believe this strategy helps accomplish the following:

•  distinguishes us in the dynamic and competitive electronic data storage industry;

•  provides value to our customers;

•  allows us to better achieve consistent financial performance, including strong returns on invested capital; and

•  provides continued diversification of our storage product portfolio and entry into additional markets.

Industry

We believe that growth in the unit sales within the electronic data storage industry has continued to outpace the growth in the unit sales of all personal computers (“PCs”). For example, there were approximately 89% more hard drives sold than PCs in calendar 2010, based on industry data. We believe the following factors continue to drive the unit growth of storage device sales in addition to PCs:

•  consumer use of data storage devices for the playing, retention and creation of digital content for personal use;

•  growth of the external storage devices, permitting the easy storage, portability and backup of digital data such as music, photographs or video; and

•  growth of Internet-based applications, such as social networking, and cloud computing which drives the need for digital content storage and distribution.

For a discussion of risks relating to the electronic data storage industry, please see Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Client Compute

Client compute storage devices consist of internal hard drives and solid-state drives for desktop and mobile PCs. Hard drives and solid-state drives store the computer operating system and application software, as well as the data used by the applications. Desktop PCs are intended for regular use at a single location in homes, businesses and multi-user networks. Mobile PCs, primarily notebook computers, are used both in and away from homes and businesses. We believe that the demand for client compute hard drives and solid-state drives will grow primarily due to the increasing demand in emerging countries, continued corporate refreshes, the proliferation of digital content and requirements for increasing performance, small size and low power consumption.

Client Non-Compute

External Storage.  External storage devices supplement the storage space of PC systems for home and small office networks, back up data on internal drives and are used for portability and security. We believe there is a growing

4

consumer need to back up personal digital content and externally expand storage capacity. Media players connect to a user’s television or home theater system and play digital movies, music and photos from an integrated hard drive, USB mass storage devices or content services accessed over the Internet. We also believe there is a growing need for consumers to play and view their personal stored digital content and premium content from the Internet on their television and home theater system consistent with the growing trend to digitize rich content and data.

Consumer Electronics.  Hard drives for CE products are primarily used in digital video recorders (“DVRs”) and game consoles. DVRs offer greater consumer viewing flexibility and enhanced capabilities such as pausing live television, simplifying the process of recording and cataloging recorded television programs and quickly forwarding or returning to any section of a recorded television program. Game consoles enable users to save games, movies, music, pictures and other user generated content. We believe growth in consumer electronics will continue to create demand for higher capacity hard drives. Solid-state drives are also used in consumer electronics products which are primarily designed for small form factor, battery powered consumer hand held devices, such as tablets and smartphones.

Enterprise

Enterprise storage devices consist of hard drives and solid-state drives for mission critical storage applications, also referred to as traditional enterprise, and nearline storage applications. Mission critical storage applications are essential to the operations of an enterprise and require high performance, high reliability hard drives and solid-state drives. Nearline storage applications are business critical but require higher capacity and lower power consumption hard drives. Nearline hard drives are more cost effective than traditional enterprise hard drives while offering higher capacities and maintaining similar reliability, scalability and performance. Nearline hard drives have stimulated applications such as video surveillance, video editing/broadcasting and medical imaging, and are also becoming commonplace for IT infrastructure applications such as databases, scientific computing, web content, web caching, web search engines and electronic mail. We believe that shipments of nearline hard drive units comprised approximately 41% of enterprise hard drives in calendar 2010 compared to 36% in calendar 2009. We believe that nearline hard drives will continue to consume a growing portion of the highest capacity hard drives in the next three years. Enterprise also consists of solid-state drives for use in embedded applications, such as network communications, industrial, medical, military and aerospace, which require high durability and long life cycles.

There is a trend towards centralization of information storage and delivery of Internet-based services through cloud computing. Cloud computing delivers shared resources, software and information to users on demand on a multitude of devices, such as client PCs and handheld computing devices. Most cloud computing models consist of services delivered through large data centers that utilize enterprise-class servers. The infrastructure to support cloud computing storage needs is driving the demand for enterprise-class hard drives and solid-state drives.

Other Market Opportunities

We regularly review opportunities to apply our knowledge of data storage technology to markets that we do not currently serve. Based on our significant investments, we believe we have the technology building blocks to increase our overall market penetration and be a full-line data storage solutions supplier. Consistent with our measured and deliberate approach to new market entries in the recent past, our approach to additional new markets will be based on a careful assessment of the risks, rewards, requirements and profit potential of such actions.

Products

We offer a broad line of storage devices. Our hard drives currently include 3.5-inch and 2.5-inch form factors, capacities ranging from 80 gigabytes (“GB”) to 3 terabytes (“TB”), nominal rotation speeds up to 10,000 revolutions per minute (“RPM”), and interfaces such as Serial Advanced Technology Attachment (“SATA”) and Serial Attached SCSI (Small Computer System Interface) (“SAS”). In addition, we offer a family of hard drives specifically designed to consume substantially less power than standard drives, utilizing our WD GreenPower Technology^tm. Our solid-state drives currently include 2.5-inch and Compact Flash form factors, capacities ranging from 1 GB to 256 GB, and interfaces such as SATA and PATA.

5

Client Compute Storage Products

Client compute consists of hard drives and solid-state drives for desktop and mobile PCs. Our hard drive client compute unit shipments were 151 million, 147 million and 109 million for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Our client compute storage products include:

•  WD Caviar^® family of hard drives is designed for use in desktop PCs requiring high performance, reliability and capacity with attributes such as low cost per gigabyte and quiet acoustics;

•  WD Scorpio^® family of hard drives is designed for use in mobile PCs requiring high performance, reliability and capacity with attributes such as low power consumption for extended battery life and cooler operation, quiet acoustics and protection against shocks; and

•  WD Silicon Edge^tm family of solid-state drives is designed for both read-intensive client/consumer applications and write-intensive original equipment manufacturer (“OEM”) applications that require high performance and endurance with easy plug and play compatibility.

Client Non-Compute Storage Products

Client non-compute consists of branded products and consumer electronics products. Our hard drive client non-compute unit shipments were 46 million, 38 million and 33 million for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Branded Products.  Branded products consists of hard drives embedded into WD^®-branded external storage appliances with capacities ranging from 250 GB to 8 TB and using interfaces such as Universal Serial Bus (“USB”) 2.0, USB 3.0, external SATA, FireWire^tm and Ethernet network connections. Certain branded products models include software that assists customers with back up, remote access and management of digital content. Branded products also include our home entertainment and networking products. Our branded products include:

•  My Book^® and WD Elements^tm Desktop family of storage appliances are designed to add external capacity to desktops and DVRs, allow for the transfer and storage of videos directly from certain camcorders, and connect to networks to simplify storage for consumers;

•  My Passport^® and WD Elements^tm Portable family of storage appliances are designed for external portability weighing less than one-half of a pound and allow for the transfer and storage of videos directly from certain camcorders;

•  WD ShareSpace^tm is a network-attached storage system designed for home office or small office applications;

•  WD TV^® media players connect to a user’s television or home theater system and play digital movies, music and photos from an integrated hard drive, network hard drives, any of our WD^®-branded external hard drives, other USB mass storage devices or content services accessed over the Internet; and

•  WDLivewire^tm which enables consumers to use their existing electrical outlets to extend secure and reliable high-speed Internet connections throughout the home.

Consumer Electronics Products.  WD^® AV family of hard drives is designed for use in products such as DVRs and audio and video applications. WD^® AV drives deliver the characteristics CE manufacturers seek most, which are quiet operation, low operating temperature, low power consumption specifications, high reliability and optimized streaming capabilities.

Enterprise Storage Products

Enterprise consists of hard drives for traditional enterprise and nearline storage applications as well as solid-state drives for embedded applications. Our hard drive enterprise unit shipments were 10 million, 9 million and 4 million for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Our enterprise storage products include:

•  WD S25 hard drive is designed for mission-critical enterprise server and storage applications such as data centers and large data arrays;

6

•  WD VelociRaptor^® hard drive is designed for enterprise server and storage applications requiring high performance and high reliability. This hard drive is also used in the high-end desktop PC market for applications including gaming, servers and advanced CAD/CAM (computer-aided design/computer-aided manufacturing) systems;

•  WD^® RE family of hard drives is designed for nearline storage enterprise applications requiring high performance and high reliability; and

•  WD SiliconDrive^® family of solid-state drives features fast read/write speeds in high capacities and is designed for embedded system OEM applications that require high performance and reliability with a long product life.

Research and Development

We devote substantial resources to the development of new products and improvement of existing products. We focus our engineering efforts on coordinating our product design and manufacturing processes to bring our products to market in a cost-effective and timely manner. Research and development expenses totaled $703 million, $611 million and $509 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. For a discussion of risks related to our development of new products, see Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Technology and Product Development

Hard drives provide non-volatile data storage, which means that the data remains present when power is no longer applied to the device. The primary measures of hard drive performance include:

•  Acoustics — sound power emitted during hard drive operation, commonly expressed in decibels, and perceived loudness due to sound pressure, commonly expressed in sones;

•  Data transfer rate — sustained rate of data transfer to and from the disk, commonly expressed in gigabits per second. One gigabit equals one billion bits;

•  Power Consumption — which is the amount of electricity required to operate the drive, measured in watts;

•  Seek time — time needed to position the heads over a selected track on the disk surface, commonly expressed in milliseconds;

•  Spindle rotation speed — nominal rotation speed of the disks inside the hard drive, commonly expressed in RPM or latency. Spindle rotation speeds commonly stated as 5,400, 7,200 and 10,000 RPM are sometimes approximations; and

•  Storage capacity — which is the amount of data that can be stored on the hard drive, commonly expressed in GB or TB. As defined in the hard drive industry, one GB equals one billion bytes and one TB equals one trillion bytes. A byte is a digital character, typically comprised of eight bits. A bit is a binary digit, the smallest unit of information in a digital system.

Industry-standard interfaces allow the drives to communicate with the host system. The primary interface for PCs is SATA and the primary interfaces for enterprise systems are SAS, Fibre Channel Arbitrated Loop (“FC-AL”) and SATA.

The main components of the hard drive are a Head-Disk-Assembly (“HDA”) and a Printed Circuit Board Assembly (“PCBA”).

The HDA includes heads, magnetic media, head positioning mechanism (“actuator”) and spindle motor. A rigid base and top cover contain these components in a contamination-controlled environment. One or more disks positioned around a motor-driven spindle hub that rotates the disks comprise the disk-pack assembly. The disk is made up of a smooth substrate on which thin layers of magnetic materials are deposited. The head stack assembly (“HSA”) is comprised of a magnetic positioner and a pivot-arm module on which the individual heads, including suspension, are mounted. Each disk has a head suspended directly above it, which can read data from or write data to the spinning disk.

The PCBA includes both standard and custom integrated circuits, an interface connector to the host computer and a power connector. The integrated circuits on the printed circuit board typically include a power device that controls the motor and HSA positioner, and a System on Chip (SoC) comprised of a drive interface, controller and recording channel.

7

The drive interface receives instructions from the host computer, while the controller directs the flow of data to or from the disks and controls the heads. The location of data on each disk is logically maintained in concentric tracks divided into sectors. The host computer sends instructions to the controller to read data from or write data to the disks, based on logical track and sector locations. Guided by instructions from the controller, the HSA pivots in an arc across the disk until it reaches the selected track of a disk, where the data is recorded or retrieved.

The storage capacity of a hard drive is determined by the number of disks and each disk’s areal density (track density multiplied by bit density), which is a measure of the amount of data that can be stored on the recording surface of the disk per unit area. Head and magnetic media technologies are two of the key components affecting areal density. As areal density increases, achieving a given drive capacity potentially reduces product costs over time through reduced component requirements. We are vertically integrated in these two most important technology components of hard drives (heads and magnetic media). We also invest considerable resources in research and development, manufacturing infrastructure and capital equipment of head and magnetic media components, in order to secure our competitive position and cost structure.

Solid-state drives use semiconductor, non-volatile media, rather than magnetic media and magnetic heads, to store and allow fast access to data without any moving parts. The capacity of a solid-state drive is based on the total number of megabytes (“MB”) or GB of semiconductor media in the solid-state drive.

Our products generally leverage a common platform for various products within product families, and in some cases across product families, resulting in the commonality of components which reduces our exposure to changes in demand, facilitates inventory management and allows us to achieve lower costs through purchasing economies. This platform strategy also enables our customers to leverage their qualification efforts onto successive product models. For a discussion of risks related to technological innovations, see Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Sales and Distribution

We maintain sales offices in selected parts of the world including the major geographies of the Americas, Asia Pacific, Europe and the Middle East. Our international sales, which include sales to foreign subsidiaries of United States (“U.S.”) companies but do not include sales to U.S. subsidiaries of foreign companies, represented 83%, 81% and 80% of our net revenue for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Sales to international customers may be subject to certain risks not normally encountered in domestic operations, including exposure to tariffs and various trade regulations. For a discussion regarding the risks related to sales to international customers, see Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We perform our marketing and advertising functions internally and through outside firms utilizing both consumer media and trade publications targeting various reseller and end-user categories. We also maintain customer relationships through direct communication and providing information and support through our Web site. In accordance with standard hard drive industry practice, we provide distributors and retailers with limited price protection and programs under which we reimburse certain marketing expenditures. We also provide distributors, resellers and OEMs with other sales incentive programs.

Original Equipment Manufacturers.  OEMs purchase our products, either directly or through a contract manufacturer such as an original design manufacturer (“ODM”), and assemble them into the devices they build. OEMs typically seek to qualify two or more providers for each generation of products and generally will purchase products from those vendors for the life of that product. Many of our OEM customers utilize just-in-time inventory management processes or supply chain business models that allow for “build-to-order,” in which they do not build until there is a firm order. For certain OEMs, we maintain a base stock of finished goods inventory in facilities located near or adjacent to the OEM’s operations. We believe that our success depends on our ability to maintain and improve our strong relationships with the leading OEMs.

Distributors.  We use a broad group of distributors to sell our products to non-direct customers such as small computer and CE manufacturers, dealers, systems integrators, online retailers and other resellers. Distributors generally enter into non-exclusive agreements with us for the purchase and redistribution of our products in specific territories.

Retailers.  We sell our branded products directly to a select group of major retailers such as computer superstores, warehouse clubs, online retailers, and computer electronics stores, and authorize sales through distributors to smaller retailers. The retail channel complements our other sales channels while helping to build brand awareness for WD and our products. We also sell our branded products through our Web site.

8

For 2011 and 2010, no single customer accounted for 10% or more of our net revenue. For 2009, sales to Dell Inc. accounted for 10% of our net revenue. For a discussion of risks related to our customers, refer to Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. For additional information regarding revenue recognition, sales by geographic region and major customer information, see Part II, Item 8, Notes 1 and 6 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Competition

We compete with manufacturers of hard drives for client compute, client non-compute and enterprise applications as well as manufacturers of solid-state drives. Our competitors include companies such as Hitachi Global Storage Technologies, Intel Corporation, Micron Technology, Inc., Samsung Electronics Co. Ltd., Seagate Technology, STEC, Inc. and Toshiba Corporation.

The storage industry is intensely competitive with hard drive and solid-state suppliers competing for sales to a limited number of major customers. Hard drives are highly substitutable due to the industry mandate of technical form, fit and function standards and we believe there are no substantial barriers for existing competitors to offer competing products. Hard drive manufacturers compete on the basis of product quality and reliability, storage capacity, unit price, product performance, production volume capabilities, delivery capability, leadership in time-to-market, time-to-volume and time-to-quality, service and support and ease of doing business. The relative importance of these factors varies by customer and market and we believe that we are generally competitive in all of these factors. Semiconductor media competes with hard drives along a range of product attributes. In particular, semiconductor media currently offers attractive functionality in consumer handheld applications requiring smaller form factors, lower power and less storage capacity, such as smartphones and tablets. Semiconductor media offers greater performance than hard drives in some storage applications. Advances in magnetic, optical or other data storage technologies could also result in competitive products for storing digital content with better performance or lower cost per unit of capacity than our products. We monitor the advantages, disadvantages and advances of the full array of storage technologies on an ongoing basis.

We differentiate WD by focusing on operational excellence, high product quality and reliability, and designing and incorporating into our storage devices desirable product performance attributes. We also differentiate WD by emphasizing non-product related attributes such as availability and rapid response to our customers, which requires accelerated design cycles, customer delivery, production flexibility and timely service and support. We believe that trust in a manufacturer’s reputation, its execution track record and the establishment of strategic relationships have become important factors in the selection of a storage device, particularly in a rapidly changing technology environment.

Seasonality

We have historically experienced seasonal fluctuations in our business with higher levels of demand in the first and second quarters of our fiscal year. This seasonality is a result of consumer spending at the beginning of the school year and during the holiday season. Seasonality can also be impacted by the growth in emerging markets and macroeconomic conditions. For a discussion of risks related to seasonality in our business, see Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Service and Warranty

We generally warrant our newly manufactured products against defects in materials and workmanship from one to five years from the date of manufacture depending on the type of product. Our warranty obligation is generally limited to repair or replacement. We have engaged third parties in various countries in multiple regions to provide various levels of testing, processing and/or recertification of returned products for our customers. For a further discussion of our service and warranty policy, see Part II, Item 8, Note 1 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Manufacturing

We believe that we have significant know-how, unique product manufacturing processes, test and tooling, execution skills and human resources to continue to be successful and be able to grow, as necessary, our manufacturing operations. We strive to maintain manufacturing flexibility, high manufacturing yields, reliable products, and high-quality components. The critical elements of our hard drive production are high volume and utilization, low cost

9

assembly and testing, and maintaining close relationships with our strategic component suppliers to access best-of-class technology and manufacturing quality.

Hard drive manufacturing is a complex process involving the assembly of precision components with narrow tolerances and thorough testing. The assembly process occurs in a “clean room” environment that demands skill in process engineering and efficient space utilization to control the operating costs of this manufacturing environment. Our clean room manufacturing process consists of modular production units, each of which contains a number of work cells.

We continually evaluate our manufacturing processes in an effort to increase productivity, sustain and improve quality and decrease manufacturing costs. We continually evaluate which steps in the manufacturing process would benefit from automation and how automated manufacturing processes can improve productivity and reduce manufacturing costs. We leverage the efficiencies of contract manufacturers when strategically advantageous. For a discussion of risks related to manufacturing, see Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Materials and Supplies

We use a number of components, equipment, goods and services in the manufacturing of our products. The key components of our hard drives are:

•  magnetic heads;

•  magnetic media;

•  suspensions with related head gimbal assemblies (“HGAs”) and head stack assemblies (“HSAs”);

•  spindle motors;

•  custom and standard electronics such as system-on-chip, magnetic media, motor controllers, pre-amps and printed circuit boards;

•  base and top covers; and

•  magnets and related voice coil motors.

We design and manufacture a substantial portion of the heads and magnetic media required for our hard drives. We acquire all of the remaining components for our products from third party suppliers. The major components used in the manufacture of our solid-state drives (the semiconductor media and system-on-chip) and in our media players (the controller) are also acquired from third party suppliers. We believe that our sourcing strategy currently enables us to have the business flexibility needed to select the highest quality, low cost of ownership suppliers as product designs and technologies evolve.

We generally retain multiple suppliers for each of our component requirements but in some instances use sole sources for business reasons. Currently, we believe that there are no major issues with component availability. For a discussion of risks related to our component supplies, see Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Backlog

A substantial portion of our orders are generally for shipments within 30 to 60 days of the placement of the order. Customers’ purchase orders typically may be canceled with relatively short notice to us, with little or no cost to the customer, or modified by customers to provide for delivery at a later date. In addition, for many of our OEMs utilizing just-in-time inventory, we do not generally require firm order commitments and instead, receive a periodic forecast of requirements. Therefore, backlog information as of the end of a particular period is not necessarily indicative of future levels of our revenue and profit and may not be comparable to prior periods.

Patents, Licenses and Proprietary Information

We own numerous patents and have many patent applications in process. We believe that, although our patents and patent applications have considerable value, the successful manufacturing and marketing of our products depends primarily upon the technical and managerial competence of our staff. Accordingly, the patents held and applied for do not ensure our future success.

10

In addition to patent protection of certain intellectual property rights, we consider elements of our product designs and processes to be proprietary and confidential. We believe that our non-patented intellectual property, particularly some of our process technology, is an important factor in our success. We rely upon non-disclosure agreements and contractual provisions and a system of internal safeguards to protect our proprietary information. Despite these safeguards, there is a risk that competitors may obtain and use such information. The laws of foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct business may provide less protection for confidential information than the U.S.

We rely on certain technology that we license from other parties to manufacture and sell WD products. We believe that we have adequate cross-licenses and other agreements in place in addition to our own intellectual property portfolio to compete successfully in the hard drive industry. For discussion of risks related to our ownership and use of intellectual property, see Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Environmental Regulation

We are subject to a variety of regulations in connection with our operations. We believe that we have obtained or are in the process of obtaining all necessary environmental permits for our operations. For a discussion of risks related to environmental regulation, see Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Employees

As of July 1, 2011, we employed a total of 65,431 employees worldwide, excluding temporary employees and contractors. Many of our employees are highly skilled, and our continued success depends in part upon our ability to attract and retain such employees. Accordingly, we offer employee benefit programs which we believe are, in the aggregate, competitive with those offered by our competitors. We consider our employee relations to be good. For a discussion of risks related to our skilled employees, see Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Available Information

We maintain an Internet Web site at www.westerndigital.com. Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to reports filed or furnished pursuant to Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are available on our Web site at www.westerndigital.com, free of charge, as soon as reasonably practicable after the electronic filing of these reports with, or furnishing of these reports to, the SEC. Any materials we file with the SEC are available at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Additional information about the operation of the Public Reference Room can also be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains a Web site at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC, including us.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

Listed below are all of our executive officers as of July 1, 2011, followed by a brief account of their business experience during the past five years. Executive officers are normally appointed annually by the Board of Directors at a meeting of the directors immediately following the Annual Meeting of Stockholders. There are no family relationships among these officers nor any arrangements or understandings between any officer and any other person pursuant to which an officer was selected.

Name	Age		Position
John F. Coyne		61	President and Chief Executive Officer
Timothy M. Leyden		59	Chief Operating Officer
Wolfgang U. Nickl		42	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
James D. Morris		46	Executive Vice President and General Manager, Storage Products
James J. Murphy		52	Executive Vice President of Worldwide Sales and Sales Operations
James K. Welsh III		54	Executive Vice President and General Manager, Branded Products

11

Mr. Coyne, 61, has been a director since October 2006. He joined us in 1983 and has served in various executive capacities. From November 2002 until June 2005, Mr. Coyne served as Senior Vice President, Worldwide Operations, from June 2005 until September 2005, he served as Executive Vice President, Worldwide Operations and from November 2005 until June 2006, he served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operations Officer. Effective June 2006, he was named President and Chief Operating Officer. In January 2007, he became President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Coyne is a director of Jacobs Engineering Group Inc.

Mr. Leyden, 59, re-joined us in May 2007 as Executive Vice President, Finance, and was promoted to Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in September 2007. From December 2001 to May 2007, Mr. Leyden served in senior finance capacities at Sage Software Inc. and Sage Software of California, subsidiaries of Sage Group PLC, a U.K. public company that supplies accounting and business management software to small and medium-sized businesses, including as Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer from December 2001 to May 2004 and as Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer from May 2004 to May 2007. Mr. Leyden previously served in various worldwide finance, manufacturing and information technology capacities with us from 1983 to December 2000.

Mr. Nickl, 42, was promoted to Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in August 2010. Mr. Nickl had previously served as the Company’s Vice President, Finance, since October 2005. Prior to that, Mr. Nickl served as Vice President, Worldwide Business Operations from May 2005 to October 2005, and as Executive Director, Worldwide Business Operations from July 2003 to May 2005.

Mr. Morris, 46, re-joined us in October 2006 as Vice President and General Manager, Mobile Storage business unit. He was promoted to Senior Vice President and General Manager, Client Systems, in November 2008, to Senior Vice President and General Manager, Storage Products, in November 2009, and to Executive Vice President and General Manager, Storage Products, in August 2010. Mr. Morris previously served in various management capacities with us from 2001 to 2005.

Mr. Murphy, 52, served us as Vice President, Asia Pacific from 2003 to 2005, as Vice President, Worldwide Sales from 2005 to 2007, and as Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales and Sales Operations, from 2007 to 2010. He was promoted to Executive Vice President, Worldwide Sales and Sales Operations in August 2010.

Mr. Welsh, 54, joined us in 2005 as Vice President and General Manager, Branded Products. He was promoted to Senior Vice President and General Manager, Branded Products, in 2008, and to Executive Vice President and General Manager, Branded Products, in August 2010.

Item 1A.   Risk Factors

The successful completion of our planned acquisition of HGST is subject to risks and uncertainties, including obtaining the requisite regulatory approvals, and our business may suffer in the event we fail to successfully complete the acquisition.

In March 2011, we announced our planned acquisition of HGST. Completion of the planned acquisition of HGST is subject to risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to:

•  Required Government Approvals.  Completion of our planned acquisition of HGST is conditioned upon, among other things, obtaining required governmental approvals. While certain governmental approvals have been obtained, the transaction remains conditioned upon the receipt of approval from the United States, the European Union, the People’s Republic of China, Japan, Korea and Mexico. There is no assurance that we will obtain such approvals or, if obtained, the timing of the approvals. We agreed to take any and all actions to obtain the requisite governmental approvals in specified jurisdictions unless such action would reasonably be expected to materially impair the business operations of the combined company absent such imposed condition. There can be no assurance that conditions or changes will not be imposed and any such conditions or changes could have the effect of jeopardizing or delaying completion of the planned acquisition or reducing the anticipated benefits of the planned acquisition. If we agree to any material conditions in order to obtain any approvals required to complete the planned acquisition, the business and results of operations of the combined company may be adversely affected.

•  Termination Fee.  If the acquisition agreement is terminated by any party because the acquisition has not closed by March 7, 2012, and if, as of the time of such termination, certain regulatory and antitrust closing conditions have not been satisfied due to the failure to receive any required antitrust or competition consent, approval or

12

clearance or any action by any certain governmental entities to prevent the acquisition for antitrust or competition reasons, then we will be required to pay a termination fee of $250 million.

•  Transaction Costs.  We have incurred and will continue to incur costs relating to the planned acquisition (including significant legal and financial advisory fees) and many of these costs are payable by us whether or not the planned acquisition is completed.

•  Time and Resources Commitment.  Matters relating to the planned acquisition (including integration planning) have and will continue to require substantial commitments of time and resources by our management team, which could otherwise have been devoted to other opportunities that may have been beneficial to us.

•  Financing.  We may fail to complete the planned financing for the transaction.

These risks and uncertainties regarding the acquisition may adversely affect our relationships with our vendors and customers, which could harm our operating results. In addition, in the event that the acquisition is not completed or is delayed, our business could suffer and the current market price of our common stock may decline.

Even if we successfully complete our planned acquisition of HGST, we may fail to successfully integrate HGST’s business into our operations and realize the anticipated benefits from such integration on a timely basis, or at all, which could negatively impact our business.

The success of our planned acquisition of HGST will depend on our ability to realize the anticipated benefits from integrating HGST’s business into our operations. Due to legal restrictions, we and HGST have conducted, and until the completion of the planned acquisition will conduct, only limited planning regarding the integration of the two companies following the acquisition. Our ongoing business could be disrupted and our management’s attention diverted due to these integration planning activities and as a result of the actual integration of the two companies following the acquisition. Following the planned acquisition, we may fail to realize the anticipated benefits from this integration on a timely basis, or at all, for a variety of reasons, including the following:

•  difficulties entering new markets or manufacturing in new geographies where we have no or limited direct prior experience;

•  difficulties in coordinating geographically separate organizations, which may be subject to additional complications resulting from being geographically distant from our other operations;

•  failure to identify or assess the magnitude of certain liabilities we are assuming in the acquisition, which could result in unexpected litigation or regulatory exposure, unfavorable accounting treatment, unexpected increases in taxes due, a loss of anticipated tax benefits or other adverse effects on our business, operating results or financial condition;

•  failure to realize the anticipated increase in our revenues due to the acquisition if customers adjust their purchasing decisions and allocate more market share to our competitors;

•  difficulties or delays in incorporating acquired technologies or products with our existing product lines and maintaining uniform standards, controls, processes and policies;

•  failure to successfully manage relationships with our combined supplier and customer base;

•  the impact of the March 2011 earthquakes, tsunami and related events in Japan on HGST’s business, component supply or Japan facilities;

•  difficulties integrating and harmonizing business systems;

•  difficulties in modifying HGST’s existing accounting and internal control systems to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to which HGST is not currently subject, which could adversely impact the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting for the combined company; and

•  the loss of key employees.

If we are not able to successfully integrate HGST’s business and technology into our operations, the anticipated benefits and efficiencies of the planned acquisition may not be realized fully or at all, or may take longer to realize than

13

expected, and our ability to compete, our revenue and gross margins and our results of operations may be adversely affected.

The integration of HGST may result in significant restructuring charges that could adversely affect the financial results of the combined company.

The financial results of the combined company may be adversely affected by cash expenses and non-cash accounting charges incurred in connection with the combination. The amount and timing of these possible charges are not yet known. The price of our common stock following the acquisition could decline to the extent the combined company’s financial results are materially affected by these charges.

The financing of our planned HGST acquisition will dilute our stockholders’ ownership interest in the company, and may have an adverse impact on our liquidity, limit our flexibility in responding to other business opportunities and increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions.

Our planned acquisition of HGST will be financed by a combination of the issuance of additional shares of our common stock, the use of a significant amount of our cash on hand and the incurrence of a significant amount of indebtedness. The issuance of additional shares of our common stock will dilute your ownership interest in the company. The use of cash on hand and indebtedness to finance the acquisition will reduce our liquidity and could cause us to place more reliance on cash flow from operations to pay principal and interest on our debt, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow for operations and development activities. The credit agreement we expect to enter into with respect to the indebtedness we will incur to finance the planned acquisition contains restrictive covenants, including financial covenants requiring us to maintain specified financial ratios. Our ability to meet these restrictive covenants can be affected by events beyond our control. The indebtedness and these restrictive covenants will also have the effect, among other things, of impairing our ability to obtain additional financing, if needed, limiting our flexibility in the conduct of our business and making us more vulnerable to economic downturns and adverse competitive and industry conditions. In addition, a breach of the restrictive covenants could result in an event of default under the credit agreement we will enter into with respect to the indebtedness, which, if not cured or waived, could result in the indebtedness becoming immediately due and payable and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.

Adverse global economic conditions and credit market uncertainty could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Adverse global economic conditions and uncertain conditions in the credit market have had, and in the future could have, a significant adverse effect on our company and on the storage industry as a whole. Some of the risks and uncertainties we face as a result of these global economic and credit market conditions include the following:

•  Volatile Demand.  Negative or uncertain global economic conditions could cause many of our direct and indirect customers to delay or reduce their purchases of our products and systems containing our products. In addition, many of our customers rely on credit financing to purchase our products. If negative conditions in the global credit markets prevent our customers’ access to credit, product orders may decrease, which could result in lower revenue. Likewise, if our suppliers, sub-suppliers and sub-contractors (collectively referred to as “suppliers”) face challenges in obtaining credit, in selling their products or otherwise in operating their businesses, they may be unable to offer the materials we use to manufacture our products. These actions could result in reductions in our revenue and increased operating costs, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

•  Restructuring Activities.  If demand slows significantly as a result of a deterioration in economic conditions or otherwise, we may need to execute restructuring activities to realign our cost structure with softening demand. The occurrence of restructuring activities could result in impairment charges and other expenses, which could adversely impact our results of operations or financial condition.

•  Credit Volatility and Loss of Receivables.  We extend credit and payment terms to some of our customers. In addition to ongoing credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition, we traditionally seek to mitigate our credit risk by purchasing credit insurance on certain of our accounts receivable balances. As a result of the

14

continued uncertainty and volatility in global economic conditions, however, we may find it increasingly difficult to be able to insure these accounts receivable. We could suffer significant losses if a customer whose accounts receivable we have not insured, or have underinsured, fails and is unable to pay us. Additionally, negative or uncertain global economic conditions increase the risk that if a customer whose accounts receivable we have insured fails, the financial condition of the insurance carrier for such customer account may have also deteriorated such that it cannot cover our loss. A significant loss of an accounts receivable that we cannot recover through credit insurance would have a negative impact on our financial results.

•  Impairment Charges.  Negative or uncertain global economic conditions could result in circumstances, such as a sustained decline in our stock price and market capitalization or a decrease in our forecasted cash flows such that they are insufficient, indicating that the carrying value of our long-lived assets or goodwill may be impaired. If we are required to record a significant charge to earnings in our consolidated financial statements because an impairment of our long-lived assets or goodwill is determined, our results of operations will be adversely affected.

We participate in a highly competitive industry that is subject to the risk of declining average selling prices (“ASPs”), volatile gross margins and significant shifts in market share, all of which could adversely affect our operating results.

Demand for our hard drives depends in large part on the demand for systems manufactured by our customers and on storage upgrades to existing systems. The demand for systems has been volatile in the past and often has had an exaggerated effect on the demand for hard drives in any given period. As a result, the hard drive market has experienced periods of excess capacity, which can lead to liquidation of excess inventories and more intense price competition. If more intense price competition occurs, we may be forced to lower prices sooner and more than expected, which could result in lower ASPs, revenue and gross margins. Our ASPs and gross margins also tend to decline when there is a shift in the mix of product sales, and sales of lower priced products increase relative to those of higher priced products. In addition, rapid technological changes often reduce the volume and profitability of sales of existing products and increase the risk of inventory obsolescence. These factors, along with others, may result in significant shifts in market share among the industry’s major participants.

Our failure to accurately forecast market and customer demand for our products, or to quickly adjust to forecast changes, could adversely affect our business and financial results or operating efficiencies.

The data storage industry faces difficulties in accurately forecasting market and customer demand for its products. The variety and volume of products we manufacture is based in part on these forecasts. Accurately forecasting demand has become increasingly difficult for us, our customers and our suppliers in light of the volatility in global economic conditions and a recent shift from air to ocean freight in response to increased transportation costs, which requires additional lead times. In addition, because hard drives are designed to be largely substitutable, our demand forecasts may be impacted significantly by the strategic actions of our competitors. As forecasting demand becomes more difficult, the risk that our forecasts are not in line with demand increases. If our forecasts exceed actual market demand, then we could experience periods of product oversupply and price decreases, which could impact our financial performance. If market demand increases significantly beyond our forecasts or beyond our ability to add manufacturing capacity, then we may not be able to satisfy customer product needs, which could result in a loss of market share if our competitors are able to meet customer demands.

We experience significant sales seasonality and cyclicality, which could cause our operating results to fluctuate.

Sales of computer systems, storage subsystems and consumer electronics tend to be seasonal and cyclical, and therefore we expect to continue to experience seasonality and cyclicality in our business as we respond to variations in our customers’ demand for hard drives. In the desktop, mobile, CE and retail markets, seasonality is partially attributable to the increase in sales of PCs and CE devices during the back-to-school and winter holiday seasons. As such, we anticipate that sales of our products will continue to be lower during the second half of our fiscal year. However, recently we have experienced stronger-than-anticipated demand partially driven by the increased adoption of sea freight in the PC supply chain. In the enterprise market our sales are seasonal because of the capital budgeting and purchasing cycles of our end users. However, changes in seasonal and cyclical patterns have made it, and could continue to make it, more difficult for us to forecast demand, especially in the current macroeconomic environment. Changes in the product or channel mix of our business can also impact seasonal and cyclical patterns, adding complexity in forecasting demand. Seasonality and

15

cyclicality also may lead to higher volatility in our stock price. It is difficult for us to evaluate the degree to which seasonality and cyclicality may affect our stock price or business in future periods because of the rate and unpredictability of product transitions and new product introductions and macroeconomic conditions.

Our customers’ demand for storage capacity may not continue to grow at current industry estimates, which may lower the prices our customers are willing to pay for our products or put us at a disadvantage to competing technologies.

Our customers’ demand for storage capacity may not continue to grow at current industry estimates as a result of:

•  Mobile Devices.  There has been a recent rapid growth in CE devices that do not contain a hard drive such as tablet computers and smartphones. While tablet computers and smartphones provide many of the same capabilities as PCs, the extent to which they will displace or materially affect the demand for PCs is uncertain. If device-makers are successful in achieving customer acceptance of these devices as a replacement for traditional computing applications that contain hard drives, or if we are not successful in adapting our product offerings to include alternative storage solutions that address these devices, then demand for our products may decrease.

•  Cloud Computing.  Consumers traditionally have stored their data on their PC, often supplemented with personal external storage devices. Most businesses also include similar local storage as a primary or secondary storage location. This storage is typically provided by hard disk drives. Recently, cloud computing has emerged whereby applications and data are hosted, accessed and processed through a third-party provider over a broadband Internet connection, potentially reducing or eliminating the need for, among other things, significant storage inside the accessing computer. This trend could cause the market for disk drives in computers to decline over time, which could harm our business to the extent this decline is not offset by the sale of our products to customers who provide cloud computing services.

Demand for our products also could be negatively impacted by developments in the regulation and enforcement of digital rights management, the emergence of processes such as data deduplication and storage virtualization, economic conditions, and the rate of increase in areal density exceeding the increase in our customers’ demand for storage capacity. These factors could lead to our customers’ storage capacity needs being satisfied at lower prices with lower capacity hard drives or solid-state storage products that we do not offer, thereby decreasing our revenue or putting us at a disadvantage to competing storage technologies. As a result, even with increasing aggregate demand for storage capacity, if we fail to anticipate or timely respond to these developments in the demand for storage, our ASPs could decline, which could adversely affect our operating results.

Selling to the retail market is an important part of our business, and if we fail to maintain and grow our market share or gain market acceptance of our branded products, our operating results could suffer.

Selling branded products is an important part of our business, and as our branded products revenue increases as a portion of our overall revenue, our success in the retail market becomes increasingly important to our operating results. Our success in the retail market depends in large part on our ability to maintain our brand image and corporate reputation and to expand into and gain market acceptance of our products in multiple channels. Adverse publicity, whether or not justified, or allegations of product quality issues, even if false or unfounded, could tarnish our reputation and cause our customers to choose products offered by our competitors. In addition, the proliferation of new methods of mass communication facilitated by the Internet makes it easier for false or unfounded allegations to adversely affect our brand image and reputation. If customers no longer maintain a preference for WD^®-brand products, our operating results may be adversely affected.

Sales in the distribution channel are important to our business, and if we fail to respond to demand changes in distribution markets or if distribution markets for hard drives weaken, our operating results could suffer.

Our distribution customers typically sell to small computer manufacturers, dealers, systems integrators and other resellers. We face significant competition in this channel as a result of limited product qualification programs and a significant focus on price and availability of product. In addition, the PC market is experiencing a shift to notebook and other mobile devices and, as a result, more computing devices are being delivered to the market as complete systems, which could weaken the distribution market. If we fail to respond to changes in demand in the distribution market, our operating results could suffer. Additionally, if the distribution market weakens as a result of a slowing PC growth rate,

16

technology transitions or a significant change in consumer buying preference, or if we experience significant price declines due to demand changes in the distribution channel, then our operating results would be adversely affected.

Loss of market share with or by a key customer, or consolidation among our customer base, could harm our operating results.

During the year ended July 1, 2011, a large percentage of our revenue, 49%, came from sales to our top 10 customers. These customers have a variety of suppliers to choose from and therefore can make substantial demands on us, including demands on product pricing and on contractual terms, which often results in the allocation of risk to us as the supplier. Our ability to maintain strong relationships with our principal customers is essential to our future performance. If we lose a key customer, if any of our key customers reduce their orders of our products or require us to reduce our prices before we are able to reduce costs, if a customer is acquired by one of our competitors or if a key customer suffers financial hardship, our operating results would likely be harmed.

Additionally, if there is consolidation among our customer base, our customers may be able to command increased leverage in negotiating prices and other terms of sale, which could adversely affect our profitability. In addition, if, as a result of increased leverage, customer pressures require us to reduce our pricing such that our gross margins are diminished, we could decide not to sell our products to a particular customer, which could result in a decrease in our revenue. Consolidation among our customer base may also lead to reduced demand for our products, replacement of our products by the combined entity with those of our competitors and cancellations of orders, each of which could harm our operating results.

Our entry into additional storage markets increases the complexity of our business, and if we are unable to successfully adapt our business processes as required by these new markets, we will be at a competitive disadvantage and our ability to grow will be adversely affected.

As we expand our product line to sell into additional storage markets, the overall complexity of our business increases at an accelerated rate and we become subject to different market dynamics. The new markets into which we are expanding, or may expand, may have different characteristics from the markets in which we currently exist. These different characteristics may include, among other things, demand volume requirements, demand seasonality, product generation development rates, customer concentrations, warranty and product return policies and performance and compatibility requirements. Our failure to make the necessary adaptations to our business model to address these different characteristics, complexities and new market dynamics could adversely affect our operating results. For example, as we have previously disclosed, we entered the traditional enterprise market in November 2009. In addition to requiring significant capital expenditures, our entry into the traditional enterprise market adds complexity to our business that requires us to effectively adapt our business and management processes to address the unique challenges and different requirements of the traditional enterprise market, while maintaining a competitive operating cost model. If we fail to gain market acceptance in the traditional enterprise storage market, we will remain at a competitive disadvantage to the companies that succeed in this market and our ability to continue our growth will be negatively affected.

Expansion into new hard drive markets may cause our capital expenditures to increase, and if we do not successfully expand into new markets, our business may suffer.

To remain a significant supplier of hard drives, we will need to offer a broad range of hard drive products to our customers. We currently offer a variety of 3.5-inch or 2.5-inch hard drives for the desktop, mobile, enterprise, CE and external storage markets. However, demand for hard drives may shift to products in form factors or with interfaces that our competitors offer but which we do not. Expansion into other hard drive markets and resulting increases in manufacturing capacity requirements may require us to make substantial additional investments in part because our operations are largely vertically integrated now that we manufacture heads and magnetic media for use in many of the hard drives we manufacture. If we fail to successfully expand into new hard drive markets with products that we do not currently offer, we may lose business to our competitors who offer these products.

17

Our vertical integration of head and magnetic media manufacturing makes us dependent on our ability to timely and cost-effectively develop heads and magnetic media with leading technology and overall quality, and creates additional capital expenditure costs and asset utilization risks to our business.

Under our business plan, we are developing and manufacturing a substantial portion of the heads and magnetic media used in the hard drive products we manufacture. Consequently, we are more dependent upon our own development and execution efforts and less able to take advantage of head and magnetic media technologies developed by other manufacturers. Technology transition for head and magnetic media designs is critical to increasing our volume production of heads and magnetic media. There can be no assurance, however, that we will be successful in timely and cost-effectively developing and manufacturing heads or magnetic media for products using future technologies. We also may not effectively transition our head or magnetic media design and technology to achieve acceptable manufacturing yields using the technologies necessary to satisfy our customers’ product needs, or we may encounter quality problems with the heads or magnetic media we manufacture. If we are unable to timely and cost-effectively develop heads and magnetic media with leading technology and overall quality, our ability to sell our products may be significantly diminished, which could materially and adversely affect our business and financial results.

In addition, as a result of our vertical integration of head and magnetic media manufacturing, we make more capital investments and carry a higher percentage of fixed costs than we would if we were not vertically integrated. If our overall level of production decreases for any reason, and we are unable to reduce our fixed costs to match sales, our head or magnetic media manufacturing assets may face under-utilization that may impact our operating results. We are therefore subject to additional risks related to overall asset utilization, including the need to operate at high levels of utilization to drive competitive costs and the need for assured supply of components that we do not manufacture ourselves. If we do not adequately address the challenges related to our head or magnetic media manufacturing operations, our ongoing operations could be disrupted, resulting in a decrease in our revenue or profit margins and negatively impacting our operating results.

We make significant investments in research and development to improve our technology and develop new technologies, and unsuccessful investments could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Over the past several years, our business strategy has been to derive a competitive advantage by moving from being a follower of new technologies to being a leader in the innovation and development of new technologies. This strategy requires us to make significant investments in research and development and, in attempting to remain competitive, we may increase our capital expenditures and expenses above our historical run-rate model. There can be no assurance that these investments will result in viable technologies or products, or if these investments do result in viable technologies or products, that they will be profitable or accepted by the market. Significant investments in unsuccessful research and development efforts could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, increased investments in technology could cause our cost structure to fall out of alignment with demand for our products, which would have a negative impact on our financial results.

Current or future competitors may gain a technology advantage or develop an advantageous cost structure that we cannot match.

It may be possible for our current or future competitors to gain an advantage in product technology, manufacturing technology, or process technology, which may allow them to offer products or services that have a significant advantage over the products and services that we offer. Advantages could be in capacity, performance, reliability, serviceability, or other attributes. A competitive cost structure for our products, including critical components, labor and overhead, is also critical to the success of our business. We may be at a competitive disadvantage to any companies that are able to gain a technological or cost structure advantage.

Further industry consolidation could provide competitive advantages to our competitors.

The hard drive industry has experienced consolidation over the past several years. Consolidation by our competitors may enhance their capacity, abilities and resources and lower their cost structure, causing us to be at a competitive disadvantage.

18

Some of our competitors with diversified business units outside the hard drive industry may over extended periods of time sell hard drives at prices that we cannot profitably match.

Some of our competitors earn a significant portion of their revenue from business units outside the hard drive industry. Because they do not depend solely on sales of hard drives to achieve profitability, they may sell hard drives at lower prices and operate their hard drive business unit at a loss over an extended period of time while still remaining profitable overall. In addition, if these competitors can increase sales of non-hard drive products to the same customers, they may benefit from selling their hard drives at lower prices. Our operating results may be adversely affected if we cannot successfully compete with the pricing by these companies.

If we fail to qualify our products with our customers or if product life cycles lengthen, it may have a significant adverse impact on our sales and margins.

We regularly engage in new product qualification with our customers. Once a product is accepted for qualification testing, failures or delays in the qualification process can result in delayed or reduced product sales, reduced product margins caused by having to continue to offer a more costly current generation product, or lost sales to that customer until the next generation of products is introduced. The effect of missing a product qualification opportunity is magnified by the limited number of high volume OEMs, which continue to consolidate their share of the storage markets. Likewise, if product life cycles lengthen, we may have a significantly longer period to wait before we have an opportunity to qualify a new product with a customer, which could reduce our profits because we expect declining gross margins on our current generation products as a result of competitive pressures.

We are subject to risks related to product defects, which could result in product recalls or epidemic failures and could subject us to warranty claims in excess of our warranty provisions or which are greater than anticipated.

We warrant the majority of our products for periods of one to five years. We test our hard drives in our manufacturing facilities through a variety of means. However, there can be no assurance that our testing will reveal defects in our products, which may not become apparent until after the products have been sold into the market. Accordingly, there is a risk that product defects will occur, which could require a product recall. Product recalls can be expensive to implement and, if a product recall occurs during the product’s warranty period, we may be required to replace the defective product. Moreover, there is a risk that product defects may trigger an epidemic failure clause in a customer agreement. If an epidemic failure occurs, we may be required to replace or refund the value of the defective product and to cover certain other costs associated with the consequences of the epidemic failure. In addition, a product recall or epidemic failure may damage our reputation or customer relationships, and may cause us to lose market share with our customers, including our OEM and ODM customers.

Our standard warranties contain limits on damages and exclusions of liability for consequential damages and for misuse, improper installation, alteration, accident or mishandling while in the possession of someone other than us. We record an accrual for estimated warranty costs at the time revenue is recognized. We may incur additional operating expenses if our warranty provision does not reflect the actual cost of resolving issues related to defects in our products, whether as a result of a product recall, epidemic failure or otherwise. If these additional expenses are significant, it could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Dependence on a limited number of qualified suppliers of components and manufacturing equipment could lead to delays, lost revenue or increased costs.

Our future operating results may depend substantially on our suppliers’ ability to timely qualify their components in our programs, and their ability to supply us with these components in sufficient volumes to meet our production requirements. A number of the components that we use are available from only a single or limited number of qualified suppliers, and may be used across multiple product lines. As such, the success of our products depends on our ability to gain access to and integrate parts from reliable component suppliers. To do so, we must maintain effective relationships with our supply base to source our component needs, develop compatible technology, and maintain continuity of supply at reasonable costs. If we fail to maintain effective relationships with our supply base, or if we fail to integrate components from our suppliers effectively, this may adversely affect our ability to develop and deliver the best products to our customers and our profitability could suffer.

19

Certain equipment and consumables we use in our manufacturing or testing processes are available only from a limited number of suppliers. Some of this equipment and consumables use materials that at times could be in short supply. If these materials are not available, or are not available in the quantities we require for our manufacturing and testing processes, our ability to manufacture our products could be impacted, and we could suffer significant loss of revenue.

Each of the following could also significantly harm our operating results:

•  an unwillingness of a supplier to supply such components or equipment to us;

•  consolidation of key suppliers;

•  failure of a key supplier’s business process;

•  a key supplier’s or sub-supplier’s inability to access credit necessary to operate its business; or

•  failure of a key supplier to remain in business, to remain an independent merchant supplier, or to adjust to market conditions.

Shortages of commodity materials or commodity components, price volatility, or use by other industries of materials and components used in the hard drive industry, may negatively impact our operating results.

Increases in the cost for certain commodity materials or commodity components may increase our costs of manufacturing and transporting hard drives and key components. Shortages of commodity components such as DRAM and NAND flash, or commodity materials such as glass substrates, stainless steel, aluminum, nickel, neodymium, ruthenium, platinum or cerium, may increase our costs and may result in lower operating margins if we are unable to find ways to mitigate these increased costs. We or our suppliers acquire certain precious metals and rare earth metals like ruthenium, platinum, neodymium and cerium, critical to the manufacture of components in our products from a number of countries, including the People’s Republic of China. The government of China or any other nation may impose regulations, quotas or embargoes upon these metals that would restrict the worldwide supply of such metals and/or increase their cost, both of which could negatively impact our operating results until alternative suppliers are sourced. Furthermore, if other high volume industries increase their demand for materials or components used in our products, our costs may further increase, which could have an adverse effect on our operating margins. In addition, shortages in other commodity components and materials used in our customers’ products could result in a decrease in demand for our products, which would negatively impact our operating results. The volatility in the cost of oil also affects our costs and may result in lower operating margins if we are unable to pass these increased costs on to our customers.

Contractual commitments with component suppliers may result in us paying increased charges and cash advances for such components or may cause us to have inadequate or excess component inventory.

To reduce the risk of component shortages, we attempt to provide significant lead times when buying components, which may subject us to cancellation charges if we cancel orders as a result of technology transitions or changes in our component needs. In addition, we may from time to time enter into contractual commitments with component suppliers in an effort to increase and stabilize the supply of those components and enable us to purchase such components at favorable prices. Some of these commitments may require us to buy a substantial number of components from the supplier or make significant cash advances to the supplier; however, these commitments may not result in a satisfactory increase or stabilization of the supply of such components. Furthermore, as a result of uncertain global economic conditions, our ability to forecast our requirements for these components has become increasingly difficult, therefore increasing the risk that our contractual commitments may not meet our actual supply requirements, which could cause us to have inadequate or excess component inventory and adversely affect our operating results and increase our operating costs.

Failure by certain suppliers to effectively and efficiently develop and manufacture components, technology or production equipment for our products may adversely affect our operations.

We rely on suppliers for various component parts that we integrate into our hard drives but do not manufacture ourselves, such as semiconductors, motors, flex circuits and suspensions. Likewise, we rely on suppliers for certain

20

technology and equipment necessary for advanced development technology for future products. Some of these components, and most of this technology and production equipment, must be specifically designed to be compatible for use in our products or for developing and manufacturing our future products, and are only available from a limited number of suppliers, some of with whom we are sole sourced. We are therefore dependent on these suppliers to be able and willing to dedicate adequate engineering resources to develop components that can be successfully integrated with our products, and technology and production equipment that can be used to develop and manufacture our next-generation products efficiently. The failure of these suppliers to effectively and efficiently develop and manufacture components that can be integrated into our products or technology and production equipment that can be used to develop or manufacture next generation products may cause us to experience inability or delay in our manufacturing and shipment of hard drive products, our expansion into new technology and markets, or our ability to remain competitive with alternative storage technologies, therefore adversely affecting our business and financial results.

Changes in product life cycles could adversely affect our financial results.

If product life cycles lengthen, we may need to develop new technologies or programs to reduce our costs on any particular product to maintain competitive pricing for that product. If product life cycles shorten, it may result in an increase in our overall expenses and a decrease in our gross margins, both of which could adversely affect our operating results. In addition, shortening of product life cycles also makes it more difficult to recover the cost of product development before the product becomes obsolete. Our failure to recover the cost of product development in the future could adversely affect our operating results.

A fundamental change in recording technology could result in significant increases in our operating expenses and could put us at a competitive disadvantage.

Historically, when the industry experiences a fundamental change in technology, any manufacturer that fails to successfully and timely adjust its designs and processes to accommodate the new technology fails to remain competitive. There are some revolutionary technologies, such as current-perpendicular-to-plane giant magnetoresistance, shingle magnetic recording, energy assisted magnetic recording, patterned magnetic media and advanced signal processing, that if implemented by a competitor on a commercially viable basis ahead of the industry, could put us at a competitive disadvantage. As a result of these technology shifts, we could incur substantial costs in developing new technologies, such as heads, magnetic media, and tools to remain competitive. If we fail to successfully implement these new technologies, or if we are significantly slower than our competitors at implementing new technologies, we may not be able to offer products with capacities that our customers desire.

The difficulty of introducing hard drives with higher levels of areal density and the challenges of reducing other costs may impact our ability to achieve historical levels of cost reduction.

Storage capacity of the hard drive, as manufactured by us, is determined by the number of disks and each disk’s areal density. Areal density is a measure of the amount of magnetic bits that can be stored on the recording surface of the disk. Generally, the higher the areal density, the more information can be stored on a single platter. Higher areal densities require existing head and magnetic media technology to be improved or new technologies developed to accommodate more data on a single disk. Historically, we have been able to achieve a large percentage of cost reduction through increases in areal density. Increases in areal density mean that the average drive we sell has fewer heads and disks for the same capacity and, therefore, may result in a lower component cost. However, increasing areal density has become more difficult in the hard drive industry. If we are not able to increase areal density at the same rate as our competitors or at a rate that is expected by our customers, we may be required to include more components in our drives to meet demand without corresponding incremental revenue, which could negatively impact our operating margins and make achieving historical levels of cost reduction difficult or unlikely. Additionally, increases in areal density may require us to make further capital expenditures on items such as new testing equipment needed as a result of an increased number of GB per platter. Our inability to achieve cost reductions could adversely affect our operating results.

21

If we do not properly manage technology transitions and new product development, our competitiveness and operating results may be negatively affected.

The storage markets in which we offer our products continuously undergo technology transitions which we must anticipate and adapt our products to address in a timely manner. If we fail to implement these new technologies successfully, or if we are slower than our competitors at implementing new technologies, we may not be able to competitively offer products that our customers desire, which could harm our operating results.

In addition, the success of our new product introductions depends on a number of other factors, including

•  difficulties faced in manufacturing ramp;

•  implementing at an acceptable cost product features expected by our customers;

•  market acceptance/qualification;

•  effective management of inventory levels in line with anticipated product demand; and

•  quality problems or other defects in the early stages of new product introduction that were not anticipated in the design of those products.

Our business may suffer if we fail to successfully anticipate and manage these issues associated with our product development.

If we fail to develop and introduce new hard drives that are competitive against alternative storage technologies, our business may suffer.

Our success depends in part on our ability to develop and introduce new products in a timely manner in order to keep pace with competing technologies. Alternative storage technologies like solid-state storage technology have successfully served digital entertainment markets for products such as digital cameras, MP3 players, USB flash drives, mobile phones and tablet devices that cannot be economically serviced using hard drive technology. Advances in semiconductor technology have resulted in solid-state storage emerging as a technology that is competitive with hard drives for high performance needs in advanced digital computing markets such as enterprise servers and storage. Solid-state storage is produced by large semiconductor companies who can then sell their storage products at lower prices while still remaining profitable overall. This can help them improve their market share at the expense of the competition. In addition, these semiconductor companies may choose to supply companies like us with semiconductor media at prices that make it difficult, if not impossible, for us to compete with them on a profitable basis. As a result, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in anticipating and developing new products for the desktop, mobile, enterprise, CE and external storage markets in response to solid-state storage, as well as other competing technologies. If our hard drive technology fails to offer higher capacity, performance and reliability with lower cost-per-gigabyte than solid-state storage for the desktop, mobile, enterprise, CE and external storage markets, we will be at a competitive disadvantage to companies using semiconductor technology to serve these markets and our business will suffer.

Our manufacturing operations, and those of certain of our suppliers and customers, are concentrated in large, purpose-built facilities, which subjects us to substantial risk of damage or loss if operations at any of these facilities are disrupted.

As a result of our cost structure and strategy of vertical integration, we conduct our manufacturing operations at large, high volume, purpose-built facilities. For example, a substantial majority of our requirement for heads is satisfied by wafers fabricated in our Fremont, California facility. Also, we manufacture the majority of our substrates for magnetic media in our Johor, Malaysia facility, and we finish a majority of our magnetic media in our facilities in Penang, Malaysia and Tuas, Singapore. A majority of our high volume hard drive manufacturing operations are conducted in our two facilities in Thailand, with the balance conducted in our Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia facility and the facilities of our contract manufacturers in Asia, Brazil, Europe and the United States. As part of our planned acquisition of HGST, we will also acquire manufacturing facilities located in Japan, China and the Philippines (as well as additional factories in Singapore, Thailand and Malaysia). The manufacturing facilities of many of our customers, our suppliers and our customers’ suppliers are also concentrated in certain geographic locations in Asia and elsewhere. A localized health risk affecting our employees at these facilities or the staff of our or our customers’ other suppliers, such as the spread of the Influenza A (H1N1) or a new pandemic influenza, could impair the total volume of hard drives that we are able to manufacture and/or

22

sell, which would result in substantial harm to our operating results. Similarly, a fire, flood, earthquake, tsunami or other disaster, condition or event such as political instability, civil unrest or a power outage that adversely affects any of these facilities would significantly affect our ability to manufacture and/or sell hard drives, which would result in a substantial loss of sales and revenue and a substantial harm to our operating results.

For example, while we presently do not have manufacturing operations located in Japan, we do source certain components from suppliers with facilities in Japan. The March 2011 earthquakes, tsunami and related events in Japan, including the resulting power outages, have affected and may continue to affect the supply of certain components used in the production of hard drives and systems that include hard drives. The development of events in Japan has, however, been fluid and unpredictable. If we experience any shortage of components of acceptable quality, or any interruption in the supply of required components we cannot promptly obtain from alternative sources at acceptable prices, our operating results would be adversely affected. In addition, even if the events in Japan do not adversely affect our component supply, they may adversely affect the supply of other components our customers use in their systems, which could negatively impact demand for our products and, therefore, our revenues.

Manufacturing outside the United States and marketing our products globally subjects us to numerous risks.

We are subject to risks associated with our global manufacturing operations and global marketing efforts, including:

•  obtaining requisite U.S. and foreign governmental permits and approvals;

•  currency exchange rate fluctuations or restrictions;

•  political instability and civil unrest;

•  limited transportation availability, delays, and extended time required for shipping, which risks may be compounded in periods of price declines;

•  higher freight rates;

•  labor problems;

•  trade restrictions or higher tariffs;

•  copyright levies or similar fees or taxes imposed in European and other countries;

•  exchange, currency and tax controls and reallocations;

•  increasing labor and overhead costs; and

•  loss or non-renewal of favorable tax treatment under agreements or treaties with foreign tax authorities.

Terrorist attacks may adversely affect our business and operating results.

The continued threat of terrorist activity and other acts of war or hostility have created uncertainty in the financial and insurance markets and have significantly increased the political, economic and social instability in some of the geographic areas in which we operate. Additionally, it is uncertain what impact the reactions to such acts by various governmental agencies and security regulators worldwide will have on shipping costs. Acts of terrorism, either domestically or abroad, could create further uncertainties and instability. To the extent this results in disruption or delays of our manufacturing capabilities or shipments of our products, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Sudden disruptions to the availability of freight lanes could have an impact on our operations.

We generally ship our products to our customers, and receive shipments from our suppliers, via air, ocean or land freight. The sudden unavailability or disruption of cargo operations or freight lanes, such as due to labor difficulties or disputes, severe weather patterns or other natural disasters, or political instability or civil unrest, could impact our operating results by impairing our ability to timely and efficiently deliver our products.

23

We are vulnerable to system failures or attacks, which could harm our business.

We are heavily dependent on our technology infrastructure, among other functions, to operate our factories, sell our products, fulfill orders, manage inventory and bill, collect and make payments. Our systems are vulnerable to damage or interruption from natural disasters, power loss, telecommunication failures, computer viruses, computer denial-of-service attacks and other events. Our business is also subject to break-ins, sabotage and intentional acts of vandalism by third parties as well as employees. Despite any precautions we may take, such problems could result in, among other consequences, interruptions in our business, which could harm our reputation and financial condition.

If we fail to identify, manage, complete and integrate acquisitions, investment opportunities or other significant transactions, it may adversely affect our future results.

As part of our growth strategy, we may pursue acquisitions of, investment opportunities in or other significant transactions with companies that are complementary to our business. In order to pursue this strategy successfully, we must identify attractive acquisition or investment opportunities, successfully complete the transaction, some of which may be large and complex, and manage post-closing issues such as integration of the acquired company or employees. We may not be able to identify or complete appealing acquisition or investment opportunities given the intense competition for these transactions. Even if we identify and complete suitable corporate transactions, we may not be able to successfully address any integration challenges in a timely manner, or at all. If we fail to successfully integrate an acquisition, we may not realize all or any of the anticipated benefits of the acquisition, and our future results of operations could be adversely affected.

If we are unable to retain or hire key staff and skilled employees our business results may suffer.

Our success depends upon the continued contributions of our key staff and skilled employees, many of whom would be extremely difficult to replace. Global competition for skilled employees in the data storage industry is intense and, as we attempt to move to a position of technology leadership in the storage industry, our business success becomes increasingly dependent on our ability to retain our key staff and skilled employees as well as attract, integrate and retain new skilled employees. Volatility or lack of positive performance in our stock price and the overall markets may adversely affect our ability to retain key staff or skilled employees who have received equity compensation. Additionally, because a substantial portion of our key employees’ compensation is placed “at risk” and linked to the performance of our business, when our operating results are negatively impacted by global economic conditions, we are at a competitive disadvantage for retaining and hiring key staff and skilled employees versus other companies that pay a relatively higher fixed salary. If we are unable to retain our existing key staff or skilled employees, or hire and integrate new key staff or skilled employees, or if we fail to implement succession plans for our key staff, our operating results would likely be harmed.

The nature of our business and our reliance on intellectual property and other proprietary information subjects us to the risk of significant litigation.

The data storage industry has been characterized by significant litigation. This includes litigation relating to patent and other intellectual property rights, product liability claims and other types of litigation. Litigation can be expensive, lengthy and disruptive to normal business operations. Moreover, the results of litigation are inherently uncertain and may result in adverse rulings or decisions. We may enter into settlements or be subject to judgments that may, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.

We evaluate notices of alleged patent infringement and notices of patents from patent holders that we receive from time to time. If claims or actions are asserted against us, we may be required to obtain a license or cross-license, modify our existing technology or design a new non-infringing technology. Such licenses or design modifications can be extremely costly. In addition, we may decide to settle a claim or action against us, which settlement could be costly. We may also be liable for any past infringement. If there is an adverse ruling against us in an infringement lawsuit, an injunction could be issued barring production or sale of any infringing product. It could also result in a damage award equal to a reasonable royalty or lost profits or, if there is a finding of willful infringement, treble damages. Any of these results would increase our costs and harm our operating results.

24

Our reliance on intellectual property and other proprietary information subjects us to the risk that these key ingredients of our business could be copied by competitors.

Our success depends, in significant part, on the proprietary nature of our technology, including non-patentable intellectual property such as our process technology. If a competitor is able to reproduce or otherwise capitalize on our technology despite the safeguards we have in place, it may be difficult, expensive or impossible for us to obtain necessary legal protection. Also, the laws of some foreign countries may not protect our intellectual property to the same extent as do U.S. laws. In addition to patent protection of intellectual property rights, we consider elements of our product designs and processes to be proprietary and confidential. We rely upon employee, consultant and vendor non-disclosure agreements and contractual provisions and a system of internal safeguards to protect our proprietary information. However, any of our registered or unregistered intellectual property rights may be challenged or exploited by others in the industry, which might harm our operating results.

The costs of compliance with state, federal and international legal and regulatory requirements, such as environmental, labor, trade and tax regulations, and customers’ standards of corporate citizenship could cause an increase in our operating costs.

We may be or become subject to various state, federal and international laws and regulations governing our environmental, labor, trade and tax practices. These laws and regulations, particularly those applicable to our international operations, are or may be complex, extensive and subject to change. We will need to ensure that we and our component suppliers timely comply with such laws and regulations, which may result in an increase in our operating costs. For example, the European Union (“EU”) has enacted the Restriction of the Use of Certain Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment (“RoHS”) directive, which prohibits the use of certain substances in electronic equipment, and the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (“WEEE”) directive, which obligates parties that place electrical and electronic equipment onto the market in the EU to put a clearly identifiable mark on the equipment, register with and report to EU member countries regarding distribution of the equipment, and provide a mechanism to take back and properly dispose of the equipment. Similar legislation may be enacted in other locations where we manufacture or sell our products. In addition, climate change and financial reform legislation in the United States is a significant topic of discussion and has generated and may continue to generate federal or other regulatory responses in the near future. If we or our component suppliers fail to timely comply with applicable legislation, our customers may refuse to purchase our products or we may face increased operating costs as a result of taxes, fines or penalties, which would have a materially adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

In connection with our compliance with such environmental laws and regulations, as well as our compliance with industry environmental initiatives, the standards of business conduct required by some of our customers, and our commitment to sound corporate citizenship in all aspects of our business, we could incur substantial compliance and operating costs and be subject to disruptions to our operations and logistics. In addition, if we were found to be in violation of these laws or noncompliant with these initiatives or standards of conduct, we could be subject to governmental fines, liability to our customers and damage to our reputation and corporate brand which could cause our financial condition or operating results to suffer.

Violation of applicable laws, including labor or environmental laws, and certain other practices by our suppliers could harm our business.

We expect our suppliers to operate in compliance with applicable laws and regulations, including labor and environmental laws, and to otherwise meet our required supplier standards of conduct. While our internal operating guidelines promote ethical business practices, we do not control our suppliers or their labor or environmental practices. The violation of labor, environmental or other laws by any of our suppliers, or divergence of a supplier’s business practices from those generally accepted as ethical in the United States, could harm our business by:

•  interrupting or otherwise disrupting the shipment of our product components;

•  damaging our reputation;

•  forcing us to find alternate component sources;

•  reducing demand for our products (for example, through a consumer boycott); or

25

•  exposing us to potential liability for our supplier’s wrongdoings.

Fluctuations in currency exchange rates as a result of our international operations may negatively affect our operating results.

Because we manufacture and sell our products abroad, our revenue, margins, operating costs and cash flows are impacted by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. If the U.S. dollar exhibits sustained weakness against most foreign currencies, the U.S. dollar equivalents of unhedged manufacturing costs could increase because a significant portion of our production costs are foreign-currency denominated. Conversely, there would not be an offsetting impact to revenues since revenues are substantially U.S. dollar denominated. Additionally, we negotiate and procure some of our component requirements in U.S. dollars from Japanese and other non-U.S. based vendors. If the U.S. dollar continues to weaken against other foreign currencies, some of our component suppliers may increase the price they charge for their components in order to maintain an equivalent profit margin. If this occurs, it would have a negative impact on our operating results.

Prices for our products are substantially U.S. dollar denominated, even when sold to customers that are located outside the United States. Therefore, as a substantial portion of our sales are from countries outside the United States, fluctuations in currency exchanges rates, most notably the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against other foreign currencies, contribute to variations in sales of products in impacted jurisdictions and could adversely impact demand and revenue growth. In addition, currency variations can adversely affect margins on sales of our products in countries outside the United States.

We have attempted to manage the impact of foreign currency exchange rate changes by, among other things, entering into short-term, foreign exchange contracts. However, these contracts do not cover our full exposure and can be canceled by the counterparty if currency controls are put in place. Currently, we hedge the Thai Baht, Malaysian Ringgit, Euro and British Pound Sterling with foreign exchange contracts.

Increases in our customers’ credit risk could result in credit losses and an increase in our operating costs.

Some of our OEM customers have adopted a subcontractor model that requires us to contract directly with companies, such as ODMs, that provide manufacturing and fulfillment services to our OEM customers. Because these subcontractors are generally not as well capitalized as our direct OEM customers, this subcontractor model exposes us to increased credit risks. Our agreements with our OEM customers may not permit us to increase our product prices to alleviate this increased credit risk. Additionally, as we attempt to expand our OEM and distribution channel sales into emerging economies such as Brazil, Russia, India and China, the customers with the most success in these regions may have relatively short operating histories, making it more difficult for us to accurately assess the associated credit risks. Any credit losses we may suffer as a result of these increased risks, or as a result of credit losses from any significant customer, would increase our operating costs, which may negatively impact our operating results.

Our operating results fluctuate, sometimes significantly, from period to period due to many factors, which may result in a significant decline in our stock price.

Our quarterly operating results may be subject to significant fluctuations as a result of a number of other factors including:

•  the timing of orders from and shipment of products to major customers;

•  our product mix;

•  changes in the prices of our products;

•  manufacturing delays or interruptions;

•  acceptance by customers of competing products in lieu of our products;

•  variations in the cost of and lead times for components for our products;

•  limited availability of components that we obtain from a single or a limited number of suppliers;

•  seasonal and other fluctuations in demand for PCs often due to technological advances; and

26

•  availability and rates of transportation.

We often ship a high percentage of our total quarterly sales in the third month of the quarter, which makes it difficult for us to forecast our financial results before the end of the quarter. As a result of the above or other factors, our forecast of operating results for the quarter may differ materially from our actual financial results. If our results of operations fail to meet the expectations of analysts or investors, it could cause an immediate and significant decline in our stock price.

We have made and continue to make a number of estimates and assumptions relating to our consolidated financial reporting, and actual results may differ significantly from our estimates and assumptions.

We have made and continue to make a number of estimates and assumptions relating to our consolidated financial reporting. The highly technical nature of our products and the rapidly changing market conditions with which we deal means that actual results may differ significantly from our estimates and assumptions. These changes have impacted our financial results in the past and may continue to do so in the future. Key estimates and assumptions for us include:

•  price protection adjustments and other sales promotions and allowances on products sold to retailers, resellers and distributors;

•  inventory adjustments for write-down of inventories to lower of cost or market value (net realizable value);

•  reserves for doubtful accounts;

•  accruals for product returns;

•  accruals for warranty costs related to product defects;

•  accruals for litigation and other contingencies;

•  liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits; and

•  expensing of stock-based compensation.

The market price of our common stock is volatile.

The market price of our common stock has been, and may continue to be, extremely volatile. Factors that may significantly affect the market price of our common stock include the following:

•  actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results, including those resulting from the seasonality of our business;

•  announcements of technological innovations by us or our competitors which may decrease the volume and profitability of sales of our existing products and increase the risk of inventory obsolescence;

•  new products introduced by us or our competitors;

•  periods of severe pricing pressures due to oversupply or price erosion resulting from competitive pressures or industry consolidation;

•  developments with respect to patents or proprietary rights;

•  conditions and trends in the hard drive, computer, data and content management, storage and communication industries;

•  contraction in our operating results or growth rates that are lower than our previous high growth-rate periods;

•  changes in financial estimates by securities analysts relating specifically to us or the hard drive industry in general;

•  macroeconomic conditions that affect the market generally; and

•  uncertainties regarding our planned acquisition of HGST.

27

In addition, general economic conditions may cause the stock market to experience extreme price and volume fluctuations from time to time that particularly affect the stock prices of many high technology companies. These fluctuations often appear to be unrelated to the operating performance of the companies.

Securities class action lawsuits are often brought against companies after periods of volatility in the market price of their securities. A number of such suits have been filed against us in the past, and should any new lawsuits be filed, such matters could result in substantial costs and a diversion of resources and management’s attention.

Current economic conditions have caused us difficulty in adequately protecting our increased cash and cash equivalents from financial institution failures.

The uncertain global economic conditions and volatile investment markets have caused us to hold more cash and cash equivalents than we would hold under normal circumstances. Since there has been an overall increase in demand for low-risk, U.S. government-backed securities with a limited supply in the financial marketplace, we face increased difficulty in adequately protecting our increased cash and cash equivalents from possible sudden and unforeseeable failures by banks and other financial institutions. A failure of any of these financial institutions in which deposits exceed FDIC limits could have an adverse impact on our financial position.

If our internal controls are found to be ineffective, our financial results or our stock price may be adversely affected.

Our most recent evaluation resulted in our conclusion that as of July 1, 2011, in compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, our internal control over financial reporting was effective. We believe that we currently have adequate internal control procedures in place for future periods; however, if our internal control over financial reporting is found to be ineffective or if we identify a material weakness in our financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which may adversely affect our financial results or our stock price.

From time to time we may become subject to income tax audits or similar proceedings, and as a result we may incur additional costs and expenses or owe additional taxes, interest and penalties that may negatively impact our operating results.

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and certain foreign jurisdictions, and our determination of our tax liability is subject to review by applicable domestic and foreign tax authorities. For example, as we have previously disclosed, we are under examination by the Internal Revenue Service for certain fiscal years and in connection with that examination, we received Revenue Agent Reports seeking certain adjustments to income as disclosed in Part II, Item 8, Note 9 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Although we believe our tax positions are properly supported, the final timing and resolution of the notice of proposed adjustment and the audits are subject to significant uncertainty and could result in our having to pay amounts to the applicable tax authority in order to resolve examination of our tax positions, which could result in an increase or decrease of our current estimate of unrecognized tax benefits and may negatively impact our financial position, results of operations, net income or cash flows.

Item 1B.   Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

Item 2.   Properties

In the first quarter of fiscal 2011, we began the process of relocating our corporate headquarters from Lake Forest, California to Irvine, California. The Irvine headquarters consist of approximately 365,000 square feet of leased space and house our management, research and development, administrative and sales staff. We continue to lease certain facilities in Lake Forest, California while we complete the relocation. The Lake Forest facilities consist of approximately 67,000 square feet of leased space and house certain engineering and administrative staff. In addition, we lease one facility in Aliso Viejo, California, consisting of approximately 34,000 square feet, which we use to house research and development, administrative and sales staff. We expect to complete the relocation and consolidation of our Lake Forest and Aliso Viejo functions to Irvine in the third quarter of fiscal 2012.

28

In Fremont, California, we own facilities consisting of approximately 286,000 square feet, which we use for head wafer fabrication, research and development and warehousing. In San Jose, California, we lease facilities consisting of approximately 475,000 square feet, which we use for research and development. In Phoenix, Arizona, we own wafer fabrication facilities consisting of approximately 545,000 square feet. In Longmont, Colorado, we lease one facility consisting of approximately 43,000 square feet, which we use for research and development. We also lease office space in various other locations throughout the world primarily for research and development and sales and technical support.

We own manufacturing facilities in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, consisting of approximately 1,054,000 square feet, which we use for assembly of hard drives, printed circuit boards and HSAs. We also own manufacturing facilities in Penang and Johor, Malaysia, consisting of approximately 800,000 and 243,000 square feet, respectively, and we own and lease manufacturing facilities in Tuas, Singapore, consisting of approximately 311,000 square feet, all of which we use for our magnetic media operations. We also own manufacturing facilities in Navanakorn, Thailand, consisting of approximately 226,000 square feet, which we use for assembly of hard drives and HSAs, and facilities in Bang Pa-In, Thailand, consisting of approximately 1,031,000 square feet, which we use for slider fabrication, the assembly of hard drives, HGAs and HSAs, and research and development.

We believe our present facilities are adequate for our current needs, although the process of upgrading our facilities to meet technological and market requirements is expected to continue. New manufacturing facilities, in general, can be developed and become operational within approximately nine to eighteen months should we require such additional facilities.

Item 3.   Legal Proceedings

For a description of our legal proceedings, see Part II, Item 8, Note 5 in our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which is incorporated by reference in response to this item.

29

PART II

Item 5.   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (“NYSE”) under the symbol “WDC.” The approximate number of holders of record of our common stock as of August 3, 2011 was 1,779.

We have not paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not intend to pay any cash dividends on common stock in the foreseeable future.

The high and low sales prices of our common stock, as reported by the NYSE, for each quarter of 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

	First		Second		Third		Fourth
2011
High	$	33.50	$	35.92	$	38.82	$	41.87
Low	$	23.06	$	27.41	$	29.14	$	33.22
2010
High	$	37.70	$	44.96	$	47.44	$	45.09
Low	$	24.68	$	33.24	$	36.22	$	29.56

We did not make any repurchases of our common stock during the quarter ended July 1, 2011.

30

Stock Performance Graph

The following graph compares the cumulative total stockholder return of our common stock with the cumulative total return of the S&P 500 Index and the Dow Jones US Technology Hardware & Equipment Index for the five years ended July 1, 2011. The graph assumes that $100 was invested in our common stock at the close of market on June 30, 2006, and that all dividends were reinvested. We have not declared any cash dividends on our common stock. Stockholder returns over the indicated period should not be considered indicative of future stockholder returns.

TOTAL RETURN TO STOCKHOLDERS
(Assumes $100 investment on 6/30/06)

Total Return Analysis

	6/30/06		6/29/07		6/27/08		7/3/09		7/2/10		7/1/11
Western Digital Corporation		100.00		97.68		176.02		132.36		152.45		184.96
S&P 500 Index		100.00		120.59		104.77		77.30		88.46		115.61
Dow Jones US Technology Hardware & Equipment Index		100.00		125.68		111.26		89.44		109.73		134.09

The stock performance graph shall not be deemed soliciting material or to be filed with the SEC or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, nor shall it be incorporated by reference into any past or future filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except to the extent we specifically request that it be treated as soliciting material or specifically incorporate it by reference into a filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

31

Item 6.   Selected Financial Data

Financial Highlights

This selected consolidated financial data should be read together with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in the subsequent reports filed with the SEC, as well as the section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the other reports entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

	July 1,		July 2,		July 3,		June 27,		June 29,
	2011		2010		2009		2008		2007
	(in millions, except per share and employee data)
Revenue, net	$	9,526	$	9,850	$	7,453	$	8,074	$	5,468
Gross margin	$	1,791	$	2,401	$	1,337	$	1,739	$	900
Net income	$	726	$	1,382	$	470	$	867	$	564
Net income per common share:
Basic	$	3.14	$	6.06	$	2.12	$	3.92	$	2.57
Diluted	$	3.09	$	5.93	$	2.08	$	3.84	$	2.50
Working capital	$	3,317	$	2,697	$	1,705	$	1,167	$	899
Total assets	$	8,118	$	7,328	$	5,291	$	4,875	$	2,901
Long-term debt	$	150	$	294	$	400	$	482	$	10
Shareholders’ equity	$	5,488	$	4,709	$	3,192	$	2,696	$	1,716
Number of employees		65,431		62,500		45,991		50,072		29,572

No cash dividends were paid for the years presented. Number of employees excludes temporary employees and contractors.

Item 7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Forward-Looking Statements

The following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws. You are urged to carefully review our description and examples of forward-looking statements included earlier in this Annual Report on Form 10-K immediately prior to Part I, under the heading “Forward-Looking Statements.” Forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements. You are urged to carefully review the disclosures we make concerning risks and other factors that may affect our business and operating results, including those made in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and any of those made in our other reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this document. We do not intend, and undertake no obligation, to publish revised forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this document or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

Our Company

We are a global provider of solutions for the collection, storage, management, protection and use of digital content, including audio and video. Our principal products are hard drives, which are devices that use one or more rotating magnetic disks (“magnetic media”) to store and allow fast access to data. Hard drives are currently the primary storage medium for digital content. Our hard drives are used in desktop and notebook computers, corporate and cloud computing data centers, home entertainment equipment and stand-alone consumer storage devices. In addition to hard drives, our other products include solid-state drives and home entertainment and networking products.

Planned Acquisition of Hitachi Global Storage Technologies

On March 7, 2011, we entered into a stock purchase agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with Hitachi, Ltd. (“Hitachi”), Viviti Technologies Ltd., until recently known as Hitachi Global Storage Technologies Holdings Pte. Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of Hitachi (“HGST”), and Western Digital Ireland, Ltd., our indirect wholly owned subsidiary (“WDI”). Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, WDI agreed to acquire all of the issued and outstanding paid-up share

32

capital of HGST from Hitachi. The planned acquisition is intended to result in a more efficient and innovative customer-focused storage company, with significant operating scale, strong global talent and the industry’s broadest product lineup backed by a rich technology portfolio. The aggregate purchase price of the planned acquisition is estimated to be approximately $4.3 billion, due at closing, and will be funded with existing cash, new debt, and 25 million newly issued shares of our common stock. The Purchase Agreement contains certain termination rights for both us and Hitachi, including the right to terminate the Purchase Agreement if the planned acquisition has not closed by March 7, 2012. If the planned acquisition has not closed by March 7, 2012 due to the failure to receive any required antitrust or competition authority’s consent, approval or clearance or any action by any certain governmental entities to prevent the planned acquisition for antitrust or competition reasons, we will, concurrently with such termination, be required to pay Hitachi a fee of $250 million in cash.

On March 7, 2011, in connection with the planned acquisition of HGST, WD, Western Digital Technologies, Inc. (“WDTI”), our wholly-owned subsidiary, and WDI entered into a commitment letter with Bank of America, N.A. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated regarding a new credit facility for an amount of $2.5 billion, consisting of a $500 million revolving credit facility and $2.0 billion in term loans, to be entered into in connection with the closing of the planned acquisition (the “Senior Facility”). Since entering into the commitment letter, Bank of America N.A. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated led the effort to syndicate the Senior Facility for an amount of up to $3.0 billion, consisting of a $500 million revolving credit facility and up to $2.5 billion in term loans. As a result of such effort, WD, WDTI and WDI have fully negotiated definitive loan documents for the Senior Facility with the syndicate members and, subject to customary closing conditions including completion of the acquisition in accordance with the terms, WD, WDTI and WDI fully expect all of these syndicate members to be part of the final lender group. We are required to pay a commitment fee at the rate of 0.35%, per annum, of the aggregate unfunded amount committed to be borrowed under the Senior Facility.

The planned acquisition of HGST is subject to several closing conditions, including the receipt of antitrust approvals or the expiration of applicable waiting periods in certain jurisdictions. We have received requests for additional information and are engaged in more in-depth reviews of the pending acquisition initiated by regulatory authorities in the United States, the European Union, the People’s Republic of China, Japan and Korea. We are cooperating fully with each of the regulatory authorities reviewing the proposed transaction. Subject to obtaining the required regulatory approvals or expiration of applicable waiting periods, we expect the transaction to close in our second quarter of fiscal 2012.

Results of Operations

Fiscal 2011 Overview

In 2011, our net revenue decreased by 3% to $9.5 billion on hard drive shipments of 207 million units as compared to $9.8 billion and 194 million units in 2010. In 2011, 64% of our hard drive net revenue was derived from compute markets, including notebook and desktop computers, as compared to 67% in 2010. Hard drive ASP decreased to $45 in 2011 from $50 in 2010. Gross margin percentage decreased to 18.8% in 2011 from 24.4% in 2010. In 2011, operating income decreased from $1.5 billion to $781 million, which included a $25 million accrual for litigation contingencies and $17 million of expenses related to the planned acquisition of HGST. As a percentage of net revenue, operating income was 8.2% in 2011 compared to 15.5% in 2010. Net income in 2011 was $726 million, or $3.09 per diluted share, compared to $1.4 billion, or $5.93 per diluted share, in 2010.

For the September quarter, we expect our revenue to increase slightly from the June quarter primarily as a result of seasonality.

33

Summary Comparison of 2011, 2010 and 2009

The following table sets forth, for the periods presented, selected summary information from our consolidated statements of income by dollars and percentage of net revenue (in millions, except percentages):

	Years Ended
	July 1, 2011					July 2, 2010					July 3, 2009
Net revenue	$	9,526		100.0	%	$	9,850		100.0	%	$	7,453		100.0	%
Gross margin		1,791		18.8			2,401		24.4			1,337		17.9
R&D and SG&A		1,010		10.6			876		8.9			710		9.5
Acquired in-process research and development		—		—			—		—			14		0.2
Restructuring and other, net		—		—			—		—			94		1.3
Operating income		781		8.2			1,525		15.5			519		7.0
Other expense, net		(1	)	—			(5	)	(0.1	)		(18	)	(0.2	)
Income before income taxes		780		8.2			1,520		15.4			501		6.7
Income tax provision		54		0.6			138		1.4			31		0.4
Net income		726		7.6			1,382		14.0			470		6.3

The following table sets forth, for the periods presented, summary information regarding unit shipments, ASPs and revenues by geography and channel (in millions, except percentages and ASPs):

	Years Ended
	July 1,			July 2,			July 3,
	2011			2010			2009
Net revenue	$	9,526		$	9,850		$	7,453
ASPs (per unit)*	$	45		$	50		$	51
Revenues by Geography(%)
Americas		22	%		24	%		24	%
Europe, Middle East and Africa		23			23			27
Asia		55			53			49
Revenues by Channel(%)
OEM		49	%		51	%		54	%
Distributors		32			31			26
Retailers		19			18			20
Unit shipments*
Compute		151			147			109
Non-compute		46			38			33
Enterprise		10			9			4
Total units shipped		207			194			146

* Based on sales of hard drive units only.

In accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”), operating results for the magnetic media sputtering operations of Hoya Corporation and Hoya Magnetics Singapore Pte. Ltd. (together, “Hoya”) and SiliconSystems Inc. (“SiliconSystems”), which were acquired on June 30, 2010 and March 27, 2009, respectively, are included in our operating results only after the dates of their acquisitions.

Fiscal Year 2011 Compared to Fiscal Year 2010

Net Revenue.  Net revenue was $9.5 billion for 2011, a decrease of 3% from 2010. Total hard drive shipments increased to 207 million units as compared to 194 million units for the prior year. The decrease in net revenue resulted primarily from a $5 decrease in ASP from $50 to $45, partially offset by the increase in unit shipments.

34

Changes in revenue by geography and channel generally reflect normal fluctuations in market demand and competitive dynamics.

In accordance with standard industry practice, we have sales incentive and marketing programs that provide customers with price protection and other incentives or reimbursements that are recorded as a reduction to gross revenue. For 2011 and 2009, these programs represented 11% of gross revenues compared to 8% in 2010. These amounts generally vary according to several factors including industry conditions, seasonal demand, competitor actions, channel mix and overall availability of product.

Gross Margin.  Gross margin for 2011 was $1.8 billion, a decrease of $610 million, or 25% from the prior year. Gross margin as a percentage of net revenue decreased to 18.8% in 2011 from 24.4% in 2010. This decrease was primarily due to an aggressive pricing environment, resulting in a lower ASP.

Operating Expenses.  Total research and development (“R&D”) expense and selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expense increased to 10.6% of net revenue in 2011 compared to 8.9% in 2010. R&D expense was $703 million in 2011, an increase of $92 million, or 15% over the prior year. As a percentage of net revenue, R&D expense increased to 7.4% in 2011 compared to 6.2% in 2010. This increase in R&D expense was primarily due to the continued investment in product development to support new programs. SG&A expense was $307 million in 2011, an increase of $42 million, or 16%, as compared to 2010. SG&A expense as a percentage of net revenue increased to 3.2% in 2011 compared to 2.7% in 2010. This increase in SG&A expense was primarily due to the expansion of sales and marketing to support new products and growing markets as well as $17 million of expenses related to the planned acquisition of HGST.

Other Income (Expense).  Other expense, net was $1 million in 2011 compared to $5 million in 2010. This decrease was primarily due to an increase in interest income of $5 million due to higher average daily invested cash balances and a $1 million decrease in our term loan interest expense due to a lower principal balance, partially offset by acquisition-related debt commitment fees of $2 million.

Income Tax Provision.  Income tax expense was $54 million in 2011 as compared to $138 million in 2010. Tax expense as a percentage of income before taxes was 7% in 2011 compared to 9% for 2010. Income tax expense for 2011 reflects the extension of the R&D tax credit that was signed into law in December 2010. The differences between the effective tax rate and the U.S. Federal statutory rate are primarily due to tax holidays in Malaysia, Singapore and Thailand that expire at various dates through 2023 and the current year generation of income tax credits.

We recognized a net increase of $15 million in our liability for unrecognized tax benefits during 2011. As of July 1, 2011, we had a recorded liability for unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $245 million. Interest and penalties recognized on such amounts were not material.

The United States Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) is currently examining our fiscal years 2006 and 2007 and calendar years 2005 and 2006 for Komag, Incorporated (“Komag”), which was acquired by us on September 5, 2007. The IRS has completed its field work and proposed certain adjustments. Certain issues have been agreed upon by us and the IRS and certain issues remain unresolved. We have received Revenue Agent Reports (“RARs”) for the agreed issues. We have also received RARs from the IRS for the unresolved issues that seek adjustments to our income before income taxes of approximately $970 million and $380 million for Komag. The issues in dispute relate primarily to transfer pricing and certain other intercompany transactions. We disagree with the proposed adjustments. In May 2011, we filed a protest with the IRS Appeals Office regarding the proposed adjustments for Western Digital. We are continuing discussions with the IRS to resolve the Komag issues.

We believe that adequate provision has been made for any adjustments that may result from tax examinations. However, the outcome of tax audits cannot be predicted with certainty. If any issues addressed in our tax audits are resolved in a manner not consistent with management’s expectations, we could be required to adjust our provision for income taxes in the period such resolution occurs. As of July 1, 2011, it is not possible to estimate the amount of change, if any, in the unrecognized tax benefits that is reasonably possible within the next twelve months.

Fiscal Year 2010 Compared to Fiscal Year 2009

Net Revenue.  Net revenue was $9.8 billion for 2010, an increase of 32% from 2009. Total hard drive shipments increased to 194 million units as compared to 146 million units for the prior year. The increase in net revenue resulted

35

primarily from an increase in unit shipments due to the strong demand for hard drives, particularly in the mobile PC market. We shipped 80 million mobile drives in 2010 as compared to 55 million units in 2009. The increase in mobile unit shipments was driven by continued strength in notebook and netbook PC demand, coupled with increased customer preference for our product offerings.

Changes in revenue by geography generally reflect normal fluctuations in market demand and competitive dynamics, as well as demand strength in Asia, which continues to be driven by the concentration of global manufacturing in that region. Changes in revenue by channel are a result of normal fluctuations in market demand and competitive dynamics.

In accordance with standard industry practice, we have sales incentive and marketing programs that provide customers with price protection and other incentives or reimbursements that are recorded as a reduction to gross revenue. For 2010, these programs represented 8% of gross revenues compared to 11% in 2009 and 10% in 2008, respectively. These amounts generally vary according to several factors including industry conditions, seasonal demand, competitor actions, channel mix and overall availability of product.

Gross Margin.  Gross margin for 2010 was $2.4 billion, an increase of $1.1 billion, or 80% over the prior year. Gross margin as a percentage of net revenue increased to 24.4% in 2010 from 17.9% in 2009. This increase was primarily due to higher volume, lower costs, a favorable product mix and a moderate pricing environment.

Operating Expenses.  Total R&D expense and SG&A expense decreased to 8.9% of net revenue in 2010 compared to 9.5% in 2009. R&D expense was $611 million in 2010, an increase of $102 million, or 20% over the prior year. This increase in R&D expense was primarily due to a $68 million increase relating to product development to support new programs and a $34 million increase in variable incentive compensation. As a percentage of net revenue, R&D expense decreased to 6.2% in 2010 compared to 6.8% in 2009 primarily due to an increase in net revenue in 2010 compared to 2009. SG&A expense was $265 million in 2010, an increase of $64 million, or 32%, as compared to 2009. This increase in SG&A expense was primarily due to $27 million of expense related to litigation settlements, a $19 million increase in variable incentive compensation and an $18 million increase in the expansion of our sales and marketing presence into new regions. SG&A expense as a percentage of net revenue remained consistent at 2.7% in 2010 and 2009.

During 2009, we recorded a $14 million in-process research and development charge related to the acquisition of SiliconSystems. This charge relates to projects that were not ready for commercial production and had no alternative future use and, therefore, the fair value of the development effort did not qualify for capitalization and was immediately expensed. During 2009, we also recorded $112 million in restructuring charges and an $18 million gain on the sale of our substrate manufacturing facility, and related assets, in Sarawak, Malaysia.

Other Income (Expense).  Other expense, net was $5 million in 2010 compared to $18 million in 2009. This decrease was primarily due to no impairment charges related to our auction-rate securities in 2010, compared to $10 million in other-than-temporary losses in 2009, as well as decreases in the variable interest rate on a lower amount of debt.

Income Tax Provision.  Income tax expense was $138 million in 2010 as compared to $31 million in 2009. Tax expense as a percentage of income before taxes was 9% in 2010 compared to 6% for 2009. In 2009, income tax expense included a provision of $42 million offset by $6 million in tax benefits related to the extension of the U.S. Federal research and development tax credit enacted into law in October 2008, and a favorable adjustment of $5 million to previously recorded tax accruals and credits. Differences between the effective tax rate and the U.S. Federal statutory rate were primarily due to tax holidays in Malaysia and Thailand that expire at various dates through 2022 and the current year generation of income tax credits.

We recognized a net $94 million increase in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits during 2010. As of July 2, 2010, we had approximately $230 million of unrecognized tax benefits which, if recognized, would decrease the effective tax rate in subsequent years.

36

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We ended 2011 with total cash and cash equivalents of $3.5 billion, an increase of $756 million from July 2, 2010. The following table summarizes our statements of cash flows for the three years ended July 1, 2011 (in millions):

	Years Ended
	July 1,			July 2,			July 3,
	2011			2010			2009
Net cash flow provided by (used in):
Operating activities	$	1,655		$	1,942		$	1,305
Investing activities		(793	)		(986	)		(551	)
Financing activities		(106	)		(16	)		(64	)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents	$	756		$	940		$	690

Our investment policy is to manage our investment portfolio to preserve principal and liquidity while maximizing return through the full investment of available funds. We believe our current cash, cash equivalents and cash generated from operations will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs through the foreseeable future. Our ability to sustain our working capital position is subject to a number of risks that we discuss in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities during 2011 was $1.7 billion as compared to $1.9 billion for 2010 and $1.3 billion for 2009. Cash flow from operating activities consists of net income, adjusted for non-cash charges, plus or minus working capital changes. This represents our principal source of cash. Net cash provided by working capital changes was $238 million for 2011 as compared to net cash used to fund working capital of $37 million for 2010 and net cash provided by working capital changes of $198 million for 2009.

Our working capital requirements primarily depend on the effective management of our cash conversion cycle, which measures how quickly we can convert our products into cash through sales. The average quarterly cash conversion cycles for the three years ended 2011 were as follows:

	Years Ended
	July 1,			July 2,			July 3,
	2011			2010			2009
Days sales outstanding		47			46			47
Days in inventory		27			23			26
Days payables outstanding		(75	)		(72	)		(67	)
Cash conversion cycle		(1	)		(3	)		6

For 2011, our average days sales outstanding (“DSOs”) increased by one day, days in inventory (“DIOs”) increased by four days, and days payables outstanding (“DPOs”) increased by three days. Changes in average DSOs and DIOs are generally related to linearity of shipments and the timing of inventory builds, respectively. Changes in DPOs are generally related to production volume and the timing of purchases during the period. From time to time, we modify the timing of payments to our vendors. We make modifications primarily to manage our vendor relationships and to manage our cash flows, including our cash balances. Generally, we make the payment modifications through negotiations with our vendors or by granting to, or receiving from, our vendors’ payment term accommodations.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities for 2011 was $793 million as compared to $986 million for 2010 and $551 million for 2009. During 2011, cash used in investing activities consisted of capital expenditures of $778 million and $15 million for equipment related to the acquisition of a semiconductor wafer fabrication facility. During 2010, cash used in investing activities consisted primarily of $737 million for capital expenditures, $233 million used for the acquisition of the magnetic media sputtering operations of Hoya and $20 million used for the acquisition of the land and

37

building associated with the acquisition of a semiconductor wafer fabrication facility, offset by $3 million of sales related to our auction-rate securities. During 2009, cash used in investing activities consisted primarily of $519 million for capital expenditures and $63 million for the acquisition of SiliconSystems, net of cash acquired, partially offset by $29 million in proceeds from the sale of property and equipment. Capital expenditures in 2011 primarily consisted of the expansion of our head wafer fabrication facilities, continued investment in advanced head technologies and increased capacity for our broadening and growing product portfolio.

For fiscal 2012, we expect capital expenditures will be at the upper end of our business model range of between 7 and 8 percent of revenue as we continue the conversion of our head wafer fabrication facilities to utilize 8-inch wafers from 6-inch wafers. We expect depreciation and amortization to be approximately $650 million for fiscal 2012.

Our cash equivalents are invested in highly liquid money market funds that are invested in U.S. Treasury securities, U.S. Treasury bills and U.S. Government agency securities. We also have $15 million of auction-rate securities, which are classified as available-for-sale securities.

Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities for 2011 was $106 million as compared to $16 million for 2010 and $64 million for 2009. Net cash used in financing activities for 2011 consisted of $106 million used to repay long-term debt and $50 million used to repurchase shares of our common stock, offset by a net $50 million related to employee stock plans. Net cash used in financing activities for 2010 consisted of $82 million used to repay long-term debt, partially offset by a net $66 million provided by employee stock plans. Net cash used in financing activities for 2009 consisted of $36 million used to repurchase shares of our common stock, $27 million used to repay long-term debt and a net $1 million used by employee stock plans.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Other than facility lease commitments incurred in the normal course of business and certain indemnification provisions (see “Contractual Obligations and Commitments” below), we do not have any off-balance sheet financing arrangements or liabilities, guarantee contracts, retained or contingent interests in transferred assets, or any obligation arising out of a material variable interest in an unconsolidated entity. We do not have any majority-owned subsidiaries that are not included in the consolidated financial statements. Additionally, we do not have an interest in, or relationships with, any special-purpose entities.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following is a summary of our significant contractual cash obligations and commercial commitments as of July 1, 2011 (in millions):

			Less than						More than
	Total		1 Year		1-3 Years		3-5 Years		5 Years
Long-term debt, including current portion	$	294	$	144	$	150	$	—	$	—
Operating leases		115		18		31		20		46
Unrecognized tax benefits		147		—		15		132		—
Purchase obligations		3,893		3,876		11		6		—
Total	$	4,449	$	4,038	$	207	$	158	$	46

Long-Term Debt

In February 2008, WDTI, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into a five-year credit agreement that provided for a $500 million term loan facility. As of July 1, 2011, the remaining balance of the term loan facility was $294 million, which requires principal payments totaling $144 million in 2012 and $150 million in 2013. See Part II, Item 8, Note 3 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

38

On March 7, 2011, in connection with the planned acquisition of HGST, WD, WDTI and WDI entered into a commitment letter for the Senior Facility. Since entering into the commitment letter, Bank of America N.A. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated led the effort to syndicate the Senior Facility for an amount of up to $3.0 billion, consisting of a $500 million revolving credit facility and up to $2.5 billion in term loans. As a result of such effort, WD, WDTI and WDI have fully negotiated definitive loan documents for the Senior Facility with the syndicate members and, subject to customary closing conditions, including completion of the acquisition in accordance with the terms, WD, WDTI and WDI fully expect all of these syndicate members to be part of the final lender group. We are required to pay a commitment fee at the rate of 0.35%, per annum, of the aggregate unfunded amount committed to be borrowed under the Senior Facility.

Purchase Orders

In the normal course of business, we enter into purchase orders with suppliers for the purchase of hard drive components used to manufacture our products. These purchase orders generally cover forecasted component supplies needed for production during the next quarter, are recorded as a liability upon receipt of the components, and generally may be changed or canceled at any time prior to shipment of the components. We also enter into purchase orders with suppliers for capital equipment that are recorded as a liability upon receipt of the equipment. Our ability to change or cancel a capital equipment purchase order without penalty depends on the nature of the equipment being ordered. In some cases, we may be obligated to pay for certain costs related to changes to, or cancellation of, a purchase order, such as costs incurred for raw materials or work in process of components or capital equipment.

We have entered into long-term purchase agreements with various component suppliers, which contain minimum quantity requirements. However, the dollar amount of the purchases may depend on the specific products ordered, achievement of pre-defined quantity or quality specifications or future price negotiations. The estimated related minimum purchase requirements are included in “Purchase obligations” in the table above. We have also entered into long-term purchase agreements with various component suppliers that carry fixed volumes and pricing which obligate us to make certain future purchases, contingent on certain conditions of performance, quality and technology of the vendor’s components. These arrangements are included under “Purchase obligations” in the table above.

We enter into, from time to time, other long-term purchase agreements for components with certain vendors. Generally, future purchases under these agreements are not fixed and determinable as they depend on our overall unit volume requirements and are contingent upon the prices, technology and quality of the supplier’s products remaining competitive. These arrangements are not included under “Purchase obligations” in the table above. Please see Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion of risks related to these commitments.

Foreign Exchange Contracts

We purchase short-term, foreign exchange contracts to hedge the impact of foreign currency fluctuations on certain underlying assets, revenue, liabilities and commitments for operating expenses and product costs denominated in foreign currencies. See Part II, Item 7A, under the heading “Disclosure About Foreign Currency Risk,” for a description of our current foreign exchange contract commitments and Part II, Item 8, Notes 1 and 11 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Indemnifications

In the ordinary course of business, we may provide indemnifications of varying scope and terms to customers, vendors, lessors, business partners and other parties with respect to certain matters, including, but not limited to, losses arising out of our breach of such agreements, products or services to be provided by us, or from intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and certain of our officers that will require us, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers. We maintain director and officer insurance, which may cover certain liabilities arising from our obligation to indemnify our directors and officers in certain circumstances.

It is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount under these indemnification agreements due to the limited history of prior indemnification claims and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular

39

agreement. Such indemnification agreements may not be subject to maximum loss clauses. Historically, we have not incurred material costs as a result of obligations under these agreements.

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

As of July 1, 2011, the cash portion of our total recorded liability for unrecognized tax benefits was $147 million. We estimate the timing of the future payments of these liabilities to be within the next one to five years. See Part II, Item 8, Note 9 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for information regarding our total tax liability for unrecognized tax benefits.

Stock Repurchase Program

Our Board of Directors previously authorized us to repurchase $750 million of our common stock in open market transactions under a stock repurchase program through March 31, 2013. Since the inception of this program in 2005, through July 1, 2011, we have repurchased 20 million shares of our common stock for a total cost of $334 million. We repurchased 1.8 million shares for a total cost of $50 million during 2011. We may continue to repurchase our stock as we deem appropriate and market conditions allow. We expect stock repurchases to be funded principally by operating cash flows.

Planned Acquisition Termination Fee

If the planned acquisition of HGST has not closed by March 7, 2012 due to the failure to receive any required antitrust or competition authority’s consent, approval or clearance or any action by any certain governmental entities to prevent the planned acquisition for antitrust or competition reasons, we will, concurrently with such termination, be required to pay Hitachi a fee of $250 million in cash.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

We have prepared the accompanying consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of the financial statements requires the use of judgments and estimates that affect the reported amounts of revenues, expenses, assets, liabilities and shareholders’ equity. We have adopted accounting policies and practices that are generally accepted in the industry in which we operate. We believe the following are our most critical accounting policies that affect significant areas and involve judgment and estimates made by us. If these estimates differ significantly from actual results, the impact to the consolidated financial statements may be material.

Revenue and Accounts Receivable

In accordance with standard industry practice, we provide distributors and retailers (collectively referred to as “resellers”) with limited price protection for inventories held by resellers at the time of published list price reductions, and we provide resellers and OEMs with other sales incentive programs. At the time we recognize revenue to resellers and OEMs, we record a reduction of revenue for estimated price protection until the resellers sell such inventory to their customers and we also record a reduction of revenue for the other programs in effect. We base these adjustments on several factors including anticipated price decreases during the reseller holding period, resellers’ sell-through and inventory levels, estimated amounts to be reimbursed to qualifying customers, historical pricing information and customer claim processing. If customer demand for hard drives or market conditions differs from our expectations, our operating results could be materially affected. We also have programs under which we reimburse qualified distributors and retailers for certain marketing expenditures, which are recorded as a reduction of revenue. These amounts generally vary according to several factors including industry conditions, seasonal demand, competitor actions, channel mix and overall availability of product. Since 2009, total sales incentive and marketing programs have ranged from 7% to 12% of gross revenues per quarter. Changes in future customer demand and market conditions may require us to adjust our incentive programs as a percentage of gross revenue from the current range. Adjustments to revenues due to changes in accruals for these programs related to revenues reported in prior periods have averaged 0.3% of quarterly gross revenue since the first quarter of fiscal 2009. Customer sales incentive and marketing programs are recorded as a reduction of revenue.

We record an allowance for doubtful accounts by analyzing specific customer accounts and assessing the risk of loss based on insolvency, disputes or other collection issues. In addition, we routinely analyze the different receivable aging

40

categories and establish reserves based on a combination of past due receivables and expected future losses based primarily on our historical levels of bad debt losses. If the financial condition of a significant customer deteriorates resulting in its inability to pay its accounts when due, or if our overall loss history changes significantly, an adjustment in our allowance for doubtful accounts would be required, which could materially affect operating results.

We establish provisions against revenue and cost of revenue for sales returns in the same period that the related revenue is recognized. We base these provisions on existing product return notifications. If actual sales returns exceed expectations, an increase in the sales return accrual would be required, which could materially affect operating results.

Warranty

We record an accrual for estimated warranty costs when revenue is recognized. We generally warrant our products for a period of one to five years. Our warranty provision considers estimated product failure rates and trends, estimated repair or replacement costs and estimated costs for customer compensatory claims related to product quality issues, if any. We use a statistical warranty tracking model to help prepare our estimates and assist us in exercising judgment in determining the underlying estimates. Our statistical tracking model captures specific detail on hard drive reliability, such as factory test data, historical field return rates, and costs to repair by product type. Our judgment is subject to a greater degree of subjectivity with respect to newly introduced products because of limited field experience with those products upon which to base our warranty estimates. We review our warranty accrual quarterly for products shipped in prior periods and which are still under warranty. Any changes in the estimates underlying the accrual may result in adjustments that impact current period gross margin and income. Such changes are generally a result of differences between forecasted and actual return rate experience and costs to repair. If actual product return trends, costs to repair returned products or costs of customer compensatory claims differ significantly from our estimates, our future results of operations could be materially affected. For a summary of historical changes in estimates related to pre-existing warranty provisions, refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 4 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Inventory

We value inventories at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out and weighted average methods) or net realizable value. We use the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method to value the cost of the majority of our inventories, while we use the weighted-average method to value precious metal inventories. Weighted-average cost is calculated based upon the cost of precious metals at the time they are received by us. We have determined that it is not practicable to assign specific costs to individual units of precious metals and, as such, we relieve our precious metals inventory based on the weighted-average cost of the inventory at the time the inventory is used in production. The weighted average method of valuing precious metals does not materially differ from a FIFO method. We record inventory write-downs for the valuation of inventory at the lower of cost or net realizable value by analyzing market conditions and estimates of future sales prices as compared to inventory costs and inventory balances.

We evaluate inventory balances for excess quantities and obsolescence on a regular basis by analyzing estimated demand, inventory on hand, sales levels and other information, and reduce inventory balances to net realizable value for excess and obsolete inventory based on this analysis. Unanticipated changes in technology or customer demand could result in a decrease in demand for one or more of our products, which may require a write down of inventory that could materially affect operating results.

Litigation and Other Contingencies

When we become aware of a claim or potential claim, we assess the likelihood of any loss or exposure. We disclose information regarding each material claim where the likelihood of a loss contingency is probable or reasonably possible. If a loss contingency is probable and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated, we record an accrual for the loss. In such cases, there may be an exposure to potential loss in excess of the amount accrued. Where a loss is not probable but is reasonably possible, and where a loss in excess of the amount accrued is reasonably possible, we disclose an estimate of the amount of the loss or range of possible losses for the claim if a reasonable estimate can be made, unless the amount of such reasonably possible losses is not material to our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. The ability to predict the ultimate outcome of such matters involves judgments, estimates and inherent uncertainties. The actual

41

outcome of such matters could differ materially from management’s estimates. Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 5 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which provides that deferred tax assets and liabilities be recognized for temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of our assets and liabilities and expected benefits of utilizing net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. We record a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Each period we evaluate the need for a valuation allowance for our deferred tax assets and we adjust the valuation allowance so that we record net deferred tax assets only to the extent that we conclude it is more likely than not that these deferred tax assets will be realized.

We recognize liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on a two-step process. To the extent a tax position does not meet a more-likely-than-not level of certainty, no benefit is recognized in the financial statements. If a position meets the more-likely-than-not level of certainty, it is recognized in the financial statements at the largest amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are recognized on liabilities recorded for uncertain tax positions and are recorded in our provision for income taxes. The actual liability for unrealized tax benefits in any such contingency may be materially different from our estimates, which could result in the need to record additional liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits or potentially adjust previously-recorded liabilities for unrealized tax benefits and materially affect our operating results.

Stock-based Compensation

We account for all stock-based compensation at fair value. Stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the value of the award and is recognized as expense over the vesting period. The fair values of all stock options granted are estimated using a binomial model, and the fair values of all Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) purchase rights are estimated using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. Both the binomial and the Black-Scholes-Merton models require the input of highly subjective assumptions. We are required to use judgment in estimating the amount of stock-based awards that are expected to be forfeited. If actual forfeitures differ significantly from the original estimate, stock-based compensation expense and our results of operations could be materially affected.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For a description of recently issued and adopted accounting pronouncements, including the respective dates of adoption and expected effects on our results of operations and financial condition, refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which is incorporated by reference in response to this item.

Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Disclosure About Foreign Currency Risk

Although the majority of our transactions are in U.S. dollars, some transactions are based in various foreign currencies. We purchase short-term, foreign exchange contracts to hedge the impact of foreign currency exchange fluctuations on certain underlying assets, revenue, liabilities and commitments for operating expenses and product costs denominated in foreign currencies. The purpose of entering into these hedge transactions is to minimize the impact of foreign currency fluctuations on our results of operations. The contract maturity dates do not exceed 12 months. We do not purchase foreign exchange contracts for trading purposes. Currently, we focus on hedging our foreign currency risk related to the Thai Baht, Malaysian Ringgit, Euro and British Pound Sterling. Thai Baht contracts are designated as either cash flow or fair value hedges. Malaysian Ringgit contracts are designated as cash flow hedges. Euro and British Pound Sterling contracts are designated as fair value hedges. See Part II, Item 8, Notes 1 and 11 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

42

As of July 1, 2011, we had outstanding the following purchased foreign exchange contracts (in millions, except weighted average contract rate):

	Contract		Weighted Average		Unrealized
	Amount		Contract Rate*		Gain (Loss)
Foreign exchange contracts:
Thai Baht cash flow hedges	$	1,013		30.70	$	(9	)
Thai Baht fair value hedges	$	103		30.70		—
Malaysian Ringgit cash flow hedges	$	331		3.09		4
Euro fair value hedges	$	10		0.69		—
British Pound Sterling fair value hedges	$	4		0.62		—

* Expressed in units of foreign currency per U.S. dollar.

In 2011, 2010 and 2009, total net realized transaction and foreign exchange contract currency gains and losses were not material to our consolidated financial statements.

Disclosure About Other Market Risks

Variable Interest Rate Risk

Borrowings under the term loan facility bear interest at a rate equal to, at the option of WDTI, either (a) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the cost of funds for Eurodollar deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing, adjusted for certain additional costs (the “Eurocurrency Rate”) or (b) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (i) the federal funds rate plus 0.50% and (ii) the prime rate as announced by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (the “Base Rate”); in each case plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin for borrowings under the term loan facility ranges from 1.25% to 1.50% with respect to borrowings at the Eurocurrency Rate and 0.0% to 0.125% with respect to borrowings at the Base Rate. The applicable margins for borrowings under the term loan facility are determined based upon a leverage ratio of the Company and its subsidiaries calculated on a consolidated basis. If the federal funds rate, prime rate or LIBOR rate increase, our interest payments could also increase. A one percent increase in the variable rate of interest on the term loan facility would increase interest expense by approximately $3 million annually.

43

Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Index to Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule

	Page
Consolidated Financial Statements:
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		45
Consolidated Balance Sheets — July 1, 2011 and July 2, 2010		47
Consolidated Statements of Income — Three Years Ended July 1, 2011		48
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — Three Years Ended July 1, 2011		49
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income — Three Years Ended July 1, 2011		50
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		51
Financial Statement Schedule:
Schedule II — Consolidated Valuation and Qualifying Accounts — Three Years Ended July 1, 2011		76

44

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Western Digital Corporation:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Western Digital Corporation and subsidiaries as of July 1, 2011 and July 2, 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended July 1, 2011. In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we have also audited the related financial statement schedule. These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Western Digital Corporation and subsidiaries as of July 1, 2011 and July 2, 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended July 1, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Western Digital Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of July 1, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated August 11, 2011, expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/  KPMG LLP

August 11, 2011

Irvine, California

45

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Western Digital Corporation:

We have audited Western Digital Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of July 1, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Western Digital Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of July 1, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Western Digital Corporation and subsidiaries as of July 1, 2011 and July 2, 2010, the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended July 1, 2011, and the related financial statement schedule, and our report dated August 11, 2011, expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule.

/s/  KPMG LLP

August 11, 2011

Irvine, California

46

WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in millions, except par value)

	July 1,			July 2,
	2011			2010
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	3,490		$	2,734
Accounts receivable, net		1,206			1,256
Inventories		577			560
Other current assets		214			170
Total current assets		5,487			4,720
Property, plant and equipment, net		2,224			2,159
Goodwill		151			146
Other intangible assets, net		71			88
Other non-current assets		185			215
Total assets	$	8,118		$	7,328
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	1,545		$	1,507
Accrued expenses		349			281
Accrued warranty		132			129
Current portion of long-term debt		144			106
Total current liabilities		2,170			2,023
Long-term debt		150			294
Other liabilities		310			302
Total liabilities		2,630			2,619
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 4 and 5)
Shareholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $.01 par value; authorized — 5 shares; issued and outstanding — none		—			—
Common stock, $.01 par value; authorized — 450 shares; issued and outstanding — 233 and 231 shares, respectively		2			2
Additional paid-in capital		1,091			1,022
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)		(5	)		11
Retained earnings		4,400			3,674
Total shareholders’ equity		5,488			4,709
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	8,118		$	7,328

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

47

WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(in millions, except per share amounts)

	Years Ended
	July 1,			July 2,			July 3,
	2011			2010			2009
Revenue, net	$	9,526		$	9,850		$	7,453
Cost of revenue		7,735			7,449			6,116
Gross margin		1,791			2,401			1,337
Operating expenses:
Research and development		703			611			509
Selling, general and administrative		307			265			201
Acquired in-process research and development		—			—			14
Restructuring and other, net		—			—			94
Total operating expenses		1,010			876			818
Operating income		781			1,525			519
Other income (expense):
Interest income		9			4			9
Interest and other expense		(10	)		(9	)		(27	)
Total other expense, net		(1	)		(5	)		(18	)
Income before income taxes		780			1,520			501
Income tax provision		54			138			31
Net income	$	726		$	1,382		$	470
Income per common share:
Basic	$	3.14		$	6.06		$	2.12
Diluted	$	3.09		$	5.93		$	2.08
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic		231			228			222
Diluted		235			233			226

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

48

WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in millions)

	Years Ended
	July 1,			July 2,			July 3,
	2011			2010			2009
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income	$	726		$	1,382		$	470
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operations:
Depreciation and amortization		602			510			479
Stock-based compensation		69			60			47
Deferred income taxes		20			27			24
Loss on investments		—			—			10
Acquired in-process research and development		—			—			14
Non-cash portion of restructuring and other, net		—			—			63
Changes in:
Accounts receivable, net		50			(330	)		92
Inventories		(17	)		(148	)		88
Accounts payable		178			270			(33	)
Accrued expenses		71			67			23
Other assets and liabilities		(44	)		104			28
Net cash provided by operating activities		1,655			1,942			1,305
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchases of property, plant and equipment		(778	)		(737	)		(519	)
Proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment		—			—			29
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired		(15	)		(253	)		(63	)
Sales and maturities of investments		—			4			2
Net cash used in investing activities		(793	)		(986	)		(551	)
Cash flows from financing activities
Issuance of stock under employee stock plans		58			79			28
Taxes paid on vested stock awards under employee stock plans		(8	)		(17	)		(5	)
Increase (decrease) in excess tax benefits from employee stock plans		—			4			(24	)
Repurchases of common stock		(50	)		—			(36	)
Repayment of debt		(106	)		(82	)		(27	)
Net cash used in financing activities		(106	)		(16	)		(64	)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents		756			940			690
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year		2,734			1,794			1,104
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year	$	3,490		$	2,734		$	1,794
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Cash paid for income taxes	$	10		$	7		$	11
Cash paid for interest	$	6		$	8		$	14

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

49

WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in millions)

											Additional			Accumulated Other					Total			Total
	Common Stock				Treasury Stock						Paid-In			Comprehensive			Retained		Shareholders’			Comprehensive
	Shares		Amount		Shares			Amount			Capital			Income (Loss)			Earnings		Equity			Income
Balance at June 27, 2008		225	$	2		(1	)	$	(22	)	$	906		$	(12	)	$	1,822	$	2,696
Employee stock plans						2			58			(33	)							25
Stock based compensation												47								47
Decrease in excess tax benefits from employee stock plans												(24	)							(24	)
Repurchase of common stock						(1	)		(36	)										(36	)
Net income																		470		470		$	470
Unrealized gain on foreign exchange contracts															14					14			14
Balance at July 3, 2009		225	$	2		—		$	—		$	896		$	2		$	2,292	$	3,192		$	484
Employee stock plans		6										62								62
Stock based compensation												60								60
Increase in excess tax benefits from employee stock plans												4								4
Net income																		1,382		1,382		$	1,382
Unrealized gain on foreign exchange contracts															9					9			9
Balance at July 2, 2010		231	$	2		—		$	—		$	1,022		$	11		$	3,674	$	4,709		$	1,391
Employee stock plans		2				2			50											50
Stock based compensation												69								69
Repurchase of common stock						(2	)		(50	)										(50	)
Net income																		726		726		$	726
Unrealized loss on foreign exchange contracts															(16	)				(16	)		(16	)
Balance at July 1, 2011		233	$	2		—		$	—		$	1,091		$	(5	)	$	4,400	$	5,488		$	710

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

50

WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1.  Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Western Digital Corporation (the “Company” or “Western Digital” or “WD”) is a global provider of solutions for the collection, storage, management, protection and use of digital content, including audio and video. The Company’s principal products are hard drives, which are devices that use one or more rotating magnetic disks (“magnetic media”) to store and allow fast access to data. Hard drives are currently the primary storage medium for digital content. The Company’s hard drives are used in desktop and notebook computers, corporate and cloud computing data centers, home entertainment equipment and stand-alone consumer storage devices. In addition to hard drives, the Company’s other products include solid-state drives and home entertainment and networking products.

The Company has prepared its consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) and has adopted accounting policies and practices which are generally accepted in the industry in which it operates. The Company’s significant accounting policies are summarized below.

Fiscal Year

The Company has a 52 or 53-week fiscal year. The 2011 fiscal year which ended on July 1, 2011 consisted of 52 weeks. The 2010 and 2009 fiscal years, which ended on July 2, 2010 and July 3, 2009, respectively, consisted of 52 and 53 weeks each, respectively.

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The accounts of foreign subsidiaries have been remeasured using the U.S. dollar as the functional currency. As such, gains or losses resulting from remeasurement of these accounts from local currencies into U.S. dollars are reflected in the results of operations. These gains and losses were immaterial to the consolidated financial statements.

On June 30, 2010, the Company acquired the magnetic media sputtering operations of Hoya Corporation and Hoya Magnetics Singapore Pte. Ltd (together, “Hoya”). On March 27, 2009, the Company acquired SiliconSystems, Inc. (“SiliconSystems”). The acquisitions are further described in Note 14. The results of operations of Hoya and SiliconSystems since the dates of their acquisitions are included in the consolidated financial statements.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company’s cash equivalents represent highly liquid investments in money market funds, which are invested in U.S. Treasury securities, U.S. Treasury bills and U.S. Government agency securities with original maturities when purchased of three months or less.

Investments

The Company’s investments consist of auction-rate securities, which are primarily backed by insurance products with original maturities greater than three months. The Company has classified these investments as available-for-sale securities and they are carried at fair value within other non-current assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of cash equivalents, accounts receivable, investments, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate fair value for all periods presented because of the short-term maturity of these assets and liabilities or, in the case of investments, these are recorded using appropriate market information. The carrying amount of debt approximates fair value because of its variable interest rate.

51

WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company sells its products to computer manufacturers, resellers and retailers throughout the world. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and generally requires no collateral. The Company maintains allowances for potential credit losses, and such losses have historically been within management’s expectations. At any given point in time, the total amount outstanding from any one of a number of its customers may be individually significant to the Company’s financial results. At July 1, 2011 and July 2, 2010, the Company had reserves for potential credit losses of $5 million and $6 million, respectively, and net accounts receivable of $1.2 billion and $1.3 billion, respectively.

The Company also has cash equivalent and investment policies that limit the amount of credit exposure to any one financial institution or investment instrument and requires that investments be made only with financial institutions or in investment instruments evaluated as highly credit-worthy.

Inventory

The Company values inventories at the lower of cost (first-in, first out and weighted average methods) or net realizable value. The first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method is used to value the cost of the majority of the Company’s inventories, while the weighted-average method is used to value precious metal inventories. Weighted-average cost is calculated based upon the cost of precious metals at the time they are received by the Company. The Company has determined that it is not practicable to assign specific costs to individual units of precious metals and, as such, precious metals are relieved from inventory based on the weighted-average cost of the inventory at the time the inventory is used in production. The weighted average method of valuing precious metals does not materially differ from a FIFO method. As of July 1, 2011 and July 2, 2010, 85% and 82% of the inventory was valued using the FIFO method with the remainder valued using the weighted average method. Inventory write-downs are recorded for the valuation of inventory at the lower of cost or net realizable value by analyzing market conditions and estimates of future sales prices as compared to inventory costs and inventory balances.

The Company evaluates inventory balances for excess quantities and obsolescence on a regular basis by analyzing estimated demand, inventory on hand, sales levels and other information, and reduces inventory balances to net realizable value for excess and obsolete inventory based on this analysis. Unanticipated changes in technology or customer demand could result in a decrease in demand for one or more of the Company’s products, which may require a write down of inventory that could materially affect operating results.

Property, Plant and Equipment

The cost of property, plant and equipment is depreciated over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. The Company’s buildings are depreciated over periods ranging from fifteen to thirty years. The majority of the Company’s equipment is depreciated over periods of three to seven years. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the related lease terms.

Goodwill and Other Long-Lived Assets

The total purchase price in a business combination is allocated to the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values at the acquisition date, with amounts exceeding the fair values being recorded as goodwill. Goodwill is not amortized. Instead, it is tested for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill may be impaired. The Company did not record any impairment of goodwill during 2011, 2010 or 2009.

Other intangible assets consist primarily of technology acquired in business combinations. Acquired intangibles are amortized on a straight-line basis over their respective estimated useful lives. Long-lived assets are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable.

52

WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The Company did not record any impairments to long-lived assets during 2011 or 2010. The Company recorded impairments to certain long-lived assets during 2009. See Note 13.

Revenue and Accounts Receivable

Revenue is recognized when the title and risk of loss have passed to the customer, there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, delivery has occurred, or services have been rendered, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. The Company establishes provisions against revenue and cost of revenue for estimated sales returns in the same period that the related revenue is recognized based on existing product return notifications. If actual sales returns exceed expectations, an increase in the sales return accrual would be required, which could materially affect operating results.

In accordance with standard industry practice, the Company provides distributors and retailers (collectively referred to as “resellers”) with limited price protection for inventories held by resellers at the time of published list price reductions, and the Company provides resellers and OEMs with other sales incentive programs. At the time the Company recognizes revenue to resellers and OEMs, a reduction of revenue is recorded for estimated price protection until the resellers sell such inventory to their customers and the Company also records a reduction of revenue for the other programs in effect. The Company bases these adjustments on several factors including anticipated price decreases during the reseller holding period, reseller’s sell-through and inventory levels, estimated amounts to be reimbursed to qualifying customers, historical pricing information and customer claim processing. If customer demand for hard drives or market conditions differ from the Company’s expectations, the Company’s operating results could be materially affected. The Company also has programs under which it reimburses qualified distributors and retailers for certain marketing expenditures, which are recorded as a reduction of revenue. Sales incentive and marketing programs are recorded as a reduction of revenue.

The Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts by analyzing specific customer accounts and assessing the risk of loss based on insolvency, disputes or other collection issues. In addition, the Company routinely analyzes the different receivable aging categories and establishes reserves based on a combination of past due receivables and expected future losses based primarily on its historical levels of bad debt losses. If the financial condition of a significant customer deteriorates resulting in its inability to pay its accounts when due, or if the Company’s overall loss history changes significantly, an adjustment in the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts would be required, which could materially affect operating results.

The Company establishes provisions against revenue and cost of revenue for sales returns in the same period that the related revenue is recognized. These provisions are based on existing product return notifications. If actual sales returns exceed expectations, an increase in the sales return accrual would be required, which could materially affect operating results.

Warranty

The Company records an accrual for estimated warranty costs when revenue is recognized. The Company generally warrants its products for a period of one to five years. The warranty provision considers estimated product failure rates and trends, estimated repair or replacement costs and estimated costs for customer compensatory claims related to product quality issues, if any. A statistical warranty tracking model is used to help prepare estimates and assist the Company in exercising judgment in determining the underlying estimates. The statistical tracking model captures specific detail on hard drive reliability, such as factory test data, historical field return rates, and costs to repair by product type. Management’s judgment is subject to a greater degree of subjectivity with respect to newly introduced products because of limited field experience with those products upon which to base warranty estimates. Management reviews the warranty accrual quarterly for products shipped in prior periods and which are still under warranty. Any changes in the estimates underlying the accrual may result in adjustments that impact current period gross margin and income. Such changes are generally a result of differences between forecasted and actual return rate experience and costs to repair. If

53

WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

actual product return trends, costs to repair returned products or costs of customer compensatory claims differ significantly from estimates, future results of operations could be materially affected.

Litigation and Other Contingencies

When the Company becomes aware of a claim or potential claim, the Company assesses the likelihood of any loss or exposure. The Company discloses information regarding each material claim where the likelihood of a loss contingency is probable or reasonably possible. If a loss contingency is probable and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated, the Company records an accrual for the loss. In such cases, there may be an exposure to potential loss in excess of the amount accrued. Where a loss is not probable but is reasonably possible and where a loss in excess of the amount accrued is reasonably possible, the Company discloses an estimate of the amount of the loss or range of possible losses for the claim if a reasonable estimate can be made, unless the amount of such reasonably possible losses is not material to the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. The ability to predict the ultimate outcome of such matters involves judgments, estimates and inherent uncertainties. The actual outcome of such matters could differ materially from management’s estimates. See Note 5.

Advertising Expense

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Selling, general and administrative expenses of the Company included advertising costs of $11 million, $7 million, and $5 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which provides that deferred tax assets and liabilities be recognized for temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of assets and liabilities and expected benefits of utilizing net operating loss (“NOL”) and tax credit carryforwards. The Company records a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Each period, the Company evaluates the need for a valuation allowance for its deferred tax assets and adjusts the valuation allowance so that the Company records net deferred tax assets only to the extent that it has concluded it is more likely than not that these deferred tax assets will be realized.

The Company recognizes liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on a two-step process. To the extent a tax position does not meet a more-likely-than-not level of certainty, no benefit is recognized in the financial statements. If a position meets the more-likely-than-not level of certainty, it is recognized in the financial statements at the largest amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are recognized on liabilities recorded for uncertain tax positions, as applicable, and are recorded in the provision for income taxes. The actual liability for unrealized tax benefits may be materially different from the Company’s estimates, which could result in the need to record additional liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits or potentially adjust previously-recorded liabilities for unrealized tax benefits, and may materially affect our operating results.

Income per Common Share

The Company computes basic income per common share using net income and the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted income per common share is computed using net income and the weighted average number of common shares and potentially dilutive common shares outstanding during the period. Potentially dilutive common shares include certain dilutive outstanding employee stock options, rights to purchase shares of common stock under the Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) and restricted stock unit awards.

54

WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table illustrates the computation of basic and diluted income per common share (in millions, except per share data):

	Years Ended
	July 1,		July 2,		July 3,
	2011		2010		2009
Net income	$	726	$	1,382	$	470
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic		231		228		222
Employee stock options and other		4		5		4
Diluted		235		233		226
Income per common share:
Basic	$	3.14	$	6.06	$	2.12
Diluted	$	3.09	$	5.93	$	2.08
Anti-dilutive potential common shares excluded*		3		1		6

* For purposes of computing diluted income per common share, certain potentially dilutive securities have been excluded from the calculation because their effect would have been anti-dilutive.

Stock-based Compensation

The Company accounts for all stock-based compensation at fair value. Stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the value of the award and is recognized as expense over the vesting period. The fair values of all stock options granted are estimated using a binomial model, and the fair values of all ESPP purchase rights are estimated using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. Both the binomial and the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing models require the input of highly subjective assumptions. The Company is required to use judgment in estimating the amount of stock-based awards that are expected to be forfeited. If actual forfeitures differ significantly from the original estimate, stock-based compensation expense and the results of operations could be materially affected.

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Other comprehensive income (loss) refers to revenue, expenses, gains and losses that are recorded as an element of shareholders’ equity but are excluded from net income. The Company’s other comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of unrealized gains and losses on foreign exchange contracts.

Foreign Exchange Contracts

Although the majority of the Company’s transactions are in U.S. dollars, some transactions are based in various foreign currencies. The Company purchases short-term, foreign exchange contracts to hedge the impact of foreign currency exchange fluctuations on certain underlying assets, revenue, liabilities and commitments for operating expenses and product costs denominated in foreign currencies. The purpose of entering into these hedging transactions is to minimize the impact of foreign currency fluctuations on the Company’s results of operations. These contract maturity dates do not exceed 12 months. All foreign exchange contracts are for risk management purposes only. The Company does not purchase foreign exchange contracts for trading purposes. The Company had outstanding foreign exchange contracts with commercial banks for Thai Baht, Malaysian Ringgit, Euro and British Pound Sterling with aggregate notional amounts of $1.5 billion and $1.1 billion at July 1, 2011 and July 2, 2010, respectively. Thai Baht contracts are designated as either cash flow or fair value hedges. Malaysian Ringgit contracts are designated as cash flow hedges. Euro and British Pound Sterling contracts are designated as fair value hedges.

55

WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

If the derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the change in fair value of the derivative is initially deferred in other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax. These amounts are subsequently recognized into earnings when the underlying cash flow being hedged is recognized into earnings. Recognized gains and losses on foreign exchange contracts entered into for manufacturing-related activities are reported in cost of revenue. Hedge effectiveness is measured by comparing the hedging instrument’s cumulative change in fair value from inception to maturity to the underlying exposure’s terminal value. The Company determined the ineffectiveness associated with its cash flow hedges to be immaterial.

A change in the fair value of fair value hedges is recognized in earnings in the period incurred and is reported as a component of operating expenses. All fair value hedges were determined to be effective. The fair value and the changes in fair value on these contracts were not material to the consolidated financial statements for all years presented. See Notes 10 and 11 for additional disclosures related to foreign exchange contracts.

Use of Estimates

Company management has made estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of certain assets and liabilities in conformity with U.S. GAAP. These estimates and assumptions have been applied using methodologies that are consistent throughout the periods presented. However, actual results could differ materially from these estimates.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2009-13, “Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements” (“ASU 2009-13”), and ASU 2009-14, “Certain Revenue Arrangements That Include Software Elements” (“ASU 2009-14”). ASU 2009-13 amends the revenue guidance under Subtopic 605-25, “Multiple Element Arrangements,” and addresses how to determine whether an arrangement involving multiple deliverables contains more than one unit of accounting and how arrangement consideration shall be measured and allocated to the separate units of accounting in the arrangement. ASU 2009-14 excludes tangible products containing software components and non-software components that function together to deliver the product’s essential functionality from the scope of Subtopic 985-605, “Revenue Recognition.” ASU 2009-13 and ASU 2009-14 are effective for fiscal periods beginning on or after June 15, 2010, which for the Company was the first quarter of fiscal 2011. The Company’s adoption of ASU 2009-13 and ASU 2009-14 had no impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, “Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs” (“ASU 2011-04”). ASU 2011-04 clarifies existing fair value measurement and disclosure requirements by amending certain fair value measurement principles and requiring additional disclosures regarding fair value measurements. ASU 2011-04 is effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2011, which for the Company is the third quarter of fiscal 2012. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that ASU 2011-04 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05 “Presentation of Comprehensive Income” (“ASU 2011-05”). ASU 2011-05 requires that all non-owner changes in shareholders’ equity be presented either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but continuous statements. If presented in two separate statements, the first statement should present total net income and its components followed immediately by a second statement of total other comprehensive income, its components and the total comprehensive income. ASU 2011-05 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2011, which for the Company is the first quarter of fiscal 2013. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that ASU 2011-05 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

56

WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Note 2.   Supplemental Financial Statement Data

	Years Ended
	July 1,		July 2,
	2011		2010
	(In millions)
Inventories:
Raw materials and component parts	$	172	$	159
Work-in-process		263		255
Finished goods		142		146
Total inventories	$	577	$	560

Property, Plant and Equipment:
Land and buildings	$	750		$	675
Machinery and equipment		3,963			3,470
Furniture and fixtures		9			9
Leasehold improvements		115			69
Total property, plant and equipment		4,837			4,223
Accumulated depreciation and amortization		(2,613	)		(2,064	)
Property, plant and equipment, net	$	2,224		$	2,159

Note 3.  Debt

Long-term debt consisted of the following as of July 1, 2011 and July 2, 2010 (in millions):

	2011			2010
Term loan	$	294		$	400
Less amounts due in one year		(144	)		(106	)
Long-term debt	$	150		$	294

In February 2008, Western Digital Technologies, Inc. (“WDTI”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into a five-year Credit Agreement that provided for a $500 million term loan facility. As of July 1, 2011, the term loan facility had a variable interest rate of 1.44% and a remaining balance of $294 million, which requires principal payments totaling $144 million in 2012 and $150 million in 2013. The term loan facility has a maturity date of February 11, 2013. The term loan facility requires WDTI to comply with a leverage ratio and an interest coverage ratio calculated on a consolidated basis for the Company and its subsidiaries. In addition, the term loan facility contains customary covenants, including covenants that limit or restrict WDTI’s and its subsidiaries’ ability to incur liens, incur indebtedness, make certain restricted payments, merge or consolidate and enter into certain speculative hedging arrangements. As of July 1, 2011, WDTI was in compliance with all covenants.

See Note 14 for additional disclosures related to the Company’s new credit facility to be entered into in connection with the closing of the planned acquisition of Viviti Technologies Ltd., until recently known as Hitachi Global Storage Technologies Pte. Ltd (“HGST”).

Note 4.  Commitments and Contingencies

Lease Commitments

The Company leases certain facilities and equipment under long-term, non-cancelable operating leases. The Company’s operating leases consist of leased property and expire at various dates through 2020. Rental expense under

57

WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

these operating leases, including month-to-month rentals, was $23 million, $22 million and $21 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Future minimum lease payments under operating leases that have initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year at July 1, 2011 are as follows (in millions):

2012	$	18
2013		17
2014		14
2015		11
2016		9
Thereafter		46
Total future minimum payments	$	115

Product Warranty Liability

Changes in the warranty accrual for 2011, 2010 and 2009 were as follows (in millions):

	2011			2010			2009
Warranty accrual, beginning of period	$	170		$	123		$	114
Charges to operations		172			183			126
Utilization		(160	)		(138	)		(111	)
Changes in estimate related to pre-existing warranties		(12	)		2			(6	)
Warranty accrual, end of period	$	170		$	170		$	123

Accrued warranty also includes amounts classified in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets of $38 million at July 1, 2011 and $41 million at July 2, 2010.

Long-term Purchase Agreements

The Company has entered into long-term purchase agreements with various component suppliers. The commitments depend on specific products ordered and may be subject to minimum quality requirements and future price negotiations. The Company expects these commitments to total $636 million for 2012, $6 million for 2013 and 2014, $5 million for 2015, and $1 million for 2016.

Note 5.   Legal Proceedings

When the Company becomes aware of a claim or potential claim, the Company assesses the likelihood of any loss or exposure. The Company discloses information regarding each material claim where the likelihood of a loss contingency is probable or reasonably possible. If a loss contingency is probable and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated, the Company records an accrual for the loss. In such cases, there may be an exposure to potential loss in excess of the amount accrued. Where a loss is not probable but is reasonably possible and where a loss in excess of the amount accrued is reasonably possible, the Company discloses an estimate of the amount of the loss or range of possible losses for the claim if a reasonable estimate can be made, unless the amount of such reasonably possible losses is not material to the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. For the matters described below, the Company has either recorded an accrual for losses that are probable and reasonably estimable or has determined that, while a loss is reasonably possible, a reasonable estimate of the amount of loss or range of possible losses with respect to the claim, including the amount of loss in excess of the amount accrued, cannot be made. The ability to predict the ultimate outcome of such matters involves judgments, estimates and inherent uncertainties. The actual outcome of such matters could differ materially from management’s estimates.

58

WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Intellectual Property Litigation

On June 20, 2008, plaintiff Convolve, Inc. (“Convolve”) filed a complaint in the Eastern District of Texas against the Company and two other companies alleging infringement of U.S. Patent Nos. 6,314,473 and 4,916,635. The complaint sought unspecified monetary damages and injunctive relief. On October 10, 2008, Convolve amended its complaint to allege infringement of only the ‘473 patent. The ‘473 patent allegedly relates to interface technology to select between certain modes of a disk drive’s operations relating to speed and noise. A trial in the matter began on July 18, 2011 and concluded on July 26, 2011 with a verdict against the Company in an amount that is not material to the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. The Company is evaluating its post-trial and appellate options.

On July 15, 2009, plaintiffs Carl B. Collins and Farzin Davanloo filed a complaint in the Eastern District of Texas against the Company and ten other companies alleging infringement of U.S. Patent Nos. 5,411,797 and 5,478,650. Plaintiffs are seeking injunctive relief and unspecified monetary damages, fees and costs. The asserted patents allegedly relate to nanophase diamond films. The Company intends to defend itself vigorously in this matter.

On December 7, 2009, plaintiff Nazomi Communications filed a complaint in the Eastern District of Texas against the Company and seven other companies alleging infringement of U.S. Patent Nos. 7,080,362 and 7,225,436. Plaintiffs dismissed the Eastern District of Texas suit after filing a similar complaint in the Central District of California on February 8, 2010. The case was subsequently transferred to the Northern District of California on October 14, 2010. Plaintiffs are seeking injunctive relief and unspecified monetary damages, fees and costs. The asserted patents allegedly relate to processor cores capable of Java hardware acceleration. The Company intends to defend itself vigorously in this matter.

On January 5, 2010, plaintiff Enova Technology Corporation filed a complaint in the District of Delaware against the Company and Initio Corporation alleging infringement of U.S. Patent Nos. 7,136,995 and 7,386,734. Plaintiff is seeking injunctive relief and unspecified monetary damages, fees and costs. The asserted patents allegedly relate to real time full disk encryption application specific integrated circuits, or ASICs. The Company intends to defend itself vigorously in this matter.

On November 10, 2010, plaintiff Rembrandt Data Storage filed a complaint in the Western District of Wisconsin against the Company alleging infringement of U.S. Patent Nos. 5,995,342 and 6,195,232. Plaintiff is seeking injunctive relief and unspecified monetary damages, fees and costs. The asserted patents allegedly relate to specific thin film heads having solenoid coils. The Company intends to defend itself vigorously in this matter.

On August 1, 2011, plaintiff Guzik Technical Enterprises filed a complaint in the Northern District of California against the Company and various of its subsidiaries alleging infringement of U.S. Patent Nos. 6,023,145 and 6,785,085, breach of contract and misappropriation of trade secrets. Plaintiff is seeking injunctive relief and unspecified monetary damages, fees and costs. The asserted patents allegedly relate to devices used to test hard disk drive heads and media. The Company intends to defend itself vigorously in this matter.

On October 4, 2006, plaintiff Seagate Technology LLC (“Seagate”) filed a complaint against the Company and one of its employees formerly employed by Seagate in the Minnesota Fourth Judicial District Court. The complaint alleges claims based on supposed misappropriation of trade secrets and seeks injunctive relief and unspecified monetary damages, fees and costs. On June 19, 2007, the Company’s employee filed a demand for arbitration with the American Arbitration Association. A motion to stay the litigation as against all defendants and to compel arbitration of all Seagate’s claims was granted on September 19, 2007. On September 23, 2010, Seagate filed a motion to amend its claims and add allegations based on the supposed misappropriation of additional confidential information, and the arbitrator granted Seagate’s motion. The arbitration hearing commenced on May 23, 2011 and concluded on July 11, 2011. The parties will be filing post-arbitration briefs in August 2011. The arbitrator is expected to render a decision in the fall of 2011. The Company continues to defend itself vigorously in this matter.

59

WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Employment Litigation

On March 20, 2009, plaintiff Ghazala H. Durrani, a former employee of the Company, filed a putative class action complaint in the Alameda County (California) Superior Court. The complaint alleged that certain of the Company’s engineers had been misclassified as exempt employees under California state law and were, therefore, due unspecified amounts for unpaid hourly overtime wages and other amounts, as well as penalties for allegedly missed meal and rest periods. By court order dated April 24, 2009, the case was transferred to the Orange County (California) Superior Court. On or about June 16, 2009, the Company was dismissed from the case without prejudice by stipulation, leaving WDTI as the sole remaining defendant. On or about June 4, 2009, WDTI filed its answer to the complaint, denying the substantive allegations thereof and raising several affirmative defenses. The parties participated in a mediation of the case on June 3, 2010, which led to a proposed settlement of the case. The proposed settlement, which was ultimately approved by the court, resolved the case on a class-wide basis for an immaterial amount that was accrued by the Company in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010. The court granted final approval of the settlement and entered judgment on February 7, 2011. A final accounting hearing took place on July 11, 2011, at which the court confirmed that the settlement amount was fully paid in accordance with the settlement agreement.

On February 26, 2010, and as thereafter amended on August 23, 2010 and December 22, 2010, plaintiff Tariq Sadaat, a former employee of the Company, filed a putative class action complaint in the Orange County (California) Superior Court against the Company, WDTI, Kelly Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Kelly Services”), and certain other unnamed individuals. Plaintiff sought to represent certain hourly employees who were assigned to work at certain of the Company’s facilities by Kelly Services, a temporary staffing agency. In this regard, the complaint alleged that the hourly employees were due unspecified sums for unpaid overtime wages and other amounts, as well as penalties for allegedly missed meal and rest periods. The complaint sought unspecified damages including lost wages, penalties under the California Labor Code and other statutes, compensatory and punitive damages, declaratory relief, injunctive relief, interest, attorneys’ fees and costs. The Company’s response to the complaint was filed and served in January 2011. The parties participated in a mediation of the case, which led to a proposed settlement of Sadaat’s individual claims for an immaterial amount. The Court approved the proposed settlement on July 26, 2011, and dismissed the complaint in its entirety, with prejudice as to Sadaat’s individual claims and without prejudice as to the alleged class claims.

Other Matters

In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to other legal proceedings, lawsuits and other claims. Although the ultimate aggregate amount of probable monetary liability or financial impact with respect to these other matters is subject to many uncertainties and is therefore not predictable with assurance, management believes that any monetary liability or financial impact to the Company from these other matters, individually and in the aggregate, would not be material to the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. However, there can be no assurance with respect to such result, and monetary liability or financial impact to the Company from these other matters could differ materially from those projected.

Note 6.  Business Segment, Geographic Information and Major Customers

Segment Information

The Company operates in one reportable operating segment, the hard drive business.

60

WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Geographic Information

The Company’s operations outside the United States include manufacturing facilities in Malaysia, Singapore, and Thailand as well as sales offices throughout the Americas, Asia Pacific, Europe and the Middle East. The following table summarizes the Company’s operations by geographic area for the three years ended July 1, 2011 (in millions):

	2011		2010		2009
Net revenue(1):
United States	$	1,589	$	1,889	$	1,492
Asia		5,434		5,239		3,639
Europe, Middle East and Africa		2,196		2,260		2,008
Other		307		462		314
Total	$	9,526	$	9,850	$	7,453
Long-lived assets:
United States	$	1,285	$	1,173	$	1,043
Asia		1,345		1,379		954
Europe, Middle East and Africa		1		56		64
Total	$	2,631	$	2,608	$	2,061

(1) Net revenue is attributed to geographic regions based on the ship to location of the customer.

Major Customer

For 2011 and 2010, no single customer accounted for 10%, or more, of the Company’s net revenue. For 2009, sales to Dell Inc. accounted for 10% of the Company’s net revenue.

Note 7.  Western Digital Corporation 401(k) Plan

The Company has adopted the Western Digital Corporation 401(k) Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan covers substantially all domestic employees, subject to certain eligibility requirements. The Company makes a basic matching contribution on behalf of each participating eligible employee equal to fifty percent (50%) of the eligible participant’s pre-tax contributions for the contribution cycle not to exceed 5% of the eligible participant’s compensation; provided, however, that each eligible participant shall receive a minimum annual basic matching contribution equal to fifty percent (50%) of the first $4,000 of pre-tax contributions for any calendar year. Company contributions vest over a 5-year period of employment. For 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company made Plan contributions of $9 million, $9 million, and $7 million, respectively.

Note 8.  Shareholders’ Equity

Stock Incentive Plans

The Company maintains four stock-based incentive plans (collectively referred to as the “Stock Plans”): the amended and restated 2004 Performance Incentive Plan, the Employee Stock Option Plan, the Broad-Based Stock Incentive Plan and the Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors. No new awards may be granted under the Employee Stock Option Plan, the Broad-Based Stock Incentive Plan or the Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors (collectively referred to as the “Prior Stock Plans”). As of July 1, 2011, options to purchase 1.2 million shares of the Company’s common stock remained outstanding and exercisable under the Prior Stock Plans. Other than for such options, no restricted stock or other awards were outstanding under the Prior Stock Plans as of July 1, 2011. Options granted under the Prior Stock Plans expire either five or ten years from the date of grant.

61

WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The types of awards that may be granted under the 2004 Performance Incentive Plan include stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), stock bonuses and other forms of awards granted or denominated in the Company’s common stock or units of the Company’s common stock, as well as cash bonus awards. Persons eligible to receive awards under the 2004 Performance Incentive Plan include officers or employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, directors of the Company and certain consultants and advisors to the Company or any of its subsidiaries. The vesting of awards under the Performance Incentive Plan is determined at the date of grant. Each award expires on a date determined at the date of grant; however, the maximum term of options and stock appreciation rights under the 2004 Performance Incentive Plan is ten years after the grant date of the award. RSUs granted under the 2004 Performance Incentive Plan typically vest over periods ranging from one to five years from the date of grant.

As of July 1, 2011, the maximum number of shares of the Company’s common stock that was authorized for award grants under the 2004 Performance Incentive Plan was 37.2 million shares. Any shares subject to awards under the Prior Stock Plans that are canceled, forfeited or otherwise terminate without having vested or been exercised, as applicable, will become available for other award grants under the 2004 Performance Incentive Plan. Shares issued in respect of stock options and stock appreciation rights granted under the 2004 Performance Incentive Plan count against the plan’s share limit on a one-for-one basis, whereas shares issued in respect of any other type of award granted under the plan count against the plan’s share limit as 1.35 shares for every one share actually issued in connection with such award. The 2004 Performance Incentive Plan will terminate on September 20, 2014 unless terminated earlier by the Company’s Board of Directors.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The Company maintains an ESPP. Under the ESPP, eligible employees may authorize payroll deductions of up to 10% of their eligible compensation during prescribed offering periods to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at 95% of the fair market value of common stock on either the first day of that offering period or on the applicable exercise date, whichever is less. A participant may participate in only one offering period at a time, and a new offering period generally begins each June 1st and December 1st. Each offering period is generally 24 months and consists of four exercise dates (each, generally six months following the start of the offering period or the preceding exercise date, as the case may be). If the fair market value of the Company’s common stock is less on a given exercise date than on the date of grant, employee participation in that offering period ends and participants are automatically re-enrolled in the next new offering period.

Stock-based Compensation Expense

The Company recognized in expense $37 million, $37 million and $24 million for stock-based compensation related to the vesting of options granted by the Company under the Stock Plans and the ESPP in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. As of July 1, 2011, total compensation cost related to unvested stock options granted under the Stock Plans and ESPP rights issued to employees but not yet recognized was $60 million and will be amortized on a straight-line basis over a weighted average service period of approximately 2.2 years.

The Company recognized in expense $32 million, $23 million and $23 million related to restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards granted under the Stock Plans that vested during 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. As of July 1, 2011, the aggregate unamortized fair value of all unvested restricted stock unit awards granted under the Stock Plans was $41 million, which will be recognized on a straight-line basis over a weighted average vesting period of approximately 1.3 years.

62

WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Stock Option Activity

The following table summarizes stock option activity under the Stock Plans over the last three fiscal years (in millions, except per share amounts and remaining contractual lives):

						Weighted Average
				Weighted Average		Remaining		Aggregate
	Number			Exercise Price		Contractual Life		Intrinsic
	of Shares			Per Share		(in years)		Value
Options outstanding at June 27, 2008		8.0		$	14.92
Granted		4.2			20.02
Exercised		(0.6	)		9.59
Canceled or expired		(0.3	)		20.10
Options outstanding at July 3, 2009		11.3		$	17.00
Granted		1.4			36.06
Exercised		(3.1	)		14.67
Canceled or expired		(0.2	)		22.78
Options outstanding at July 2, 2010		9.4		$	20.61
Granted		2.5			26.59
Exercised		(1.4	)		16.83
Canceled or expired		(0.3	)		26.21
Options outstanding at July 1, 2011		10.2		$	22.49		4.6	$	145
Exercisable at July 1, 2011		5.5		$	19.36		3.8	$	95
Vested and expected to vest after July 1, 2011		10.1		$	22.43		4.5	$	144

If an option has an exercise price that is less than the quoted price of the Company’s common stock at the particular time, the aggregate intrinsic value of that option at that time is calculated based on the difference between the exercise price of the options and the quoted price of the Company’s common stock at that time. As of July 1, 2011, the Company had options outstanding to purchase an aggregate of 10.1 million shares with an exercise price below the quoted price of the Company’s stock on that date resulting in an aggregate intrinsic value of $145 million at that date. During 2011, 2010 and 2009, the aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised under the Stock Plans was $25 million, $72 million and $8 million, respectively, determined as of the date of exercise.

The following table summarizes information about options outstanding and exercisable under the Stock Plans as of July 1, 2011 (in millions, except per share amounts):

		Options Outstanding						Options Exercisable
				Weighted Average
				Remaining
Range of		Number		Contractual Life		Weighted Average		Number		Weighted Average
Exercise Prices		of Shares		(in years)		Exercise Price		of Shares		Exercise Price
$	2.10 – $13.76		1.6		2.5	$	8.98		1.6	$	8.97
$	13.95 – $20.55		2.2		4.6		17.59		1.4		18.11
$	21.29 – $25.95		2.3		4.2		23.89		1.6		23.70
$	26.17 – $26.17		2.2		6.2		26.17		—		26.17
$	27.64 – $40.66		1.9		4.9		33.91		0.9		32.85
			10.2		4.6	$	22.49		5.5	$	19.36

Fair Value Disclosure — Binomial Model

The fair value of stock options granted is estimated using a binomial option-pricing model. The binomial model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions including the expected stock price volatility, the expected price

63

WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

multiple at which employees are likely to exercise stock options and the expected employee termination rate. The Company uses historical data to estimate option exercise, employee termination, and expected stock price volatility within the binomial model. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The fair value of stock options granted during the three years ended July 1, 2011 was estimated using the following weighted average assumptions:

	2011	2010	2009
Suboptimal exercise factor	1.81	1.73	1.73
Range of risk-free interest rates	0.20% to 2.90%	0.31% to 3.40%	0.38% to 3.44%
Range of expected stock price volatility	0.39 to 0.59	0.40 to 0.72	0.43 to 0.77
Weighted average expected volatility	0.52	0.57	0.55
Post-vesting termination rate	2.44%	3.57%	4.02%
Dividend yield	—	—	—
Fair value	$11.42	$17.09	$9.05

The weighted average expected term of the Company’s stock options granted during 2011, 2010 and 2009 was 4.7 years, 4.6 years and 4.9 years, respectively.

Fair Value Disclosure — Black-Scholes-Merton Model

The fair value of ESPP purchase rights issued is estimated at the date of grant of the purchase rights using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. The Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. The Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions such as the expected stock price volatility and the expected period until options are exercised. Purchase rights under the current ESPP provisions are granted on either June 1 or December 1 of each year.

The fair values of all ESPP purchase rights granted on or prior to July 1, 2011 have been estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

	ESPP
	2011			2010			2009
Option life (in years)		1.25			1.24			1.30
Risk-free interest rate		0.44	%		0.57	%		0.65	%
Stock price volatility		0.44			0.53			0.63
Dividend yield		—			—			—
Fair value	$	8.36		$	10.02		$	3.61

64

WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

RSU Activity

The following table summarizes RSU activity (in millions, except weighted average grant date fair value):

				Weighted Average
	Number			Grant Date
	of Shares			Fair Value
RSUs outstanding at June 27, 2008		2.8		$	21.75
Granted		0.9			22.84
Vested		(0.5	)		23.18
Canceled or expired		(0.1	)		22.62
RSUs outstanding at July 3, 2009		3.1		$	21.80
Granted		1.2			38.42
Vested		(1.1	)		20.60
Canceled or expired		(0.1	)		27.84
RSUs outstanding at July 2, 2010		3.1		$	28.43
Granted		1.0			26.75
Vested		(0.8	)		24.03
Canceled or expired		(0.2	)		32.41
RSUs outstanding at July 1, 2011		3.1		$	28.85
Expected to vest after July 1, 2011		2.9		$	28.82

The fair value of each RSU is the market price of our stock on the date of grant. The aggregate value of RSUs that became fully-vested during 2011 and 2010 was $23 million and $43 million, respectively, determined as of the vest date. RSUs are generally payable in an equal number of shares of the Company’s common stock at the time of vesting of the units. The grant-date fair value of the shares underlying the restricted stock awards at the date of grant was $26 million, $45 million and $19 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. These amounts are being recognized to expense over the corresponding vesting periods. For purposes of valuing these awards, the Company has assumed a forfeiture rate of 1.82%, 1.55%, and 0.0% during 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively, based on a historical analysis indicating forfeitures for these types of awards.

Stock Repurchase Program

The Company’s Board of Directors previously authorized the repurchase of $750 million of common stock in open market transactions under a stock repurchase program through March 31, 2013. Since the inception of this program in 2005, through July 1, 2011, the Company has repurchased 20 million shares of its common stock for a total cost of $334 million. The Company repurchased 1.8 million shares for a total cost of $50 million during 2011. The Company may continue to repurchase stock as the Company deems appropriate and market conditions allow. The Company expects stock repurchases to be funded principally by operating cash flows.

Stock Purchase Rights

On April 6, 2001, the Company adopted a plan to protect shareholders’ rights in the event of a proposed takeover of the Company (the “2001 Rights Plan”). The 2001 Rights Plan expired on April 6, 2011. During the term of the 2001 Rights Plan, each share of the Company’s outstanding common stock carried one Right to Purchase Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock (the “Right”). The Right enabled the holder, under certain circumstances, to purchase Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock of Western Digital at an exercise price of $50.00 per share ten days after a person or group publicly announced it had acquired or had tendered an offer for 15%, or more, of the Company’s outstanding common stock. The Rights were redeemable by the Company at $0.001 per Right.

65

WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Stock Reserved for Issuance

The following table summarizes all shares of common stock reserved for issuance at July 1, 2011 (in millions):

	Number
	of Shares
Maximum shares issuable in connection with:
Outstanding awards and shares available for award grants		25.4
ESPP		3.5
Total		28.9

Note 9.  Income Taxes

Pre-tax Income

The domestic and foreign components of income before income taxes were as follows for the three years ended July 1, 2011 (in millions):

	2011		2010		2009
Foreign	$	660	$	1,418	$	459
Domestic		120		102		42
Income before income taxes	$	780	$	1,520	$	501

Income Tax Provision

The components of the provision for income taxes were as follows for the three years ended July 1, 2011 (in millions):

	2011			2010			2009
Current:
Foreign	$	12		$	9		$	13
Domestic-federal		21			101			(7	)
Domestic-state		1			1			1
Deferred:
Domestic-federal		30			37			24
Domestic-state		(10	)		(10	)		—
Income tax provision	$	54		$	138		$	31

Remaining net undistributed earnings from foreign subsidiaries at July 1, 2011 on which no U.S. tax has been provided amounted to $4.7 billion. The net undistributed earnings are intended to finance local operating requirements and capital investments. Accordingly, an additional U.S. tax provision has not been made on these earnings. The tax liability for these earnings would be $1.6 billion if the Company repatriated the $4.7 billion in undistributed earnings from the foreign subsidiaries.

66

WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Deferred Taxes

Temporary differences and carryforwards, which give rise to a significant portion of deferred tax assets and liabilities as of July 1, 2011 and July 2, 2010 were as follows (in millions):

	2011			2010
Deferred tax assets:
Sales related reserves and accrued expenses not currently deductible	$	51		$	50
Accrued compensation and benefits not currently deductible		69			44
Domestic net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforward		49			52
Business credit carryforward		145			137
Other		53			47
Total deferred tax assets		367			330
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation		(116	)		(58	)
Other		(10	)		(11	)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(126	)		(69	)
Deferred tax assets, net	$	241		$	261

	2011			2010
Deferred tax assets:
Current portion (included in other current assets)	$	108		$	81
Non-current portion (included in other non-current assets)		259			249
Total deferred tax assets		367			330
Deferred tax liabilities:
Current portion (included in other current assets)		(2	)		(2	)
Non-current portion (included in other non-current assets)		(124	)		(67	)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(126	)		(69	)
Deferred tax assets, net	$	241		$	261

In addition to the deferred tax assets presented above, the Company had additional NOL benefits related to stock-based compensation deductions of $110 million and $93 million at July 1, 2011 and July 2, 2010, respectively. The increase in NOL benefits relates to the current year stock based compensation deductions which will result in a future benefit of $17 million. This $17 million will be recorded as a credit to shareholders’ equity when an incremental benefit is recognized after considering all other tax attributes available to the Company.

67

WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Effective Tax Rate

Reconciliation of the U.S. Federal statutory rate to the Company’s effective tax rate is as follows for the three years ended July 1, 2011:

	2011			2010			2009
U.S. Federal statutory rate		35	%		35	%		35	%
Tax rate differential on international income		(26	)		(26	)		(30	)
Tax effect of U.S. permanent differences		3			1			6
State income tax, net of federal tax		(1	)		—			1
Income tax credits		(4	)		(1	)		(8	)
Other		—			—			2
Effective tax rate		7	%		9	%		6	%

Tax Holidays and Carryforwards

A substantial portion of the Company’s manufacturing operations in Malaysia, Singapore and Thailand operate under various tax holidays and tax incentive programs which will expire in whole or in part at various dates through 2023. Certain of the holidays may be extended if specific conditions are met. The net impact of these tax holidays and tax incentives was to increase the Company’s net earnings by $362 million ($1.54 per diluted share), $560 million ($2.40 per diluted share), and $241 million ($1.07 per diluted share) in 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

As of July 1, 2011, the Company had federal and state NOL carryforwards of $185 million and $52 million, respectively. In addition, as of July 1, 2011, the Company had various federal and state tax credit carryforwards of $251 million combined. The NOL carryforwards available to offset future federal and state taxable income expire at various dates from 2021 to 2030 and 2015 to 2020, respectively. Approximately $140 million of the credit carryforwards available to offset future taxable income expire at various dates from 2012 to 2030. The remaining amount is available indefinitely. NOLs and credits relating to Komag, Incorporated (“Komag”), which was acquired by the Company on September 5, 2007, are subject to limitations under Section 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code. The Company does not expect these limitations to result in a reduction in the total amount of NOLs and credits ultimately realized.

Uncertain Tax Positions

The Company recognizes liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on a two-step process. First, the tax position is evaluated for recognition by determining if it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. If the tax position is deemed more-likely-than-not to be sustained, the tax position is then assessed to determine the amount of benefit to be recognized in the financial statements. The amount of the benefit that may be recognized is the largest amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. With the exception of certain unrecognized tax benefits that are directly associated with the tax position taken, unrecognized tax benefits are presented gross in the Company’s balance sheet. Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are recognized on liabilities recorded for uncertain tax positions and are recorded in the provision for income taxes. As of July 1, 2011, such interest and penalties were not material.

As of July 1, 2011, the Company had $245 million of unrecognized tax benefits.

68

WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following is a tabular reconciliation of the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits for the year ended July 1, 2011 (in millions):

Unrecognized tax benefit at July 2, 2010	$	230
Gross increases related to prior year tax positions		5
Gross decreases related to prior year tax positions		(11	)
Gross increases related to current year tax positions		24
Settlements/lapse of statute of limitations		(3	)
Unrecognized tax benefit at July 1, 2011	$	245

The entire balance of unrecognized tax benefits at July 1, 2011, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.

The Company files U.S. Federal, U.S. state, and foreign tax returns. For both federal and state tax returns, with few exceptions, the Company is subject to examination for fiscal years 2008 through 2011. In foreign jurisdictions, with few exceptions, the Company is subject to examination for all years subsequent to fiscal 2006. The Company is no longer subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) for periods prior to 2006, although carry forwards generated prior to those periods may still be adjusted upon examination by the IRS or state taxing authority if they either have been or will be used in a subsequent period.

The IRS is currently examining fiscal years 2006 and 2007 for the Company and calendar years 2005 and 2006 for Komag. The IRS has completed its field work and proposed certain adjustments. Certain issues have been agreed upon by the Company and the IRS and certain issues remain unresolved. The Company has received Revenue Agent Reports (“RARs”) for the agreed issues. The Company has also received RARs from the IRS for the unresolved issues which seek adjustments to income before income taxes of $970 million for the Company and $380 million for Komag. The issues in dispute relate primarily to transfer pricing and certain other intercompany transactions. The Company disagrees with the proposed adjustments. In May 2011, the Company filed a protest with the IRS Appeals Office regarding the proposed adjustments. The Company is continuing discussions with the IRS to resolve the Komag issues.

The Company believes that adequate provision has been made for any adjustments that may result from tax examinations. However, the outcome of tax audits cannot be predicted with certainty. If any issues addressed in the Company’s tax audits are resolved in a manner not consistent with management’s expectations, the Company could be required to adjust its provision for income taxes in the period such resolution occurs. As of July 1, 2011, it is not possible to estimate the amount of change, if any, in the unrecognized tax benefits that is reasonably possible within the next twelve months. Any significant change in the amount of the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits would most likely result from additional information or settlements relating to the examination of the Company’s uncertain tax positions.

Note 10.  Fair Value Measurements

Financial assets and liabilities that are remeasured and reported at fair value at each reporting period are classified and disclosed in one of the following three levels:

Level 1.  Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2.  Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3.  Inputs that are unobservable for the asset or liability and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

69

WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table presents information about the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of July 1, 2011, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized to determine such value (in millions):

	Fair Value Measurements at
	Reporting Date Using
	Quoted Prices
	in Active		Significant
	Markets for		Other			Significant
	Identical		Observable			Unobservable
	Instruments		Inputs			Inputs
	(Level 1)		(Level 2)			(Level 3)		Total
Assets:
Cash equivalents
Money market funds	$	721	$	—		$	—	$	721
U.S. Treasury securities		—		60			—		60
U.S. Government agency securities		—		78			—		78
Total cash equivalents		721		138			—		859
Auction-rate securities		—		—			15		15
Total assets at fair value	$	721	$	138		$	15	$	874
Liabilities:
Foreign exchange contracts	$	—	$	(5	)	$	—	$	(5	)
Total liabilities at fair value	$	—	$	(5	)	$	—	$	(5	)

The following table presents information about the Company’s financial assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of July 2, 2010, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized to determine such value (in millions):

	Fair Value Measurements at
	Reporting Date Using
	Quoted Prices
	in Active		Significant
	Markets for		Other		Significant
	Identical		Observable		Unobservable
	Assets		Inputs		Inputs
	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Cash equivalents
Money market funds	$	458	$	—	$	—	$	458
U.S. Treasury securities		—		385		—		385
U.S. Government agency securities		—		370		—		370
Total cash equivalents		458		755		—		1,213
Auction-rate securities		—		—		15		15
Foreign exchange contracts		—		17		—		17
Total assets at fair value	$	458	$	772	$	15	$	1,245

Money Market Funds.  The Company’s money market funds are funds that invest in U.S. Treasury securities and are recorded within cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated balance sheets. Money market funds are valued based on quoted market prices.

70

WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

U.S. Treasury Securities.  The Company’s U.S. Treasury securities are investments in Treasury bills with original maturities of three months or less, are held in custody by a third party and are recorded within cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated balance sheets. U.S. Treasury securities are valued using a market approach which is based on observable inputs including market interest rates from multiple pricing sources.

U.S. Government Agency Securities.  The Company’s U.S. Government agency securities are investments in fixed income securities sponsored by the U.S. Government with original maturities of three months or less, are held in custody by a third party and are recorded within cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated balance sheets. U.S. Government agency securities are valued using a market approach which is based on observable inputs including market interest rates from multiple pricing sources.

Auction-Rate Securities.  The Company’s auction-rate securities have maturity dates through 2050, are primarily backed by insurance products and are accounted for as available-for-sale securities. These investments are expected to be held until secondary markets become available and as a result, are classified as long-term investments and recorded within other non-current assets in the consolidated balance sheets. Auction-rate securities are valued using an income approach which is based on a discounted cash flow model or a credit default model. The inputs to the discounted cash flow model include market interest rates and a discount factor to reflect the illiquidity of the investments. The inputs to the credit default model include market interest rates, yields of similar securities, and probability-weighted assumptions related to the creditworthiness of the underlying assets.

Foreign Exchange Contracts.  The Company’s foreign exchange contracts are short-term contracts to hedge the Company’s foreign currency risk related to the Thai Baht, Malaysian Ringgit, Euro and British Pound Sterling. Foreign exchange contracts are classified within other current assets in the consolidated balance sheets. Foreign exchange contracts are valued using an income approach which is based on a present value of future cash flows model. The market-based observable inputs for the model include forward rates and credit default swap rates.

The following table presents the changes in Level 3 financial assets measured on a recurring basis (in millions):

	U.S.
	Government
	Agency			Auction-rate
	Securities			Securities			Total
July 3, 2009	$	1		$	18		$	19
Sales		—			(3	)		(3	)
Maturities		(1	)		—			(1	)
July 2, 2010	$	—		$	15		$	15

For the year ended July 1, 2011, there were no changes in Level 3 financial assets measured on a recurring basis. The Company had no liabilities that were re-measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis during the year ended July 2, 2010.

Note 11.  Foreign Exchange Contracts

As of July 1, 2011, the net amount of existing gains expected to be reclassified into earnings within the next twelve months was $5 million and the Company did not have any foreign exchange contracts with credit-risk-related contingent features. The Company opened $4.7 billion and $4.8 billion, and closed $3.2 billion and $4.1 billion, in foreign

71

WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

exchange contracts for the years ended July 1, 2011 and July 2, 2010, respectively. The fair value and balance sheet location of such contracts were as follows (in millions):

Asset Derivatives

Liability Derivatives

2011

2010

2011

2010

Derivatives Designated as

Balance Sheet

Balance Sheet

Balance Sheet

Balance Sheet

Hedging Instruments

Location

Fair Value

Location

Fair Value

Location

Fair Value

Location

Fair Value

Foreign exchange contracts

—

—

Other current assets

$

17

Accrued expenses

$

5

—

—

The impact on the consolidated financial statements was as follows (in millions):

	Amount of Gain (Loss)						Amount of Gain (Loss)
	Recognized in				Location of Gain (Loss)		Reclassified from
	Accumulated OCI				Reclassified from		Accumulated OCI into
Derivatives in Cash	on Derivatives				Accumulated		Income
Flow Hedging Relationships	2011		2010		OCI into Income		2011		2010
Foreign exchange contracts	$	77	$	64		Cost of revenue	$	93	$	55

The total net realized transaction and foreign exchange contract currency gains and losses were not material to the consolidated financial statements during the years ended July 1, 2011 and July 2, 2010. See Notes 1 and 10 for additional disclosures related to the Company’s foreign exchange contracts.

Note 12.  Other Intangible Assets

Other intangible assets consist primarily of technology acquired in business combinations and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the respective estimated useful lives of the assets. Intangible assets as of July 1, 2011 were as follows:

	Weighted Average		Gross Carrying		Accumulated		Net Carrying
	Amortization Period		Amount		Amortization		Amount
	(in years)		(in millions)		(in millions)		(in millions)
Existing technology		9	$	127	$	59	$	68
Supply agreement		2		6		3		3
Total			$	133	$	62	$	71

In 2010, the Company acquired $11 million of intangibles as a result of the Hoya acquisition, primarily related to a glass substrate supply agreement and existing technology. Intangible assets as of July 2, 2010 were as follows:

	Weighted Average		Gross Carrying		Accumulated		Net Carrying
	Amortization Period		Amount		Amortization		Amount
	(in years)		(in millions)		(in millions)		(in millions)
Existing technology		9	$	127	$	45	$	82
Supply agreement		2		6		—		6
Total			$	133	$	45	$	88

Amortization expense for intangible assets was $17 million, $12 million and $11 million for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. As of July 1, 2011, estimated future amortization expense for intangible assets is $16 million for 2012, $13 million for 2013 and 2014, $12 million for 2015, and $9 million for 2016.

Note 13.   Restructuring and Sale of Facility

During 2009, the Company announced and completed a restructuring plan to realign its cost structure as a result of a softer demand environment. This resulted in the closure of one of the Company’s hard drive manufacturing facilities in Thailand, the disposal of its substrate manufacturing facility in Sarawak, Malaysia, and headcount reductions throughout the world of approximately 3,300 people. Restructuring costs totaled $112 million and consisted of $81 million of asset

72

WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

impairment charges, $27 million of employee termination benefits and $4 million of contract termination and other exit costs. Total cash expenditures related to the restructuring activities were $31 million. The asset impairment charge of $81 million consisted of $76 million primarily related to the land, buildings, machinery and equipment at the manufacturing facilities in Thailand and Malaysia and $5 million related to a customer relationship intangible asset acquired from Komag. The impairment charge is based on the excess of the carrying values over the estimated fair values of the assets. The fair values of the land, buildings, and equipment were estimated using the market approach. The intangible asset was valued using the income approach.

During the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company sold its substrate manufacturing facility, and related assets, in Sarawak, Malaysia for net proceeds of $29 million, resulting in a gain of $18 million. The closure and disposal of the Company’s manufacturing facilities was to realign its manufacturing capacity with the Company’s expectations regarding demand at that time. Total restructuring charges of $112 million, partially offset by the $18 million gain on sale of assets, is included in restructuring and other, net within operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

Note 14.   Acquisitions

Planned Acquisition of Hitachi Global Storage Technologies

On March 7, 2011, the Company entered into a stock purchase agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with Hitachi, Ltd. (“Hitachi”), Viviti Technologies Ltd., until recently known as Hitachi Global Storage Technologies Holdings Pte. Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of Hitachi (“HGST”), and Western Digital Ireland, Ltd., an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (“WDI”). Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, WDI agreed to acquire all of the issued and outstanding paid-up share capital of HGST from Hitachi. The planned acquisition is intended to result in a more efficient and innovative customer-focused storage company, with significant operating scale, strong global talent and the industry’s broadest product lineup backed by a rich technology portfolio. The aggregate purchase price of the planned acquisition is estimated to be approximately $4.3 billion, due at closing, and will be funded with existing cash, new debt, and 25 million newly issued shares of the Company’s common stock. The Purchase Agreement contains certain termination rights for both the Company and Hitachi, including the right to terminate the Purchase Agreement if the planned acquisition has not closed by March 7, 2012. If the planned acquisition has not closed by March 7, 2012 due to the failure to receive any required antitrust or competition authority’s consent, approval or clearance or any action by any certain governmental entities to prevent the planned acquisition for antitrust or competition reasons, the Company will, concurrently with such termination, be required to pay Hitachi a fee of $250 million in cash. During 2011, the Company incurred $17 million of expenses related to the planned acquisition of HGST which are included within selling, general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of income.

On March 7, 2011, in connection with the planned acquisition of HGST, the Company, WDTI and WDI entered into a commitment letter with Bank of America, N.A. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated regarding a new credit facility for an amount of $2.5 billion, consisting of a $500 million revolving credit facility and $2.0 billion in term loans, to be entered into in connection with the closing of the planned acquisition (the “Senior Facility”). Since entering into the commitment letter, Bank of America N.A. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated led the effort to syndicate the Senior Facility for an amount of up to $3.0 billion, consisting of a $500 million revolving credit facility and up to $2.5 billion in term loans. As a result of such effort, the Company, WDTI and WDI have fully negotiated definitive loan documents for the Senior Facility with the syndicate members and, subject to customary closing conditions including completion of the acquisition in accordance with its terms, the Company, WDTI and WDI fully expect all of these syndicate members to be part of the final lender group. In addition, the Company is required to pay a commitment fee at the rate of 0.35%, per annum, of the aggregate unfunded amount committed to be borrowed under the Senior Facility. For 2011, the Company incurred debt commitment fees of $2 million related to the acquisition.

The planned acquisition of HGST is subject to several closing conditions, including the receipt of antitrust approvals or the expiration of applicable waiting periods in certain jurisdictions. The Company has received requests for

73

WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

additional information and is engaged in more in-depth reviews of the pending acquisition initiated by regulatory authorities in the United States, the European Union, the People’s Republic of China, Japan and Korea. The Company is cooperating fully with each of the regulatory authorities reviewing the proposed transaction. Subject to obtaining the required regulatory approvals or expiration of applicable waiting periods, the Company expects the transaction to close in its second quarter of fiscal 2012.

Magnetic Media Operations

On June 30, 2010, the Company acquired the facilities, equipment, intellectual property and working capital of the magnetic media sputtering operations of Hoya. The cost of the acquisition was $233 million and was funded with available cash. The Company identified and recorded the assets, including specifically identifiable intangible assets, and liabilities assumed from Hoya at their estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition, and allocated the remaining value to goodwill. The allocation was as follows (in millions):

	June 30,
	2010
Tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed:
Inventories	$	35
Property and equipment		185
Accounts payables and other liabilities		(10	)
Intangible assets		11
Goodwill		12
Total	$	233

Intangible assets of $11 million primarily relate to a glass substrate supply agreement and existing technology. These intangibles will be amortized to cost of revenue over the weighted average useful life of 3 years.

Semiconductor Wafer Fabrication Facility

On May 25, 2010, the Company agreed to purchase a semiconductor wafer fabrication facility consisting of land, a building, equipment and certain intangible assets for a total acquisition cost of $35 million. The land and building were acquired for $20 million during the fourth fiscal quarter of 2010. The Company completed the acquisition by acquiring the equipment for $15 million during the fourth fiscal quarter of 2011.

SiliconSystems

On March 27, 2009, the Company acquired SiliconSystems, a supplier of solid-state drives for the embedded systems market. The total acquisition cost of SiliconSystems was $66 million, consisting of $65 million in cash paid to SiliconSystems shareholders and $1 million of other direct acquisition costs. The Company identified and recorded the assets, including specifically identifiable intangible assets, and liabilities assumed from SiliconSystems at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date, and allocated the remaining value to goodwill. The allocation was as follows (in millions):

	March 27,
	2009
Tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, net	$	5
Intangible assets		24
In-process research and development		14
Goodwill		23
Total	$	66

74

WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Intangible assets of $24 million primarily relates to existing technology that is amortized to cost of revenue over the weighted average useful life of 6 years. In-process research and development of $14 million relates to projects that had not reached technological feasibility and had no alternative future use, and therefore, did not qualify for capitalization and was recorded as an operating expense during 2009 in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

Note 15.   Quarterly Results of Operations (unaudited)

2011(1)	First		Second		Third		Fourth
Revenue, net	$	2,396	$	2,475	$	2,252	$	2,403
Gross margin		437		475		410		469
Operating income		211		240		158		172
Net income		197		225		146		158
Basic income per common share	$	0.86	$	0.98	$	0.63	$	0.68
Diluted income per common share	$	0.84	$	0.96	$	0.62	$	0.67
2010(2)
Revenue, net	$	2,208	$	2,619	$	2,641	$	2,382
Gross margin		514		687		665		535
Operating income		319		473		441		293
Net income		288		429		400		265
Basic income per common share	$	1.28	$	1.89	$	1.75	$	1.15
Diluted income per common share	$	1.25	$	1.85	$	1.71	$	1.13

(1)	The third quarter of 2011 included $10 million of expenses related to the planned acquisition of HGST. The fourth quarter of 2011 included a $25 million accrual for litigation contingencies, $7 million of expenses related to the planned acquisition of HGST, and $2 million of debt commitment fees related to the planned acquisition of HGST.
(2)	The fourth quarter of 2010 included $27 million in expenses related to litigation settlements.

75

WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION

SCHEDULE II — CONSOLIDATED VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
Three years ended July 1, 2011
(in millions)

	Allowance for
	Doubtful
	Accounts
Balance at June 27, 2008	$	8
Additions charged to operations		9
Deductions		(3	)
Balance at July 3, 2009	$	14
Recoveries credited to operations		(6	)
Deductions		(2	)
Balance at July 2, 2010	$	6
Additions charged to operations		—
Deductions		(1	)
Balance at July 1, 2011	$	5

76

Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As required by SEC Rule 13a-15(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act) to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that the transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and our directors; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Our management evaluated the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting using the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control — Integrated Framework. Based on this evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. KPMG LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, which audited the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued an audit report on our internal control over financial reporting. See page 46 herein.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth fiscal quarter ended July 1, 2011 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Inherent Limitations of Effectiveness of Controls

Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, does not expect our internal controls over financial reporting will prevent all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in a system of internal control over financial reporting, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control. The design of any system of controls is also based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

77

Item 9B.   Other Information

None.

PART III

Item 10.   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

There is incorporated herein by reference the information required by this Item included in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended July 1, 2011, except that the information required by this Item 10 concerning executive officers is set forth in Part I of this report under “Item 1. Business — Executive Officers of the Registrant.”

In addition, our Board of Directors has adopted a Code of Business Ethics that applies to all of our directors, employees and officers, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Principal Accounting Officer. The current version of the Code of Business Ethics is available on our Web site under the Governance section at www.westerndigital.com. In accordance with rules adopted by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange, we intend to promptly disclose future amendments to certain provisions of the Code of Business Ethics, or waivers of such provisions granted to executive officers and directors, on our Web site under the Governance section at www.westerndigital.com.

Item 11.   Executive Compensation

There is incorporated herein by reference the information required by this Item included in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended July 1, 2011.

Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

There is incorporated herein by reference the information required by this Item included in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended July 1, 2011.

Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

There is incorporated herein by reference the information required by this Item included in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended July 1, 2011.

Item 14.   Principal Accountant Fees and Services

There is incorporated herein by reference the information required by this Item included in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended July 1, 2011.

78

PART IV

Item 15.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Documents filed as a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

(1) Financial Statements

The financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this document are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(2) Financial Statement Schedules

The financial statement schedule included in Part II, Item 8 of this document is filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

All other schedules are omitted as the required information is inapplicable or the information is presented in the consolidated financial statements or related Notes.

Separate financial statements have been omitted as we are primarily an operating company and our subsidiaries are wholly or majority owned and do not have minority equity interests and/or indebtedness to any person other than us in amounts which together exceed 5% of the total consolidated assets as shown by the most recent year-end consolidated balance sheet.

(3) Exhibits

The following exhibits are filed herewith or are incorporated by reference, as specified below, from exhibits previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Certain agreements listed below that we have filed or incorporated by reference may contain representations and warranties by us or our subsidiaries. These representations and warranties have been made solely for the benefit of the other party or parties to such agreements and (i) may have been qualified by disclosures made to such other party or parties, (ii) were made only as of the date of such agreements or such other date(s) as may be specified in such agreements and are subject to more recent developments, which may not be fully reflected in our public disclosures, (iii) may reflect the allocation of risk among the parties to such agreements and (iv) may apply materiality standards different from what may be viewed as material to investors. Accordingly, these representations and warranties may not describe the actual state of affairs at the date hereof and should not be relied upon.

Exhibit
Number			Description
	2	.1	Stock Purchase Agreement, dated March 7, 2011, among Western Digital Corporation, Western Digital Ireland, Ltd., Hitachi, Ltd., and Viviti Technologies Ltd.(19)±
	2	.2	First Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated May 27, 2011, among Western Digital Corporation, Western Digital Ireland, Ltd., Hitachi, Ltd., and Viviti Technologies Ltd.†
	3	.1	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Western Digital Corporation, as amended to date(7)
	3	.2	Amended and Restated Bylaws of Western Digital Corporation, as amended effective as of November 5, 2007(11)
	10	.1	Western Digital Corporation Amended and Restated 2004 Performance Incentive Plan, amended and restated effective as of August 12, 2009(15)*
	10	.1.1	Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Option and Option Agreement — Executives, under the Western Digital Corporation 2004 Performance Incentive Plan(8)*
	10	.1.2	Form of Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement , under the Western Digital Corporation Amended and Restated 2004 Performance Incentive Plan(8)*
	10	.1.3	Form of Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Agreement — Executives, under the Western Digital Corporation 2004 Performance Incentive Plan(5)*
	10	.1.4	Form of Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Agreement — Non-Executives, under the Western Digital Corporation Amended and Restated 2004 Performance Incentive Plan(5)*
	10	.1.5	Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Units and Stock Unit Award Agreement — Executives, under the Western Digital Corporation Amended and Restated 2004 Performance Incentive Plan(13)*

79

Exhibit
Number			Description
	10	.1.6	Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Units and Stock Unit Award Agreement, under the Western Digital Corporation Amended and Restated 2004 Performance Incentive Plan(13)*
	10	.1.7	Form of Notice of Grant of Long-Term Cash Award and Long-Term Cash Award Agreement — Executives, under the Western Digital Corporation Amended and Restated 2004 Performance Incentive Plan(13)*
	10	.1.8	Form of Notice of Grant of Long-Term Cash Award and Long-Term Cash Award Agreement — Employees, under the Western Digital Corporation Amended and Restated 2004 Performance Incentive Plan(13)*
	10	.1.9	Western Digital Corporation Amended and Restated 2004 Performance Incentive Plan Non-Employee Director Option Grant Program, as amended September 11, 2008, and Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Option and Option Agreement — Non-Employee Directors(16)*
	10	.1.10	Western Digital Corporation Amended and Restated 2004 Performance Incentive Plan Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Unit Grant Program, as amended and restated effective November 6, 2008(16)*
	10	.2	Western Digital Corporation Amended and Restated Employee Stock Option Plan, as amended on November 5, 1998(1)*
	10	.2.1	First Amendment to the Western Digital Corporation Employee Stock Option Plan, dated April 6, 2001(3)*
	10	.2.2	Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Options and Stock Option Agreement under the Western Digital Corporation Amended and Restated Employee Stock Option Plan as amended(6)*
	10	.3	Western Digital Corporation Broad-Based Stock Incentive Plan(2)*
	10	.3.1	First Amendment to the Western Digital Corporation Broad-Based Stock Incentive Plan, dated April 6, 2001(3)*
	10	.3.2	Form of Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Agreement under the Western Digital Corporation Broad Based Stock Incentive Plan as amended(6)*
	10	.4	Western Digital Corporation Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors, effective as of May 25, 2000(3)*
	10	.4.1	First Amendment to the Western Digital Corporation Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors, dated April 6, 2001(3)*
	10	.5	Western Digital Corporation 2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended August 11, 2010(17)*
	10	.6	Amended and Restated Western Digital Corporation Non-Employee Directors Stock-For-Fees Plan, as amended November 6, 2008(15)*
	10	.7	Western Digital Corporation Summary of Compensation Arrangements for Named Executive Officers and Directors†*
	10	.8	Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan, amended and restated effective November 10, 2010(18)*
	10	.9	Employment Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2011, between Western Digital Corporation and John Coyne(19)*
	10	.9.1	Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Units and Stock Unit Award Agreement between Western Digital Corporation and John Coyne(9)*
	10	.9.2	Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Option and Option Agreement between Western Digital Corporation and John Coyne(9)*
	10	.10	Employment Agreement, dated March 7, 2011, between Western Digital Corporation and Timothy Leyden(19)*
	10	.11	Western Digital Corporation Amended and Restated Change of Control Severance Plan, amended and restated as of May 17, 2011†*
	10	.12	Western Digital Corporation Executive Severance Plan, amended and restated as of November 10, 2010(18)*
	10	.13	Form of Indemnity Agreement for Directors of Western Digital Corporation(4)*
	10	.14	Form of Indemnity Agreement for Officers of Western Digital Corporation(4)*

80

Exhibit
Number			Description
	10	.15	Credit Agreement, dated February 11, 2008, among Western Digital Technologies, Inc.; lenders party thereto; JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent; Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as syndication agent; J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as arrangers; and Bank of America, N.A., HSBC Bank USA, National Association and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, as co-documentation agents(12)
	10	.16	Commitment Letter, dated March 7, 2011, among Bank of America, N.A., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Western Digital Corporation, Western Digital Technologies, Inc., and Western Digital Ireland, Ltd.(19)
	10	.17	Transition Services Agreement, dated March 7, 2011, among Hitachi, Ltd., Viviti Technologies Ltd. and Western Digital Corporation(19)
	21		Subsidiaries of Western Digital Corporation†
	23		Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm†
	31	.1	Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002†
	31	.2	Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002†
	32	.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002†
	32	.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002†
	101	.INS	XBRL Instance Document**
	101	.SCH	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document**
	101	.CAL	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document**
	101	.LAB	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document**
	101	.PRE	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document**
	101	.DEF	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document**

†	Filed with this report.
±	Certain schedules have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. The Company agrees to furnish supplementally copies of any of the omitted schedules upon request by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
*	Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit pursuant to applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
**	Furnished herewith. In accordance with Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the information in these exhibits shall not be deemed to be “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or otherwise subject to liability under that section, and shall not be incorporated by reference into any registration statement or other document filed under the Securities Act of 1933, except as expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing.
(1)	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 1-8703), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 8, 1999.
(2)	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 1-8703), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 15, 2000.
(3)	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 1-8703), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 27, 2001.
(4)	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 1-8703), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 8, 2002.
(5)	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-8703), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 23, 2004.
(6)	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 1-8703), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 14, 2005.

81

(7)	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 1-8703), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 8, 2006.
(8)	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-8703), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 16, 2006.
(9)	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-8703), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 2, 2006.
(10)	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 1-8703), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 28, 2007.
(11)	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-8703), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 8, 2007.
(12)	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-8703), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 12, 2008.
(13)	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 1-8703), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 31, 2008.
(14)	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-155661), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 25, 2008.
(15)	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-8703), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 16, 2009.
(16)	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 1-8703), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 29, 2009.
(17)	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 1-8703), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 29, 2010.
(18)	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 1-8703), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 28, 2011.
(19)	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 1-8703), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 2, 2011.

82

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION

By:  /s/  Wolfgang U. Nickl

Wolfgang U. Nickl

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Dated: August 11, 2011

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/  John F. Coyne John F. Coyne	President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer), Director	August 11, 2011
/s/  Wolfgang U. Nickl Wolfgang U. Nickl	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)	August 11, 2011
/s/  Joseph R. Carrillo Joseph R. Carrillo	Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)	August 11, 2011
/s/  Thomas E. Pardun Thomas E. Pardun	Chairman of the Board	August 11, 2011
/s/  Peter D. Behrendt Peter D. Behrendt	Director	August 11, 2011
/s/  Kathleen A. Cote Kathleen A. Cote	Director	August 11, 2011
/s/  Henry T. DeNero Henry T. DeNero	Director	August 11, 2011
/s/  William L. Kimsey William L. Kimsey	Director	August 11, 2011
/s/  Michael D. Lambert Michael D. Lambert	Director	August 11, 2011
/s/  Len J. Lauer Len J. Lauer	Director	August 11, 2011
/s/  Matthew E. Massengill Matthew E. Massengill	Director	August 11, 2011
/s/  Roger H. Moore Roger H. Moore	Director	August 11, 2011
/s/  Arif Shakeel Arif Shakeel	Director	August 11, 2011

83

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number			Description
	2	.1	Stock Purchase Agreement, dated March 7, 2011, among Western Digital Corporation, Western Digital Ireland, Ltd., Hitachi, Ltd., and Viviti Technologies Ltd.(19)±
	2	.2	First Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated May 27, 2011, among Western Digital Corporation, Western Digital Ireland, Ltd., Hitachi, Ltd., and Viviti Technologies Ltd.†
	3	.1	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Western Digital Corporation, as amended to date(7)
	3	.2	Amended and Restated Bylaws of Western Digital Corporation, as amended effective as of November 5, 2007(11)
	10	.1	Western Digital Corporation Amended and Restated 2004 Performance Incentive Plan, amended and restated effective as of August 12, 2009(15)*
	10	.1.1	Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Option and Option Agreement — Executives, under the Western Digital Corporation 2004 Performance Incentive Plan(8)*
	10	.1.2	Form of Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement , under the Western Digital Corporation Amended and Restated 2004 Performance Incentive Plan(8)*
	10	.1.3	Form of Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Agreement — Executives, under the Western Digital Corporation 2004 Performance Incentive Plan(5)*
	10	.1.4	Form of Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Agreement — Non-Executives, under the Western Digital Corporation Amended and Restated 2004 Performance Incentive Plan(5)*
	10	.1.5	Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Units and Stock Unit Award Agreement — Executives, under the Western Digital Corporation Amended and Restated 2004 Performance Incentive Plan(13)*
	10	.1.6	Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Units and Stock Unit Award Agreement, under the Western Digital Corporation Amended and Restated 2004 Performance Incentive Plan(13)*
	10	.1.7	Form of Notice of Grant of Long-Term Cash Award and Long-Term Cash Award Agreement — Executives, under the Western Digital Corporation Amended and Restated 2004 Performance Incentive Plan(13)*
	10	.1.8	Form of Notice of Grant of Long-Term Cash Award and Long-Term Cash Award Agreement — Employees, under the Western Digital Corporation Amended and Restated 2004 Performance Incentive Plan(13)*
	10	.1.9	Western Digital Corporation Amended and Restated 2004 Performance Incentive Plan Non-Employee Director Option Grant Program, as amended September 11, 2008, and Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Option and Option Agreement — Non-Employee Directors(16)*
	10	.1.10	Western Digital Corporation Amended and Restated 2004 Performance Incentive Plan Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Unit Grant Program, as amended and restated effective November 6, 2008(16)*
	10	.2	Western Digital Corporation Amended and Restated Employee Stock Option Plan, as amended on November 5, 1998(1)*
	10	.2.1	First Amendment to the Western Digital Corporation Employee Stock Option Plan, dated April 6, 2001(3)*
	10	.2.2	Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Options and Stock Option Agreement under the Western Digital Corporation Amended and Restated Employee Stock Option Plan as amended(6)*
	10	.3	Western Digital Corporation Broad-Based Stock Incentive Plan(2)*
	10	.3.1	First Amendment to the Western Digital Corporation Broad-Based Stock Incentive Plan, dated April 6, 2001(3)*
	10	.3.2	Form of Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Agreement under the Western Digital Corporation Broad Based Stock Incentive Plan as amended(6)*
	10	.4	Western Digital Corporation Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors, effective as of May 25, 2000(3)*
	10	.4.1	First Amendment to the Western Digital Corporation Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors, dated April 6, 2001(3)*
	10	.5	Western Digital Corporation 2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended August 11, 2010(17)*
	10	.6	Amended and Restated Western Digital Corporation Non-Employee Directors Stock-For-Fees Plan, as amended November 6, 2008(15)*
	10	.7	Western Digital Corporation Summary of Compensation Arrangements for Named Executive Officers and Directors†*

Exhibit
Number			Description
	10	.8	Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan, amended and restated effective November 10, 2010(18)*
	10	.9	Employment Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2011, between Western Digital Corporation and John Coyne(19)*
	10	.9.1	Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Units and Stock Unit Award Agreement between Western Digital Corporation and John Coyne(9)*
	10	.9.2	Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Option and Option Agreement between Western Digital Corporation and John Coyne(9)*
	10	.10	Employment Agreement, dated March 7, 2011, between Western Digital Corporation and Timothy Leyden(19)*
	10	.11	Western Digital Corporation Amended and Restated Change of Control Severance Plan, amended and restated as of May 17, 2011†*
	10	.12	Western Digital Corporation Executive Severance Plan, amended and restated as of November 10, 2010(18)*
	10	.13	Form of Indemnity Agreement for Directors of Western Digital Corporation(4)*
	10	.14	Form of Indemnity Agreement for Officers of Western Digital Corporation(4)*
	10	.15	Credit Agreement, dated February 11, 2008, among Western Digital Technologies, Inc.; lenders party thereto; JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent; Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as syndication agent; J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as arrangers; and Bank of America, N.A., HSBC Bank USA, National Association and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, as co-documentation agents(12)
	10	.16	Commitment Letter, dated March 7, 2011, among Bank of America, N.A., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Western Digital Corporation, Western Digital Technologies, Inc., and Western Digital Ireland, Ltd.(19)
	10	.17	Transition Services Agreement, dated March 7, 2011, among Hitachi, Ltd., Viviti Technologies Ltd. and Western Digital Corporation(19)
	21		Subsidiaries of Western Digital Corporation†
	23		Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm†
	31	.1	Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002†
	31	.2	Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002†
	32	.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002†
	32	.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002†
	101	.INS	XBRL Instance Document**
	101	.SCH	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document**
	101	.CAL	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document**
	101	.LAB	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document**
	101	.PRE	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document**
	101	.DEF	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document**

†	Filed with this report.
±	Certain schedules have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. The Company agrees to furnish supplementally copies of any of the omitted schedules upon request by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
*	Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit pursuant to applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
**	Furnished herewith. In accordance with Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the information in these exhibits shall not be deemed to be “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or otherwise subject to

	liability under that section, and shall not be incorporated by reference into any registration statement or other document filed under the Securities Act of 1933, except as expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing.
(1)	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 1-8703), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 8, 1999.
(2)	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 1-8703), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 15, 2000.
(3)	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 1-8703), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 27, 2001.
(4)	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 1-8703), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 8, 2002.
(5)	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-8703), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 23, 2004.
(6)	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 1-8703), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 14, 2005.
(7)	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 1-8703), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 8, 2006.
(8)	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-8703), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 16, 2006.
(9)	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-8703), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 2, 2006.
(10)	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 1-8703), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 28, 2007.
(11)	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-8703), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 8, 2007.
(12)	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-8703), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 12, 2008.
(13)	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 1-8703), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 31, 2008.
(14)	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-155661), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 25, 2008.
(15)	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-8703), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 16, 2009.
(16)	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 1-8703), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 29, 2009.
(17)	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 1-8703), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 29, 2010.
(18)	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 1-8703), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 28, 2011.
(19)	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 1-8703), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 2, 2011.

EX-2.2

Exhibit 2.2

FIRST AMENDMENT TO STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

          This First Amendment to the Stock Purchase Agreement (this “Amendment”) is made this 27th day of May, 2011, by and among Western Digital Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Buyer Parent”), Western Digital Ireland, Ltd., a corporation organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands and an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Buyer Parent (the “Buyer”), Hitachi, Ltd., a company incorporated under the laws of Japan (the “Seller”), and Viviti Technologies Ltd., a company incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Singapore and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Seller (the “Company”, and collectively with the Seller and Buyer Parent, the “Parties”, and each, a “Party”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Stock Purchase Agreement (as defined below).

          WHEREAS, the Parties entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement on March 7, 2011 (the “Stock Purchase Agreement”); and

          WHEREAS, the Parties desire to amend the Stock Purchase Agreement.

          NOW, therefore, in exchange for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

     1. Exhibit A of the Stock Purchase Agreement. Exhibit A of the Stock Purchase Agreement, Form of Non-Competition Agreement, is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced by the Form of Non-Competition Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A.

     2. Section 7.10 of the Stock Purchase Agreement. Section 7.10 of the Stock Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“The Buyer and the Buyer Parent shall have received the non-competition agreement, in substantially the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Non-Competition Agreement”), with such modifications thereto that Buyer Parent deems appropriate provided that any such modification shall only narrow the term or scope of the Non-Competition Agreement.”

     3. Effect on the Stock Purchase Agreement. This Amendment shall not constitute a waiver, amendment or modification of any provision of the Stock Purchase Agreement not expressly referred to herein. Except as expressly amended or modified herein, the provisions of the Stock Purchase Agreement are and shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed. On and after the date hereof, each reference in the Stock Purchase Agreement to “this Agreement”, “herein”, “hereof”, “hereunder” or words of similar import shall mean and be a reference to the Stock Purchase Agreement as amended hereby. To the extent that a provision of this Amendment conflicts with or differs from a provision of the Stock Purchase Agreement, such provision of this Amendment shall prevail and govern for all purposes and in all respects.

     4. Miscellaneous. Sections 12.4, 12.5, 12.7 and 12.13 of the Stock Purchase Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.

[Signature page follow]

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this First Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date first written above.

“BUYER PARENT” WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION
By:	/s/ Michael Ray
	Name:	Michael Ray
	Title:	Senior Vice President, General Counsel
“BUYER” WESTERN DIGITAL IRELAND, LTD.
By:	/s/ Michael C. Ray
	Name:	Michael C. Ray
	Title:	Vice President
“SELLER” HITACHI, LTD.
By:	/s/ Toyoki Furuta
	Name:	Toyoki Furata
	Title:	General Manager, Business Development Office
“COMPANY” VIVITI TECHNOLOGIES LTD.
By:	/s/ Christopher Dewees
	Name:	Christopher Dewees
	Title:	Senior Vice President

Signature Page to First Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement

Exhibit A

Form of
AGREEMENT NOT TO COMPETE

          This Agreement Not to Compete (“Agreement”) is entered into by and between Hitachi, Ltd., a corporation registered under the laws of Japan (“Hitachi”) and Western Digital Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Buyer Parent”). (Hitachi and Buyer Parent are collectively referred to herein as the “Parties” and each, individually, as a “Party”). This Agreement shall be effective as of [•] (the “Effective Date”).

RECITALS

          WHEREAS, Hitachi, Buyer Parent, Viviti Technologies Ltd. (formerly known as Hitachi Global Storage Technologies Holdings Pte. Ltd., “HGST”) and Western Digital Ireland, Ltd., a corporation organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Buyer Parent (the “Buyer”), have entered into that certain Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of March 7, 2011, as amended on May 27, 2011 (together, the “Purchase Agreement”). (All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Purchase Agreement.)

          WHEREAS, pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, Hitachi will sell all of the outstanding and issued Stock in HGST to the Buyer; and

          WHEREAS, in connection with such sale, Hitachi has agreed to certain non-competition covenants, as set forth in this Agreement.

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions

          (a) “Additional Source Supplier” shall mean a supplier of an HDD Product to Hitachi, in addition to HGST or other than HGST.

          (b) “Code” shall mean computer programming code including microcode, as applicable, and including both Object Code and Source Code.

          (c) “External Drive” shall mean an enclosure that encases an HDD or SSD and related peripheral hardware, or Software or Firmware components (other than RAID)

          (d) “HDD Components” shall mean any and all components and subassemblies thereof incorporated within such a device (including, without limitation, substrates, magnetic media, read and write heads, motors, read and write channels, suspensions, controller hardware, firmware, Semiconductors, data/command interfaces, mechanicals, printed circuit boards, Code and other parts of an HDD Product) designed for operation in an HDD Product, regardless of whether the component is sold separately or within an HDD Product enclosure.

          (e) “HDD Product” shall mean a product designed to magnetically write, read, and erase digital information which includes, in a single enclosure, (a) one or more rigid rotating magnetic disks as data storage media, (b) one or more spindle motors to rotate said magnetic disk, (c) one or more Magnetic Heads to write, read and erase the digital information, and (d) one or more actuators for positioning the Magnetic Head across the magnetic disk; provided, however, the definition of “HDD Product” does not include (i) any other type of disk drive or storage device that does not meet all of the foregoing conditions, such as optical disk drives, non-magnetic memory products, magnetic RAM or holographic storage devices or (ii) any other type of media, such as flash memory, with a capacity that can be used as a part of HDD Product memory when combined with other storage media. For removal of doubt, (i) RAID (defined below), (ii) Information Versatile Disk for Removable usage (iVDR) (iii) SSD (defined below), and (iv) External Drive are not HDD Products. Furthermore, HDD Product does not mean HDD Components individually.

          (f) “HDD Included Products” shall mean products that include an HDD Product among their components but are a combination of such HDD Product with at least one other device distinct from such HDD Product and provide a material function that is not provided by a single HDD Product. Examples of HDD Included Products are storage systems (including RAID), External Drives, JBODs, enterprise systems, servers, server blades, desktop computers, portable computers (including notebook and handheld computers), personal digital assistants, digital video recorders, digital cameras, game consoles, mobile phones and global positioning systems that include an HDD Product among their components. For the avoidance of doubt, a combination of two or more HDD Products contained in an enclosure is an HDD Included Product and is not an HDD Product per se; provided, that each of the individual HDD Products contained in such enclosure is an HDD Product, and each is therefore subject to the noncompetition provisions relating to HDD Products contained in Section 2(a) of this Agreement.

          (g) “Key HGST Employees” shall mean the employees of HGST and/or its Subsidiaries that are (a) engaged in technical research activities and (b) identified on Exhibit B to this Agreement.

          (h) “Magnetic Head” shall mean a device having one or more transducers, each transducer operative to write and/or read electromagnetic signals representing any form of information to or from a magnetic storage medium.

          (i) “Multiple Use Technology” shall mean any product, component, software, design, or instrumentality that is used or is usable with or may be incorporated in both an HDD Product and at least one apparatus that is not an HDD Product. Multiple Use Technology shall include (i) Code that is used or useable in both an HDD Product and another apparatus, (ii) electronic functions that are used or useable in both an HDD Product and in another apparatus, including independent device functions (such as partial response maximum likelihood detection (“PRML”), run length limited checking(“RLL”), error checking and correction(“ECC”), and small computer system interface (“SCSI”) and other interface protocols), cooperative functions (such as a SCSI function which enables an HDD Product and another apparatus to communicate), and architecturally partitioned functions that can be implemented in an HDD Product or another apparatus of a system based on architecture considerations, and (iii) research

and development activities that may be related to or useful in both an HDD Product and another apparatus, but are not being conducted in violation of Section 2(a)(ii).

          (j) “National Projects” shall mean any of the projects funded by NEDO (New Energy and Industrial Technology Development Organization) set forth in Exhibit A.

          (k) “Noncompete Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Exhibit C.

          (l) “Object Code” shall mean computer programming code substantially in binary form. It is directly executable by a computer after processing, but without compilation or assembly.

          (m) “Source Code” shall mean computer programming code other than Object Code, and includes code that may be displayed in a form readable and understandable by a programmer of ordinary skill. It includes related Source Code level system documentation, comments and procedural code, such as job control language.

          (n) “RAID” shall mean a collection of multiple HDD Products and/or other storage media, combined with associated Software or Firmware provided for the purpose of data storage and retrieval to protect data from a single component failure.

          (o) “Subsidiary” shall mean, as to an entity, another entity (i) more than fifty percent (50%) of whose outstanding shares or securities (representing the right to vote for the election of directors or other managing authority) are, now or hereafter, owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the first entity; or (ii) which does not have outstanding shares or securities, as may be the case in a partnership, joint venture or unincorporated association, but more than fifty percent (50%) of whose ownership interest representing the right to make the decisions for such corporation, company or other entity is now or hereafter, owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the first entity. For removal of doubt, HGST and its Subsidiaries shall not be considered Hitachi’s Subsidiaries under this Agreement.

          (p) “Semiconductor” shall mean an integral unit including a plurality of active and/or passive circuit elements formed at least in part of semiconductor material and associated on, or in, one substrate comprising the first level of packaging for such elements.

          (q) “Software or Firmware” shall mean a set of instructions, that either (i) directly provides instructions to the computer hardware, or, (ii) indirectly serves as an input to another piece of software.

          (r) “SSD” shall mean a product, component, subcomponent or subassembly thereof designed, in whole or in part, to electrically write, read and/or erase persistent data from storage media or memory (including, without limitation, NOR-flash, NAND-flash, or MRAM semiconductor microchips), which utilizes an HDD Product-type interface (or an interface also employed for HDDs), including without limitation, PATA, SATA, SAS, PCI Express, SCI, Fibre Channel, USB 3.0 and InfiniBand.

          (s) “Territory” shall have the meaning set forth in Exhibit C.

          (t) “Wholly Owned Subsidiary” shall mean, as to an entity, another entity one hundred percent (100%) of whose outstanding shares or securities (representing the right to vote for the election of directors or other managing authority) are, now or hereafter, owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the first entity. For avoidance of doubt, as of the Closing Date Hitachi Data Systems is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Hitachi.

Section 2. Covenant Not to Compete

          (a) Prohibited Activities. Hitachi agrees that, for the Noncompete Period applicable to a particular Territory, Hitachi will not, and will not permit any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries to engage in any of the following activities (“Prohibited Activities”), directly or indirectly, in such Territory:

          (i) the manufacture or assembly of any HDD Products; or

          (ii) the marketing, distribution for sale or sale of HDD Products (“Sales Activities”)

          (iii) research or development which is related in any material aspect to the design, development, manufacture or assembly of any HDD Products (“R&D Activities”) other than the research and developments under the R&D Services Agreement between the parties, dated _______________ and the research and developments under the existing National Projects.

For the avoidance of doubt, the restrictions of this Section 2 (a) in this Agreement shall apply to only Hitachi and its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries. Subsidiaries and affiliates that are not Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Hitachi shall have no restrictions or obligations under this Section 2 (a).

          (b) Permitted Activities. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing paragraph (a) to the contrary, Hitachi and its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries will have the right to engage in the following activities, to the extent not otherwise prohibited by any other agreements between Hitachi and HGST:

          (i) manufacture, assembly, marketing, distribution for sale, sale, research, development, licensing, transfer of, or any other activities related to any products that are not HDD Products;

          (ii) manufacture, assembly, marketing, distribution for sale, sale, research, development, licensing, or transfer of or any other activities related to Multiple Use Technology or HDD Included Products, including RAID, that are not HDD Products;

          (iii) manufacture, assembly, marketing, distribution for sale, sale, research, development, licensing, or transfer of or any other activities related to Semiconductors or HDD Components, even if designed for operation in a HDD Product, provided that such activities do not involve manufacture, assembly, marketing, distribution for sale, sale, research, or development of HDD Products otherwise prohibited by Section 2(a);

          (iv) performance of maintenance services, or including the procurement of a third party to engage in maintenance services, with respect to any Multiple Use Technology, HDD Included Products or any other products that are not HDD Products;

          (v) any activities with Additional Source Suppliers directly relating to addressing failures of HDD Products supplied by such Additional Source Suppliers for use in HDD Included Products of Hitachi to operate (a) in accordance with the applicable specifications for such HDD Products or (b) as intended with such HDD Included Products of Hitachi;

          (vi) the licensing or sale to an Additional Source Supplier of the results of any research or development activities for the purpose of enabling such Additional Source Supplier to use such results in HDD Products to be supplied to Hitachi for incorporation into HDD Included Products of Hitachi, provided that such research and development activities are not prohibited activities under Section 2(a);

          (vii) Sales Activities with respect to HDD Products which Hitachi markets, distributes for sale or sells as integral components of HDD Included Products;

          (viii) any research or development activities, or the licensing or sale of any results thereof, that are not Prohibited Activities when started but which over time become Prohibited Activities because of an evolution of the research or development; provided, that Hitachi may not engage in the manufacture, assembly, marketing or distribution for sale of the results of such research and development activities that involves using such results inside an HDD Product;

          (ix) the manufacture, assembly, marketing, research, design, development or licensing of, or sales with respect to, external industrial design packaging for HDD Products, including packaging for protection from external elements;

          (x) any activities required or contemplated by this Agreement or any other agreements entered into between Hitachi and HGST, or among Hitachi, HGST and any third party;

          (xi) licensing or other activities with respect to patents and patent applications (including licensing of patents and patent applications generated from the results of research and development activities conducted by Hitachi prior to the Closing Date); For the avoidance of doubt, such activities are only permitted to the extent they are not otherwise limited or restricted by any other agreements between Hitachi and HGST; and

          (xii) any de minimis activities incidental to the performance of any activity other than a Prohibited Activity.

Section 3. Covenant Not to Hire or Solicit Key HGST Employees. During the two (2) year period immediately following the Closing Date, Hitachi and its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries shall not, directly or indirectly, hire, solicit, recruit, induce or encourage any Key HGST Employee to become employed or engaged as a consultant by Hitachi or its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries or, directly or indirectly, solicit, encourage or induce any Key HGST Employee to

leave the employment of HGST or any of its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the foregoing restriction will not prevent Hitachi from placing general advertisements or solicitations on websites, in trade journals, newspapers or similar publications, or from conducting other general recruiting activities, which are not directed at the employees of HGST or any of its Subsidiaries.

Section 4. Covenant Not to Provide Technical Assistance. During the Noncompete Period applicable to a particular Territory, Hitachi and its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries shall not provide to any Subsidiaries of Hitachi that are not Wholly Owned Subsidiaries any technical assistance services in such Territory that are designed to assist such Subsidiaries in the performance of any activities which, if performed by Hitachi or any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries, would constitute Prohibited Activities. For the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement is not intended to and shall not impose any limitation on the provision of technical assistance with respect to any activity which, if performed by Hitachi or any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries, would constitute a Permitted Activity.

Section 5. Dispute Resolution

          (a) HGST shall promptly notify Hitachi in writing of any activity it believes violates or will violate any of its rights under Section 2(a) (a “Prohibited Activity Notice”), which Prohibited Activity Notice shall indicate whether HGST reasonably believes the alleged or threatened breach is capable of cure. Hitachi shall respond within 30 business days to any Prohibited Activity Notice it receives, describing any objection to the assertions set forth in such Prohibited Activity Notice or, if such matters are not objected to, describing its intentions regarding the cure of such violation(s).

          (b) If a breach or threatened breach of Hitachi’s obligations under Section 2(a) is capable of cure (a “Remediable Breach”), Hitachi shall have 30 days after its receipt of a Prohibited Activity Notice with respect to such Remediable Breach to cure such Remediable Breach (“Covenant Cure Period”); provided, however , that such Covenant Cure Period may, if approved by HGST, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, be extended for such additional period of time as shall be reasonably necessary to permit Hitachi to cure or cause to be cured such Remediable Breach if such Remediable Breach has not been remedied within the initial Covenant Cure Period, so long as during the initial Covenant Cure Period Hitachi diligently endeavors to cure or cause to be cured such Remediable Breach, and if such extension would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on HGST. If the existence of a Remediable Breach is disputed in good faith and a timely manner, but it is then determined pursuant to Section 3(c) that such Remediable Breach exists, Hitachi shall then have 30 days from the date of such determination (or such longer period as may be reasonably necessary to cure or caused to be cured such Remediable Breach as may be permitted on the same terms and conditions set forth in the proviso to the preceding sentence) to cure or caused to be cured such Remediable Breach.

          (c) If there is any continuing objection or dispute in connection with a Prohibited Activity Notice following the Covenant Cure Period, if applicable, the parties shall refer such dispute to a senior executive officer of each of Hitachi and HGST, who shall within 15 business days attempt in good faith to resolve such dispute and determine the appropriate remedial action.

Section 6. Miscellaneous

          (a) Termination For Bankruptcy. A party may terminate this Agreement by giving written notice of termination to the other party at any time upon or after:

          (i) the filing by the other party of an petition in bankruptcy or insolvency which petition or proceeding is not dismissed within sixty (60) days;

          (ii) any adjudication that the other party is bankrupt or insolvent;

          (iii) the filing by the other party of any petition or answer seeking reorganization, readjustment or arrangement of its business under any law relating to bankruptcy or insolvency which petition or proceeding is not dismissed within sixty (60) days;

          (iv) the appointment of a receiver for all or substantially all of the property of the other party;

          (v) the institution of any proceeding for the liquidation winding up of the other party’s business which petition or proceeding is not dismissed within sixty (60) days.

          (b) Severability. If any term or provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other term or provision of this Agreement. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the obligations contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

          (c) Amendments and Waivers. This Agreement may only be amended, modified or supplemented by an agreement in writing signed by the Parties. A waiver by any Party of any of the provisions hereof shall be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and signed by the party so waiving. No waiver by any Party shall operate or be construed as a waiver in respect of any failure, breach or default not expressly identified by such written waiver, whether of a similar or different character, and whether occurring before or after that waiver. No failure to exercise, or delay in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege arising from this Agreement shall operate or be construed as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.

          (d) Non-Circumvention. Hitachi shall not, and shall cause Hitachi’s Wholly Owned Subsidiaries not to, engage in any transaction or take any other action the principal purpose of which is to circumvent or to evade the observance or performance of any of the provisions of this Agreement. The Parties will at all times in good faith observe and perform in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Hitachi will not form any division or Subsidiary, or acquire any division or Subsidiary, or cause any share of

a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary to be sold or transferred during the Non-Compete Period, with the principal purpose of circumventing or evading the application of this Agreement thereto.

          (e) Certain Acquisitions. Notwithstanding anything above to the contrary, the acquisition by Hitachi or any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of a person or business that at the time of such acquisition is engaged in Prohibited Activities not falling within any of the exceptions set forth in Section 2(b) and the continuation of such activities following such acquisition will not be a breach of this Agreement, provided, that as soon as reasonably practicable, and in any event within eighteen (18) months following the time of such acquisition, Hitachi or such Wholly Owned Subsidiary sells or transfers to an entity other than Hitachi or any of Hitachi’s Subsidiaries, or otherwise discontinues the operations of, the portion of such acquired person or business that is engaged in Prohibited Activities not falling within any of the exceptions set forth in Section 2(b).

          (f) Assignment/Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their permitted successors and assigns. Hitachi may not assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of HGST.

          (g) Governing Law. This Agreement and the legal relations among the Parties shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any Law or rule that would cause the Laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware to be applied.

          (h) Consent to Jurisdiction; Service of Process; Venue. Each of the Parties irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery (and if jurisdiction in the Delaware Court of Chancery shall be unavailable, any Delaware State court and the Federal court of the United States of America sitting in the State of Delaware) for the purposes of any Action or other proceeding arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby (and agrees that no such Action or proceeding relating to this Agreement shall be brought by it or any of the Subsidiaries except in such courts). Each of the Parties further agrees that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail to such person’s respective address set forth in Section 5(h) below shall be effective service of process for any Action or proceeding in the State of Delaware with respect to any matters to which it has submitted to jurisdiction as set forth above in the immediately preceding sentence. Each of the Parties irrevocably and unconditionally waives (and agrees not to plead or claim), any objection to the laying of venue of any Action or proceeding arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in the Delaware Court of Chancery (and if the Delaware Court of Chancery shall be unavailable, in any Delaware State court or the Federal court of the United States of America sitting in the State of Delaware) or that any such Action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

          (i) Waiver of Jury Trial. Each Party hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect of any suit, Action or other proceeding directly or indirectly arising out of, under or in connection with this Agreement. Each Party (a) certifies that no representative, agent or attorney of any other Party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such Party would not, in the event of any Action or

proceeding, seek to enforce the foregoing waiver and (b) acknowledges that it and the other Parties have been induced to enter into this Agreement, by, among other things, the mutual waiver and certifications in this Section 5(h).

          (j) Notices. All notices, requests, consents, waivers and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given: (a) when delivered if delivered personally (including by courier); (b) on the third day after mailing, if mailed, postage prepaid, by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested); (c) on the day after mailing if sent by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service that maintains records of the time, place, and recipient of delivery; or (d) upon receipt of a confirmed transmission, if sent by telex, telecopy or facsimile transmission or e-mail, in each case to the other Parties at the following addresses, facsimile numbers or e-mail addresses or to such other addresses as may be furnished in writing by one Party to the others:

          (a) if to Hitachi:

                                        
                                        
                                        
Attention:                        

Facsimile:                       

E-mail:                            

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

                                        
                                        
                                        
Attention:                        

Facsimile:                       

E-mail:                            

          (b) if to the Buyer Parent:

                                        
                                        
                                        
Attention:                        

Facsimile:                       

E-mail:                            

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

O’Melveny & Myers LLP
610 Newport Center Drive, Suite 1700

Newport Beach, California 92660

Attention: J. Jay Herron, Esq.

Facsimile: (949) 823-6994

E-mail: jherron@omm.com

          (k) Headings. The descriptive headings of the Sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.

          (l) No License or Immunity. This Agreement does not grant any license or immunity under any of HGST’s intellectual property rights, including without limitation patents, copyrights, trademarks or mask works now or hereafter owned or controlled by HGST.

          (m) Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the sole and entire agreement of the parties to this Agreement with respect to the subject matter contained herein, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings and agreements, both written and oral, with respect to such subject matter.

          (n) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. The Parties may execute more than one copy of this Agreement, each of which copies shall constitute an original. A facsimile signature shall be deemed to be the same as an original signature.

[Remainder of page is intentionally blank.]

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Non-Competition Agreement as of the date first above written.

WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION
By:
	Name:
	Title:
HITACHI, LTD.
By:
	Name:
	Title:

Exhibit A

List of National Projects

1. NEDO — “Development of Nanobit Technology for Ultra-high Density Magnetic Recording (Green IT Project)”

2. Research and Development for Next-Generation Information Technology by MEXT -”High-Performance Low-Power Consumption Spin Devices and Storage Systems”

Exhibit B

[List of Key HGST Employees]

Exhibit C

TERRITORY	NONCOMPETE PERIOD
Mexico	For a period of five (5) years following the Closing Date
Turkey	For a period of five (5) years following the Closing Date
Brazil	For a period of five (5) years following the Closing Date
Remainder of the world	For a period of ten (10) years following the Closing Date

DIRECTORS

          Annual Retainer and Committee Retainer Fees. The following table sets forth the current annual retainer and committee membership fees payable to each of the Company’s non-employee directors:

	Current Annual
Type of Fee	Retainer Fees
Annual Retainer	$	75,000
Lead Independent Director Retainer	$	20,000
Non-Executive Chairman of Board Retainer	$	100,000
Additional Committee Retainers
•   Audit Committee	$	10,000
•   Compensation Committee	$	5,000
•   Governance Committee	$	2,500
Additional Committee Chairman Retainers
•   Audit Committee	$	15,000
•   Compensation Committee	$	10,000
•   Governance Committee	$	7,500

          The retainer fee to the Company’s lead independent director referred to above is paid only if the Chairman of the Board is an employee of the Company. Effective commencing with the Company’s 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, the annual retainer fees are paid immediately following the Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

          Non-employee directors do not receive a separate fee for each Board of Directors or committee meeting they attend. However, the Company reimburses all non-employee directors for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred to attend each Board of Directors or committee meeting. Mr. Coyne, who is an employee of the Company, does not receive any compensation for his service on the Board or any Board committee.

          Additional Director Compensation. The Company’s non-employee directors are also entitled to participate in the following other Company plans as set forth in exhibits to the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission: Non-Employee Director Option Grant Program and Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Unit Grant Program, each as adopted under the Company’s Amended and Restated 2004 Performance Incentive Plan; Amended and Restated Non-Employee Directors Stock-for-Fees Plan; and Deferred Compensation Plan.

EX-10.7

Exhibit 10.7

Western Digital Corporation
Summary of Compensation Arrangements
for
Named Executive Officers and Directors

NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

          Base Salaries. The current annual base salaries for the current executive officers of Western Digital Corporation (the “Company”) who were named in the Summary Compensation Table in the Company’s Proxy Statement that was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the Company’s 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Named Executive Officers”) are as follows:

		Current
Named Executive Officer	Title	Base Salary
John F. Coyne	President and Chief Executive Officer	$	1,000,000
Timothy M. Leyden	Chief Operating Officer	$	600,000

          Semi-Annual Bonuses. Under the Company’s Incentive Compensation Plan (the “ICP”), the Named Executive Officers are also eligible to receive semi-annual cash bonus awards that are determined based on the Company’s achievement of performance goals pre-established by the Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) of the Company’s Board of Directors as well as other discretionary factors. The ICP, including the performance goals established by the Committee for the second half of fiscal 2011, are further described in the Company’s current report on form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 15, 2011, which is incorporated herein by reference.

          Additional Compensation. The Named Executive Officers are also eligible to receive equity-based incentives and discretionary bonuses as determined from time to time by the Committee, are entitled to participate in various Company plans, and are subject to other written agreements, in each case as set forth in exhibits to the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. In addition, the Named Executive Officers may be eligible to receive perquisites and other personal benefits as disclosed in the Company’s Proxy Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the Company’s 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

DIRECTORS

          Annual Retainer and Committee Retainer Fees. The following table sets forth the current annual retainer and committee membership fees payable to each of the Company’s non-employee directors:

	Current Annual
Type of Fee	Retainer Fees
Annual Retainer	$	75,000
Lead Independent Director Retainer	$	20,000
Non-Executive Chairman of Board Retainer	$	100,000
Additional Committee Retainers
•   Audit Committee	$	10,000
•   Compensation Committee	$	5,000
•   Governance Committee	$	2,500
Additional Committee Chairman Retainers
•   Audit Committee	$	15,000
•   Compensation Committee	$	10,000
•   Governance Committee	$	7,500

          The retainer fee to the Company’s lead independent director referred to above is paid only if the Chairman of the Board is an employee of the Company. Effective commencing with the Company’s 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, the annual retainer fees are paid immediately following the Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

          Non-employee directors do not receive a separate fee for each Board of Directors or committee meeting they attend. However, the Company reimburses all non-employee directors for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred to attend each Board of Directors or committee meeting. Mr. Coyne, who is an employee of the Company, does not receive any compensation for his service on the Board or any Board committee.

          Additional Director Compensation. The Company’s non-employee directors are also entitled to participate in the following other Company plans as set forth in exhibits to the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission: Non-Employee Director Option Grant Program and Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Unit Grant Program, each as adopted under the Company’s Amended and Restated 2004 Performance Incentive Plan; Amended and Restated Non-Employee Directors Stock-for-Fees Plan; and Deferred Compensation Plan.

EX-10.11

Exhibit 10.11

WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CHANGE OF CONTROL SEVERANCE PLAN

     1. Purpose of Plan. The Executives have made and are expected to make major contributions to the profitability, growth and financial strength of the Company and its affiliates. In addition, the Company considers the continued availability of the Executives’ services, managerial skills and business experience to be in the best interest of the Company and its stockholders and desires to assure the continued services of the Executives on behalf of the Company and/or its affiliates without the distraction of the Executives occasioned by the possibility of an abrupt change in control of the Company. This Plan was initially approved by the Board on March 29, 2001 and subsequently amended and restated on November 5, 2008 and May 17, 2011.

     2. Definitions. Whenever the following terms are used in this Plan, they shall have the meaning specified below unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary:

          2.01 “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

          2.02 “Cause” shall mean the occurrence or existence of any of the following with respect to the Executive, as determined by a majority of the disinterested directors of the Board or the Committee:

          (a) the Executive’s conviction by, or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere in, a court of competent and final jurisdiction for any crime involving moral turpitude or any felony punishable by imprisonment in the jurisdiction involved;

          (b) whether prior or subsequent to the date hereof, the Executive’s willful engaging in dishonest or fraudulent actions or omissions which results directly or indirectly in any demonstrable material financial or economic harm to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates;

          (c) the Executive’s failure or refusal to perform his or her duties as reasonably required by the Employer, provided that the Executive shall have first received written notice from the Employer stating with specificity the nature of such failure or refusal and affording the Executive at least five (5) days to correct the act or omission complained of;

          (d) gross negligence, insubordination, material violation by the Executive of any duty of loyalty to the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, or any other material misconduct on the part of the Executive, provided that the Executive shall have first received written notice from the Company stating with specificity the nature of such action or violation and affording the Executive at least five (5) days to correct such action or violation;

          (e) the repeated non-prescription use of any controlled substance, or the repeated use of alcohol or any other non-controlled substance which in the Board’s reasonable determination renders the Executive unfit to serve in his or her capacity as an officer or employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates;

          (f) sexual harassment by the Executive that has been reasonably substantiated and investigated;

          (g) involvement in activities representing conflicts of interest with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates;

          (h) improper disclosure of confidential information;

          (i) conduct endangering, or likely to endanger, the health or safety of another employee;

          (j) falsifying or misrepresenting information on the records of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; or

          (k) the Executive’s physical destruction or theft of substantial property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

          2.03 “Change in Control” shall mean an occurrence of any of the following events, unless the Board shall provide otherwise:

               (a) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, a “Person”), alone or together with its affiliates and associates, including any group of persons which is deemed a “person” under Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act (other than the Company or any subsidiary thereof or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or any subsidiary thereof, or any underwriter in connection with a firm commitment public offering of the Company’s capital stock), becomes the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act, except that a person shall also be deemed the beneficial owner of all securities which such person may have a right to acquire, whether or not such right is presently exercisable, referred to herein as “Beneficially Own” or “Beneficial Owner” as the context may require) of thirty-three and one third percent or more of (i) the then outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock (“Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (ii) securities representing thirty-three and one-third percent or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities (“Outstanding Company Voting Securities”) (in each case, other than an acquisition in the context of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, asset sale or other extraordinary transaction covered by, and which does not constitute a Change in Control under, clause (c) below);

               (b) a change, during any period of two consecutive years, of a majority of the Board as constituted as of the beginning of such period, unless the election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, of each director who was not a director at the beginning of such period was approved by vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then in office (for purposes hereof, “Incumbent Directors” shall consist of the directors holding office as of the Effective Date and any person becoming a director subsequent to such date whose

2

election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, is approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors then in office);

               (c) consummation of any merger, consolidation, reorganization or other extraordinary transaction (or series of related transactions) involving the Company, a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (each, a “Business Combination”), in each case unless, following such Business Combination, (1) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities that were the Beneficial Owners of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination Beneficially Own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the entity resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, an entity that, as a result of such transaction, owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets directly or through one or more subsidiaries (a “Parent”)), (2) no Person (excluding any entity resulting from such Business Combination or a Parent or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such entity resulting from such Business Combination or Parent, and excluding any underwriter in connection with a firm commitment public offering of the Company’s capital stock) Beneficially Owns, directly or indirectly, more than thirty-three and one third percent of, respectively, the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the entity resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of such entity, and (3) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors or trustees of the entity resulting from such Business Combination or a Parent were Incumbent Directors at the time of execution of the initial agreement or of the action of the Board providing for such Business Combination; or

               (d) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company (other than in the context of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, asset sale or other extraordinary transaction covered by, and which does not constitute a Change in Control under, clause (c) above).

          2.04 “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          2.05 “Committee” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board.

          2.06 “Company” shall mean Western Digital Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and, as permitted by Section 13.03(b), its successors and assigns.

          2.07 “Date of Termination” following a Change in Control shall mean the dates, as the case may be, for the following events: (a) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by death, the date of death, (b) if the Executive’s employment is terminated due to a Permanent Disability, thirty (30) days after the Notice of Termination is given (provided that the Executive shall not have returned to the performance of his or her duties on a full-time basis during such period), (c) if the Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to a termination for Cause, the date specified in the Notice of Termination, and (d) if the Executive’s employment is

3

terminated for any other reason, fifteen (15) days after delivery of the Notice of Termination unless otherwise agreed by the Executive and the Company.

          2.08 “Disability” shall mean that the Executive is unable, by reason of injury, illness or other physical or mental impairment, to perform each and every task of the position for which the Executive is employed, which inability is certified by a licensed physician reasonably selected by the Employer.

          2.09 “Effective Date” shall mean March 29, 2001.

          2.10 “Employer” shall mean the Company or its subsidiary employing Executive, provided however, that nothing contained herein shall prohibit the Company or another of its subsidiaries fulfilling any obligation of the employing entity to the Executive and for such purposes will be deemed the act of the Employer.

          2.11 “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

          2.12 “Executive” shall mean any Tier 1 Executive or Tier 2 Executive.

          2.13 “Good Reason” shall mean any of the following without the Executive’s express written consent:

          (a) a material diminution in the Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control;

          (b) a material diminution by the Employer in the Executive’s base compensation in effect immediately prior to a Change in Control;

          (c) any material breach by the Company or the Employer of any provision of this Plan;

          (d) the requirement by the Employer that the Executive’s principal place of employment be relocated more than fifty (50) miles from his or her place of employment immediately prior to a Change in Control; or

          (e) the Company’s failure to obtain a satisfactory agreement from any successor to assume and agree to perform the Company’s obligations under this Plan, as contemplated in Section 13.03(b) hereof;

provided, however, that any such condition shall not constitute “Good Reason” unless both (i) the Executive provides written notice to the Company of the condition claimed to constitute Good Reason within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of such condition, and (ii) the Company fails to remedy such condition within thirty (30) days of receiving such written notice thereof; and provided, further, that in all events the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company shall not be treated as a termination for “Good Reason” unless such termination occurs not more than one (1) year following the initial existence of the condition claimed to constitute “Good Reason.”

4

          2.14 “Notice of Termination” shall mean a written notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Plan relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated.

          2.15 “Permanent Disability” shall mean if, as a result of the Executive’s Disability, the Executive shall have been absent from his or her duties with the Employer on a full-time basis for six (6) months of any consecutive eight (8) month period.

          2.16 “Separation from Service,” with respect to an Executive, shall mean that the Executive dies, retires, or otherwise has a termination of employment with the Company that constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)(1), without regard to the optional alternative definitions available thereunder.

          2.17 “Termination of Employment” shall mean the time when the employee-employer relationship between the Executive and the Employer is terminated for any reason, voluntarily or involuntarily, with or without Cause, including, without limitation, a termination by reason of resignation, discharge (with or without Cause), Permanent Disability, death or retirement, but excluding terminations where there is a simultaneous re-employment of the Executive by the Company or a subsidiary of the Company.

          2.18 “Tier 1 Executive” shall mean an officer of the Company who is elected or appointed by the Board of Directors and is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

          2.19 “Tier 2 Executive” shall mean an employee who is appointed as an officer of the Company by the President of the Company pursuant to the Company’s Bylaws and such other employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries who is designated as a Tier 2 Executive by the Board or the Committee.

     3. Term. This Plan shall be effective until March 29, 2011.

     4. Compensation Upon A Change In Control.

          4.01 Salary. Commencing on the date a Change in Control shall occur, the Employer shall pay a salary to the Executive at an annual rate at least equal to the annual salary payable to the Executive immediately prior to such date. The salary, as it may be changed from time to time by mutual agreement between the Executive and the Employer, shall be paid in equal installments on each regular payroll payment date after the date of the Change in Control and shall be subject to regular withholding for federal, state and local taxes in accordance with law.

          4.02 Other Benefits.

          (a) Commencing on the date a Change in Control shall occur, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in and to receive benefits under those employee benefit plans or arrangements (including, without limitation, any pension or welfare plan, life, health, hospitalization and other forms of insurance and all other “fringe” benefits or perquisites) made available to executives of the Company or the Employer, or any successor thereto. The

5

Executive’s level of participation in, or entitlements under, any such employee benefit plan or arrangement of any successor to the Company shall be calculated as if the Executive had been an employee of such successor to the Company from the date of the Executive’s employment by the Employer.

          (b) Commencing on the date a Change in Control shall occur, the Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement for all reasonable travel and other business expenses incurred by the Executive in the performance of his or her duties on behalf of the Employer. Any such reimbursement shall be paid in accordance with the usual practices of the Employer and in all events not later than the end of the Executive’s taxable year following the Executive’s taxable year in which the related expense was incurred.

     5. Termination of Employment of Executive.

          5.01 Payment of Severance Benefits Upon Change of Control. In the event of a Change in Control of the Company, Executive shall be entitled to the severance benefits set forth in Section 6, but only if during the term of this Plan:

          (a) the Executive’s employment by the Employer is terminated by the Employer without Cause within one (1) year after the date of the Change in Control;

          (b) the Executive terminates his or her employment with the Employer for Good Reason within one (1) year after the date of the Change in Control and complies with the procedures set forth in Section 5.02;

          (c) the Executive’s employment by the Employer is terminated by the Employer without Cause prior to the Change in Control and such termination arose in connection with or in anticipation of the Change in Control (for purposes of this Plan, meaning that at the time of such termination the Company had entered into an agreement, the consummation of which would result in a Change in Control, or any person had publicly announced its intent to take or consider actions that would constitute a Change in Control, and in each case such Change in Control is consummated, or the Board adopts a resolution to the effect that a potential Change in Control for purposes of this Plan has occurred); or

          (d) the Executive terminates his or her employment with the Employer for Good Reason prior to the Change in Control, the event constituting Good Reason arose in connection with or in anticipation of the Change in Control and the Executive complies with the procedures set forth in Section 5.02.

          5.02 Good Reason.

          (a) Notwithstanding anything contained in any employment agreement between the Executive and the Employer to the contrary, during the term of this Plan the Executive may terminate his or her employment with the Employer for Good Reason as set forth in Section 5.01(b) or (d) and be entitled to the benefits set forth in Section 6.

          (b) If the Executive believes that he or she is entitled to terminate his or her employment with the Employer for Good Reason, he or she may apply in writing to the

6

Company for confirmation of such entitlement prior to the Executive’s actual separation from employment, by following the claims procedure set forth in Section 9. The submission of such a request by the Executive shall not constitute “Cause” for the Company to terminate the Executive’s employment and the Executive shall continue to receive all compensation and benefits he or she was receiving at the time of such submission throughout the resolution of the matter pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 9. If the Executive’s request for a termination of employment for Good Reason is denied under both the request and appeal procedures set forth in Sections 9.02 and 9.03, then the parties shall use their best efforts to resolve the claim within ninety (90) days after the claim is submitted to binding arbitration pursuant to Section 9.04. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.02(b), the Executive’s termination shall not constitute a termination for Good Reason unless the applicable notice, cure and termination provisions set forth in the definition of Good Reason above are satisfied.

          5.03 Permanent Disability. In the event of a Permanent Disability of the Executive, the Executive shall be entitled to no further benefits under this Plan, provided that the Employer shall have provided the Executive a Notice of Termination and the Executive shall not have returned to the full-time performance of the Executive’s duties within thirty (30) days of such Notice of Termination.

          5.04 Cause. The Employer may terminate the employment of the Executive for Cause. The Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to the Executive a Notice of Termination and a certified copy of a resolution of the Board adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board (other than the Executive if he or she is a member of the Board at such time) at a meeting called and held for that purpose and at which the Executive was given an opportunity to be heard, finding that the Executive was guilty of conduct constituting Cause based on reasonable evidence, specifying the particulars thereof in detail. For purposes of this Section 5.04, no act or failure to act on the Executive’s part shall be considered “willful” unless done or omitted to be done by him or her not in good faith and without reasonable belief that his or her action or omission was in the best interest of the Company and the Employer.

          5.05 Notice of Termination. Any termination of the Executive’s employment by the Employer or by the Executive (other than termination based on the Executive’s death) following a Change in Control shall be communicated by the terminating party in a Notice of Termination to the other party hereto.

     6. Compensation and Benefits Upon Termination of Employment.

          6.01 Severance Benefits. If the Executive shall be terminated from employment with the Employer or shall terminate his or her employment with the Employer as described in Section 5.01, then the Executive shall be entitled to receive the following:

          (a) In lieu of any further payments to the Executive except as expressly contemplated hereunder, the Employer shall pay as severance pay to the Executive an amount equal to two times (in the case of a Tier 1 Executive) or one times (in the case of a Tier 2 Executive) the sum of the Executive’s annual base compensation plus his or her target bonus plus

7

his or her annualized car allowance, in each case as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control or as in effect on the date of the Notice of Termination, whichever is higher. Subject to Section 6.03, such cash payment shall be payable in a single sum, within ten (10) business days following the Executive’s Separation from Service.

          (b) Any then-outstanding and unvested stock options granted to the Executive by the Company shall become 100% vested and may be exercised by the Executive for the longer of (i) ninety (90) days after the Date of Termination or (ii) the period specified in the plan or agreement governing such options (subject in each case to earlier termination at the end of the option term or in connection with a change in control of the Company in accordance with the provisions of such plan or agreement).

          (c) For a period of twenty-four months (in the case of a Tier 1 Executive) or twelve months (in the case of a Tier 2 Executive) following the Executive’s Date of Termination (the “payment period”), the Executive shall be entitled to the continuation of the same or equivalent life, health, hospitalization, dental and disability insurance coverage and other employee insurance or welfare benefits (including equivalent coverage for his or her spouse and dependent children) as he or she was receiving immediately prior to the Change in Control. In the event that the Executive is ineligible under the terms of such insurance to continue to be so covered, the Employer shall provide the Executive with a lump sum payment equal to the cost of obtaining such coverage for the payment period. If the Executive, prior to a Change in Control, was receiving any cash-in-lieu payments designed to enable the Executive to obtain insurance coverage of his or her choosing, the Employer shall, in addition to any other benefits to be provided under this Section 6.01(c), provide the Executive with a lump-sum payment equal to the amount of such in-lieu payments that the Executive would have been entitled to receive over the payment period. To the extent that the payment of any benefits pursuant to this Section 6.01(c) is taxable to the Executive, any such payment shall be made to the Executive on or before the last day of the Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the related expense was incurred, provided that any lump-sum payment made to the Executive pursuant to either of the preceding two sentences shall be made within ten (10) business days following the Executive’s Separation from Service. The Executive’s right to payment of such benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit and the amount of such benefits that the Executive receives in one taxable year shall not affect the amount of such benefits that the Executive receives in any other taxable year. The benefits to be provided under this Section 6.01(c) shall be reduced to the extent of the receipt of substantially equivalent coverage by the Executive from any successor employer.

          (d) All awards under the Company’s Executive Retention Plan adopted in July, 1998 or any similar plan shall accelerate and be payable within fifteen (15) days after the Executive’s Separation from Service.

          (e) In the event that the amount of payments or other benefits payable to the Executive under this Plan, together with any payments or benefits payable under any other plan, program, arrangement or agreement maintained by the Employer or one of its affiliates, would constitute an ‘excess parachute payment’ (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code), the

8

payments under this Plan shall be reduced (by the minimum possible amounts) until no amount payable to the Executive under this Plan constitutes an ‘excess parachute payment’ (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code); provided, however, that no such reduction shall be made if the net after-tax payment (after taking into account Federal, state, local or other income and excise taxes) to which the Executive would otherwise be entitled without such reduction would be greater than the net after-tax payment (after taking into account Federal, state, local or other income and excise taxes) to the Executive resulting from the receipt of such payments with such reduction. If, as a result of subsequent events or conditions (including a subsequent payment or absence of a subsequent payment under this Plan or other plans, programs, arrangements or agreements maintained by the Employer or one of its affiliates), it is determined that payments hereunder have been reduced by more than the minimum amount required under this Section 6.01(e), then an additional payment shall be promptly made to the Executive in an amount equal to the excess reduction. All determinations required to be made under this Section 6.01(e), including whether a payment would result in an ‘excess parachute payment’ and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made and approved by the Company’s independent certified public accounting firm and the Executive’s designated financial advisor.

          6.02 Accrued Benefits. Upon termination of the employment of Executive for any reason, any accumulated but unused vacation shall be paid through the Date of Termination. Upon termination of the employment of Executive as set forth in Section 5.01, any accrued but unpaid bonus shall be paid through the Date of Termination. Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Plan, any payments or benefits payable to the Executive hereunder, including without limitation any bonus, in respect of any calendar year during which the Executive is employed by the Employer for less than the entire such year shall be prorated in accordance with the number of days in such calendar year during which he or she is so employed.

          6.03 Specified Employees. The provisions of this Section 6.03 shall apply if any severance payments hereunder constitute “deferred compensation” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) payable upon the Executive’s Separation from Service and, in such event, such provisions shall apply only to the extent required to avoid the imputation of any tax, penalty or interest pursuant to Section 409A of the Code. It is the Company’s intent that severance payments hereunder should not constitute “deferred compensation” payable upon a Separation from Service (because such payments should constitute a “short-term deferral” within the meaning of Code Section 409A or otherwise) based on the guidance available as of the date hereof and, accordingly, should not be subject to the delayed-payment provisions set forth in this Section 6.03. Notwithstanding Section 6.01(a) or any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, if the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(i) as of the date of the Executive’s Separation from Service, the Executive shall not be entitled to any severance payments hereunder until the earlier of (i) the date which is six (6) months after the Executive’s Separation from Service for any reason other than death, or (ii) the date of the Executive’s death. Any amounts otherwise payable to the Executive upon or in the six (6) month period following the Executive’s Separation from Service that are not so paid by reason of this Section 6.03 shall be paid (without interest) as soon as practicable (and in all events within thirty (30) days) after the date that is six (6) months after the Executive’s Separation from Service (or, if earlier, as soon as practicable, and in all events within thirty (30) days, after the date of the Executive’s death).

9

     7. No Mitigation. The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payments provided for by this Plan by seeking employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any cash payments or benefits provided under this Plan be reduced by any compensation or benefits earned by the Executive after his or her Date of Termination (except as provided in the last sentence of Section 6.01(d) above). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Executive is entitled, by operation of any applicable law, to unemployment compensation benefits or benefits under the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Act of 1988 (known as the “WARN” Act) in connection with the termination of his or her employment in addition to amounts required to be paid to him or her under this Plan, then to the extent permitted by applicable statutory law governing severance payments or notice of termination of employment, the Company shall be entitled to offset the amounts payable hereunder by the amounts of any such statutorily mandated payments.

     8. Limitation on Rights.

          8.01 No Employment Contract. This Plan shall not be deemed to create a contract of employment between the Employer and the Executive and shall create no right in the Executive to continue in the Employer’s employment for any specific period of time, or to create any other rights in the Executive or obligations on the part of the Company or its subsidiaries, except as set forth herein. Except as set forth herein, this Plan shall not restrict the right of the Employer to terminate the employment of Executive, or restrict the right of the Executive to terminate his or her employment.

          8.02 No Other Exclusions. This Plan shall not be construed to exclude the Executive from participation in any other compensation or benefit programs in which he or she is specifically eligible to participate either prior to or following the Effective Date of this Plan, or any such programs that generally are available to other executive personnel of the Company, nor shall it affect the kind and amount of other compensation to which the Executive is entitled.

     9. Administrator and Claims Procedure.

          9.01 Administrator. Except as set forth herein, the administrator (the “Administrator”) for purposes of this Plan shall be the Company. The Company shall have the right to designate one or more of the Company’s or the Employer’s employees as the Administrator at any time. The Company shall give the Executive written notice of any change in the Administrator, or in the address or telephone number of the same.

          9.02 Claims Procedure. The Executive, or other person claiming through the Executive, must file a written claim for benefits with the Administrator as a prerequisite to the payment of benefits under this Plan. The Administrator shall make all determinations as to the right of any person to receive benefits under Sections 9.02 and 9.03. The decision by the Administrator of a claim for benefits by the Executive, his or her heirs or personal representative (the “claimant”) shall be stated in writing by the Administrator and delivered or mailed to the claimant within thirty (30) days after receipt of the claim, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim. If such an extension is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the claimant prior to the termination of the initial thirty-day period. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of thirty (30) days from the end of the

10

initial period. Any notice of denial shall set forth the specific reasons for the denial, specific reference to pertinent provisions of this Plan upon which the denial is based, a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect his or her claim, with an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and a description of claim review procedures, written to the best of the Administrator’s ability in a manner that may be understood without legal or actuarial counsel.

          9.03 Appeals. A claimant whose claim for benefits has been wholly or partially denied by the Administrator may request, within sixty (60) days following the date of such denial, in a writing addressed to the Administrator, a review of such denial. The claimant shall be entitled to submit written comments, documents, records and other information he or she shall consider relevant to a determination of his or her claim, and he or she may include a request for a hearing in person before the Administrator. Prior to submitting his or her request, the claimant shall be entitled to review such documents, records, and other information as the Administrator shall reasonably agree are pertinent to his or her claim. The claimant may, at all stages of the review, be represented by counsel, legal or otherwise, of his or her choice, provided that the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be borne by the claimant, unless the claimant is successful, in which case, such costs shall be borne by the Company. The review of the claim shall take into account all information submitted by claimant relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted in the initial benefit determination. All requests for review shall be promptly resolved. The Administrator’s decision with respect to any such review shall be set forth in writing and shall be mailed to the claimant not later than sixty (60) days following receipt by the Administrator of the claimant’s request unless special circumstances, such as the need to hold a hearing, require an extension of time for processing, in which case the Administrator’s decision shall be so mailed not later than one hundred and twenty (120) days after receipt of the claimant’s request. The time and place of any hearing shall be as mutually agreed by the parties. If the claimant is dissatisfied with the Administrator’s decision on review, the claimant may then either, at his or her option, invoke the arbitration procedures described in Section 9.04 or pursue a remedy in a judicial forum. No legal action may be commenced prior to the completion of the claims and appeals procedures described in the foregoing provisions of Section 9.02 and 9.03. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no legal action may be commenced after ninety (90) days after the date upon which the Administrator’s written decision on appeal was sent to claimant.

          9.04 Arbitration. A claimant who has followed the procedures in Sections 9.02 and 9.03, but who has not obtained full relief on his or her claim for benefits, may, within sixty (60) days following his or her receipt of the Administrator’s written decision on review pursuant to Section 9.03, apply in writing to the Administrator for expedited and binding arbitration of his or her claim before an arbitrator in Orange County, California in accordance with the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association, as then in effect, or pursuant to such other form of alternative dispute resolution as the parties may agree (collectively, the “arbitration”). Subject to Section 10, the Company or the Employer shall pay filing fees and other costs required to initiate the arbitration. The arbitrator’s sole authority shall be to interpret and apply the provisions of this Plan; and except as set forth herein he or she shall not change, add to, or subtract from, any of its provisions. The arbitrator shall have the power to compel attendance of witnesses at the hearing. Any court having jurisdiction may enter a judgment based upon such arbitration. The arbitrator shall be appointed by mutual agreement of

11

the Company and the claimant; provided that if the Company and the claimant cannot agree, the arbitrator shall be appointed pursuant to the applicable commercial arbitration rules. The arbitrator shall be a professional person with a reputation in the community for expertise in employee benefit matters and who is unrelated to the claimant, the Company or its subsidiaries or any employees of the Company or its subsidiaries. All decisions of the arbitrator shall be final and binding on the claimant and the Company.

     10. Legal Fees and Expenses. If any dispute arises between the parties with respect to the interpretation or performance of this Plan, the prevailing party in any arbitration or proceeding shall be entitled to recover from the other party its attorneys fees, arbitration or court costs and other expenses incurred in connection with any such proceeding. Amounts, if any, paid to the Executive under this Section 10 shall be in addition to all other amounts due to the Executive pursuant to this Plan.

     11. ERISA. This Plan is an unfunded compensation arrangement for a member of a select group of the Company’s management or that of its subsidiaries and any exemptions under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, as applicable to such an arrangement shall be applicable to this Plan.

     12. Taxes. The Executive shall be solely responsible for his or her own tax liability with respect to participation in this Plan. The Company may withhold (or cause there to be withheld, as the case may be) from any amounts otherwise due or payable under or pursuant to this Plan such federal, state and local income, employment, or other taxes as may be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation. Notwithstanding anything else contained herein to the contrary, nothing in this Plan is intended to constitute, nor does it constitute, tax advice, and in all cases, the Executive should obtain and rely solely on the tax advice provided by the Executive’s own independent tax advisors (and not this Plan, the Company, any of the Company’s affiliates, or any officer, employee or agent of the Company or any of its affiliates).

     13. Miscellaneous.

          13.01 Administration. This Plan may be administered by the Board or the Committee. When this Plan refers to any action by the Board, the Committee may take such action with the same effect as if it had been taken by the Board.

          13.02 Amendments. This Plan may be changed, amended or modified by resolution of the Board or the Committee.

          13.03 Assignment and Binding Effect.

          (a) Neither this Plan nor the rights or obligations hereunder shall be assignable by the Executive or the Company except that this Plan shall be assignable to, binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor of the Company, and any successor shall be deemed substituted for the Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereof’.

          (b) The Company will require any successor (whether by purchase of assets, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the

12

Company to expressly assume and agree to perform all of the obligations of the Company under this Plan (including the obligation to cause any subsequent successor to also assume the obligations of this Plan) unless such assumption occurs by operation of law. Nothing in this Section 13.03 is intended, however, to require that a person or group referred to in Section 2.03(a) as being the beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Company must assume the obligations under this Plan as a result of such stock ownership.

          13.04 No Waiver. No waiver of any term, provision or condition of this Plan, whether by conduct or otherwise, in any one or more instances shall be deemed or be construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such term, provision or condition or as a waiver of any other term, provision or condition of this Plan.

          13.05 Rules of Construction.

          (a) This Plan has been executed in, and shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of, the State of California. Captions contained in this Plan are for convenience of reference only and shall not be considered or referred to in resolving questions of interpretation with respect to this Plan.

          (b) If any provision of this Plan is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under any present or future law, and if the rights or obligations of any party hereto under this Plan will not be materially and adversely affected thereby, (i) such provision will be fully severable, (ii) this Plan will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part hereof, (iii) the remaining provisions of this Plan will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance herefrom and (iv) in lieu of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Plan a legal, valid and enforceable provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible.

          13.06 Notices. Any notice required or permitted by this Plan shall be in writing, delivered by hand, or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or by recognized courier service (regularly providing proof of delivery), addressed to the Board and the Company and where applicable, the Administrator, at the Company’s then principal office, or to the Executive at the address set forth in the records of the Employer, as the case may be, or to such other address or addresses the Company or the Executive may from time to time specify in writing. Notices shall be deemed given when received.

          13.07 Section 409A. This Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code (including the Treasury regulations and other published guidance relating thereto) so as not to subject any Executive to payment of any interest or additional tax imposed under Code Section 409A. The provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted to avoid the imputation of any such additional tax, penalty or interest under Code Section 409A yet preserve (to the nearest extent reasonably possible) the intended benefit payable to the Executive.

###

Western Digital Corporation Amended and Restated Change of Control Severance Plan

13

As amended November 5, 2008

As amended May 17, 2011

14

EX-21

Exhibit 21

WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY

	State or Other Jurisdiction of
Name of Entity	Incorporation or Organization
Keen Personal Media, Inc.	Delaware
Keen Personal Technologies, Inc.	Delaware
Pacifica Insurance Corporation	Hawaii
Read-Rite International	Cayman Islands
Read-Rite Philippines, Inc.	Philippines
RS Patent Holding Corporation	Delaware
SiliconSystems Inc.	California
WD Media, Inc. (formerly Komag Incorporated)	Delaware
WD Media (Bermuda) Ltd. (formerly Komag (Bermuda) Ltd.)	Bermuda
WD Media (Johor) Sdn. Bhd. (formerly Komag Johor Sdn. Bhd.)	Malaysia
WD Media (Malaysia) Sdn. (formerly Komag USA (Malaysia) Sdn.)	Malaysia
WD Media (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.	Singapore
Western Digital Canada Corporation	Ontario, Canada
Western Digital Deutschland GmbH	Germany
Western Digital (France) S.A.R.L.	France
Western Digital (Fremont), LLC	Delaware
Western Digital Hong Kong Limited	Hong Kong
Western Digital Information Technology (Shanghai) Company Ltd. Western Digital International Ltd. Western Digital Ireland, Ltd.	China Cayman Islands Cayman Islands
Western Digital (I.S.) Limited	Ireland
Western Digital Japan Ltd.	Japan
Western Digital Korea, Ltd.	Republic of Korea
Western Digital Latin America, Inc.	Delaware
Western Digital (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.	Malaysia
Western Digital Netherlands B.V.	The Netherlands
Western Digital (S.E. Asia) Pte. Ltd.	Singapore
Western Digital Taiwan Co., Ltd.	Taiwan
Western Digital Technologies, Inc.	Delaware
Western Digital (Thailand) Company Limited	Thailand
Western Digital (U.K.) Limited	England
Western Digital Ventures, Inc.	Delaware

EX-23

Exhibit 23

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors

Western Digital Corporation:

          We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements on Forms S-8 (Nos. 2-76179, 2-97365, 33-9853, 33-57953, 33-60166, 33-60168, 33-51725, 333-20359, 333-31487, 333-41423, 333-42991, 333-70413, 333-95499, 333-36332, 333-56738, 33-24585, 33-33365, 33-56128, 333-107227, 333-111130, 333-122475, 333-129813, 333-155661, and 333-163133) and S-3 (Nos. 33-51695, 333-36350, 333-49250, 333-70785 and 333-52463) of Western Digital Corporation of our reports dated August 11, 2011, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Western Digital Corporation and subsidiaries as of July 1, 2011 and July 2, 2010 and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended July 1, 2011, and the related financial statement schedule, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of July 1, 2011, which reports appear in the July 1, 2011, Annual Report on Form 10-K of Western Digital Corporation.

/s/ KPMG LLP

August 11, 2011

Irvine, California

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, John F. Coyne, certify that:

          1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Western Digital Corporation;

          2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

          3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

          4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15(d)-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

          a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

          b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

          c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

          d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

          5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

          a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

          b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ John F. Coyne

John F. Coyne

President and Chief Executive Officer

Dated: August 11, 2011

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Wolfgang U. Nickl, certify that:

          1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Western Digital Corporation;

          2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

          3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

          4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15(d)-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

          a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

          b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

          c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

          d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

          5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

          a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

          b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ Wolfgang U. Nickl

Wolfgang U. Nickl

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Dated: August 11, 2011

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

          The following certification is being furnished solely to accompany the Report pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 and in accordance with SEC Release No. 33-8238. This certification shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section, nor shall it be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, except to the extent that Western Digital Corporation specifically incorporates it by reference.

Certification of Chief Executive Officer

          Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as created by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned officer of Western Digital Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby certifies, to his knowledge, that:

          (i) the accompanying Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the period ended July 1, 2011 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

          (ii) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ John F. Coyne

John F. Coyne

President and Chief Executive Officer

Dated: August 11, 2011

EX-32.2

Exhibit 32.2

          The following certification is being furnished solely to accompany the Report pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 and in accordance with SEC Release No. 33-8238. This certification shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section, nor shall it be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, except to the extent that Western Digital Corporation specifically incorporates it by reference.

Certification of Chief Financial Officer

          Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as created by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned officer of Western Digital Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby certifies, to his knowledge, that:

          (i) the accompanying Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the period ended July 1, 2011 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

          (ii) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ Wolfgang U. Nickl

Wolfgang U. Nickl

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Dated: August 11, 2011

XML



Income Taxes (Details) (USD $) In Millions	12 Months Ended
	Jul. 01, 2011	Jul. 02, 2010	Jul. 03, 2009
Domestic and foreign components of income before income taxes
Foreign	$ 660	$ 1,418	$ 459
Domestic	120	102	42
Income before income taxes	780	1,520	501
Current:
Foreign	12	9	13
Domestic-federal	21	101	(7)
Domestic-state	1	1	1
Deferred:
Domestic-federal	30	37	24
Domestic-state	(10)	(10)
Income tax provision	54	138	31
Deferred tax assets:
Sales related reserves and accrued expenses not currently deductible	51	50
Accrued compensation and benefits not currently deductible	69	44
Domestic net operating loss ("NOL") carryforward	49	52
Business credit carryforward	145	137
Other	53	47
Total deferred tax assets	367	330
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation	(116)	(58)
Other	(10)	(11)
Total deferred tax liabilities	(126)	(69)
Deferred tax assets, net	241	261
Deferred tax assets:
Current portion (included in other current assets)	108	81
Non-current portion (included in other non-current assets)	259	249
Total deferred tax assets	367	330
Deferred tax liabilities:
Current portion (included in other current assets)	(2)	(2)
Non-current portion (included in other non-current assets)	(124)	(67)
Total deferred tax liabilities	(126)	(69)
Deferred tax assets, net	$ 241	$ 261

XML



Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Millions, except Per Share data	Jul. 01, 2011	Jul. 02, 2010
Shareholders' equity:
Preferred stock, par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Preferred stock, shares authorized	5	5
Preferred stock, shares issued	0	0
Preferred stock, shares outstanding	0	0
Common stock, par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, shares authorized	450	450
Common stock, shares issued	233	231
Common stock, shares outstanding	233	231

XML



Consolidated Statements of Income (USD $) In Millions, except Per Share data	12 Months Ended
	Jul. 01, 2011	Jul. 02, 2010	Jul. 03, 2009
Consolidated Statements of Income [Abstract]
Revenue, net	$ 9,526	$ 9,850	$ 7,453
Cost of revenue	7,735	7,449	6,116
Gross margin	1,791	2,401	1,337
Operating expenses:
Research and development	703	611	509
Selling, general and administrative	307	265	201
Acquired in-process research and development			14
Restructuring and other, net			94
Total operating expenses	1,010	876	818
Operating income	781	1,525	519
Other income (expense):
Interest income	9	4	9
Interest and other expense	(10)	(9)	(27)
Total other expense, net	(1)	(5)	(18)
Income before income taxes	780	1,520	501
Income tax provision	54	138	31
Net income	$ 726	$ 1,382	$ 470
Income per common share:
Basic	$ 3.14	$ 6.06	$ 2.12
Diluted	$ 3.09	$ 5.93	$ 2.08
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic	231	228	222
Diluted	235	233	226

XML



Fair Value Measurements (Details) (Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member], USD $) In Millions	Jul. 01, 2011	Jul. 02, 2010
Assets:
Total cash equivalents	$ 859	$ 1,213
Total assets at fair value	874	1,245
Liabilities:
Liabilities At Fair Value	(5)
Money Market Funds [Member]
Assets:
Total cash equivalents	721	458
Money Market Funds [Member] | Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Instruments (Level 1) [Member]
Assets:
Total cash equivalents	721	458
Money Market Funds [Member] | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) [Member]
Assets:
Total cash equivalents	0	0
Money Market Funds [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Assets:
Total cash equivalents	0	0
US Treasury Securities [Member]
Assets:
Total cash equivalents	60	385
US Treasury Securities [Member] | Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Instruments (Level 1) [Member]
Assets:
Total cash equivalents	0	0
US Treasury Securities [Member] | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) [Member]
Assets:
Total cash equivalents	60	385
US Treasury Securities [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Assets:
Total cash equivalents	0	0
U.S. Government agency securities [Member]
Assets:
Total cash equivalents	78	370
U.S. Government agency securities [Member] | Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Instruments (Level 1) [Member]
Assets:
Total cash equivalents	0	0
U.S. Government agency securities [Member] | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) [Member]
Assets:
Total cash equivalents	78	370
U.S. Government agency securities [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Assets:
Total cash equivalents	0	0
Auction Rate Securities [Member]
Assets:
Auction-rate securities	15	15
Auction Rate Securities [Member] | Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Instruments (Level 1) [Member]
Assets:
Auction-rate securities	0	0
Auction Rate Securities [Member] | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) [Member]
Assets:
Auction-rate securities	0	0
Auction Rate Securities [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Assets:
Auction-rate securities	15	15
Foreign Exchange Contract [Member]
Assets:
Foreign exchange contracts		17
Liabilities:
Foreign exchange contracts	(5)
Foreign Exchange Contract [Member] | Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Instruments (Level 1) [Member]
Assets:
Foreign exchange contracts		0
Liabilities:
Foreign exchange contracts	0
Foreign Exchange Contract [Member] | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) [Member]
Assets:
Foreign exchange contracts		17
Liabilities:
Foreign exchange contracts	(5)
Foreign Exchange Contract [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Assets:
Foreign exchange contracts		0
Liabilities:
Foreign exchange contracts	0
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Instruments (Level 1) [Member]
Assets:
Total cash equivalents	721	458
Total assets at fair value	721	458
Liabilities:
Liabilities At Fair Value	0
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) [Member]
Assets:
Total cash equivalents	138	755
Total assets at fair value	138	772
Liabilities:
Liabilities At Fair Value	(5)
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Assets:
Total cash equivalents	0	0
Total assets at fair value	15	15
Liabilities:
Liabilities At Fair Value	$ 0

XML



Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Jul. 01, 2011

Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Supplemental Financial Statement Data [Abstract]

Fiscal Year

Fiscal Year

The Company has a 52 or 53-week fiscal year. The 2011 fiscal year which ended on July 1, 2011 consisted of 52 weeks. The 2010 and 2009 fiscal years, which ended on July 2, 2010 and July 3, 2009, respectively, consisted of 52 and 53 weeks each, respectively.

Basis of Presentation

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The accounts of foreign subsidiaries have been remeasured using the U.S. dollar as the functional currency. As such, gains or losses resulting from remeasurement of these accounts from local currencies into U.S. dollars are reflected in the results of operations. These gains and losses were immaterial to the consolidated financial statements.

On June 30, 2010, the Company acquired the magnetic media sputtering operations of Hoya Corporation and Hoya Magnetics Singapore Pte. Ltd (together, “Hoya”). On March 27, 2009, the Company acquired SiliconSystems, Inc. (“SiliconSystems”). The acquisitions are further described in Note 14. The results of operations of Hoya and SiliconSystems since the dates of their acquisitions are included in the consolidated financial statements.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company’s cash equivalents represent highly liquid investments in money market funds, which are invested in U.S. Treasury securities, U.S. Treasury bills and U.S. Government agency securities with original maturities when purchased of three months or less.

Investments

Investments

The Company’s investments consist of auction-rate securities, which are primarily backed by insurance products with original maturities greater than three months. The Company has classified these investments as available-for-sale securities and they are carried at fair value within other non-current assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of cash equivalents, accounts receivable, investments, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate fair value for all periods presented because of the short-term maturity of these assets and liabilities or, in the case of investments, these are recorded using appropriate market information. The carrying amount of debt approximates fair value because of its variable interest rate.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company sells its products to computer manufacturers, resellers and retailers throughout the world. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and generally requires no collateral. The Company maintains allowances for potential credit losses, and such losses have historically been within management’s expectations. At any given point in time, the total amount outstanding from any one of a number of its customers may be individually significant to the Company’s financial results. At July 1, 2011 and July 2, 2010, the Company had reserves for potential credit losses of $5 million and $6 million, respectively, and net accounts receivable of $1.2 billion and $1.3 billion, respectively.

The Company also has cash equivalent and investment policies that limit the amount of credit exposure to any one financial institution or investment instrument and requires that investments be made only with financial institutions or in investment instruments evaluated as highly credit-worthy.

Inventory

Inventory

The Company values inventories at the lower of cost (first-in, first out and weighted average methods) or net realizable value. The first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method is used to value the cost of the majority of the Company’s inventories, while the weighted-average method is used to value precious metal inventories. Weighted-average cost is calculated based upon the cost of precious metals at the time they are received by the Company. The Company has determined that it is not practicable to assign specific costs to individual units of precious metals and, as such, precious metals are relieved from inventory based on the weighted-average cost of the inventory at the time the inventory is used in production. The weighted average method of valuing precious metals does not materially differ from a FIFO method. As of July 1, 2011 and July 2, 2010, 85% and 82% of the inventory was valued using the FIFO method with the remainder valued using the weighted average method. Inventory write-downs are recorded for the valuation of inventory at the lower of cost or net realizable value by analyzing market conditions and estimates of future sales prices as compared to inventory costs and inventory balances.

The Company evaluates inventory balances for excess quantities and obsolescence on a regular basis by analyzing estimated demand, inventory on hand, sales levels and other information, and reduces inventory balances to net realizable value for excess and obsolete inventory based on this analysis. Unanticipated changes in technology or customer demand could result in a decrease in demand for one or more of the Company’s products, which may require a write down of inventory that could materially affect operating results.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, Plant and Equipment

The cost of property, plant and equipment is depreciated over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. The Company’s buildings are depreciated over periods ranging from fifteen to thirty years. The majority of the Company’s equipment is depreciated over periods of three to seven years. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the related lease terms.

Goodwill and Other Long-Lived Assets

Goodwill and Other Long-Lived Assets

The total purchase price in a business combination is allocated to the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values at the acquisition date, with amounts exceeding the fair values being recorded as goodwill. Goodwill is not amortized. Instead, it is tested for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill may be impaired. The Company did not record any impairment of goodwill during 2011, 2010 or 2009.

Other intangible assets consist primarily of technology acquired in business combinations. Acquired intangibles are amortized on a straight-line basis over their respective estimated useful lives. Long-lived assets are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. The Company did not record any impairments to long-lived assets during 2011 or 2010. The Company recorded impairments to certain long-lived assets during 2009. See Note 13.

Revenue and Accounts Receivable

Revenue and Accounts Receivable

Revenue is recognized when the title and risk of loss have passed to the customer, there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, delivery has occurred, or services have been rendered, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. The Company establishes provisions against revenue and cost of revenue for estimated sales returns in the same period that the related revenue is recognized based on existing product return notifications. If actual sales returns exceed expectations, an increase in the sales return accrual would be required, which could materially affect operating results.

In accordance with standard industry practice, the Company provides distributors and retailers (collectively referred to as “resellers”) with limited price protection for inventories held by resellers at the time of published list price reductions, and the Company provides resellers and OEMs with other sales incentive programs. At the time the Company recognizes revenue to resellers and OEMs, a reduction of revenue is recorded for estimated price protection until the resellers sell such inventory to their customers and the Company also records a reduction of revenue for the other programs in effect. The Company bases these adjustments on several factors including anticipated price decreases during the reseller holding period, reseller’s sell-through and inventory levels, estimated amounts to be reimbursed to qualifying customers, historical pricing information and customer claim processing. If customer demand for hard drives or market conditions differ from the Company’s expectations, the Company’s operating results could be materially affected. The Company also has programs under which it reimburses qualified distributors and retailers for certain marketing expenditures, which are recorded as a reduction of revenue. Sales incentive and marketing programs are recorded as a reduction of revenue.

The Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts by analyzing specific customer accounts and assessing the risk of loss based on insolvency, disputes or other collection issues. In addition, the Company routinely analyzes the different receivable aging categories and establishes reserves based on a combination of past due receivables and expected future losses based primarily on its historical levels of bad debt losses. If the financial condition of a significant customer deteriorates resulting in its inability to pay its accounts when due, or if the Company’s overall loss history changes significantly, an adjustment in the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts would be required, which could materially affect operating results.

The Company establishes provisions against revenue and cost of revenue for sales returns in the same period that the related revenue is recognized. These provisions are based on existing product return notifications. If actual sales returns exceed expectations, an increase in the sales return accrual would be required, which could materially affect operating results.

Warranty

Warranty

The Company records an accrual for estimated warranty costs when revenue is recognized. The Company generally warrants its products for a period of one to five years. The warranty provision considers estimated product failure rates and trends, estimated repair or replacement costs and estimated costs for customer compensatory claims related to product quality issues, if any. A statistical warranty tracking model is used to help prepare estimates and assist the Company in exercising judgment in determining the underlying estimates. The statistical tracking model captures specific detail on hard drive reliability, such as factory test data, historical field return rates, and costs to repair by product type. Management’s judgment is subject to a greater degree of subjectivity with respect to newly introduced products because of limited field experience with those products upon which to base warranty estimates. Management reviews the warranty accrual quarterly for products shipped in prior periods and which are still under warranty. Any changes in the estimates underlying the accrual may result in adjustments that impact current period gross margin and income. Such changes are generally a result of differences between forecasted and actual return rate experience and costs to repair. If actual product return trends, costs to repair returned products or costs of customer compensatory claims differ significantly from estimates, future results of operations could be materially affected.

Litigation and Other Contingencies

Litigation and Other Contingencies

When the Company becomes aware of a claim or potential claim, the Company assesses the likelihood of any loss or exposure. The Company discloses information regarding each material claim where the likelihood of a loss contingency is probable or reasonably possible. If a loss contingency is probable and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated, the Company records an accrual for the loss. In such cases, there may be an exposure to potential loss in excess of the amount accrued. Where a loss is not probable but is reasonably possible and where a loss in excess of the amount accrued is reasonably possible, the Company discloses an estimate of the amount of the loss or range of possible losses for the claim if a reasonable estimate can be made, unless the amount of such reasonably possible losses is not material to the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. The ability to predict the ultimate outcome of such matters involves judgments, estimates and inherent uncertainties. The actual outcome of such matters could differ materially from management’s estimates. See Note 5.

Advertising Expense

Advertising Expense

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Selling, general and administrative expenses of the Company included advertising costs of $11 million, $7 million, and $5 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which provides that deferred tax assets and liabilities be recognized for temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of assets and liabilities and expected benefits of utilizing net operating loss (“NOL”) and tax credit carryforwards. The Company records a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Each period, the Company evaluates the need for a valuation allowance for its deferred tax assets and adjusts the valuation allowance so that the Company records net deferred tax assets only to the extent that it has concluded it is more likely than not that these deferred tax assets will be realized.

The Company recognizes liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on a two-step process. To the extent a tax position does not meet a more-likely-than-not level of certainty, no benefit is recognized in the financial statements. If a position meets the more-likely-than-not level of certainty, it is recognized in the financial statements at the largest amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are recognized on liabilities recorded for uncertain tax positions, as applicable, and are recorded in the provision for income taxes. The actual liability for unrealized tax benefits may be materially different from the Company’s estimates, which could result in the need to record additional liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits or potentially adjust previously-recorded liabilities for unrealized tax benefits, and may materially affect our operating results.

Income per Common Share

Income per Common Share

The Company computes basic income per common share using net income and the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted income per common share is computed using net income and the weighted average number of common shares and potentially dilutive common shares outstanding during the period. Potentially dilutive common shares include certain dilutive outstanding employee stock options, rights to purchase shares of common stock under the Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) and restricted stock unit awards.

The following table illustrates the computation of basic and diluted income per common share (in millions, except per share data):

	Years Ended
	July 1,		July 2,		July 3,
	2011		2010		2009
Net income	$	726	$	1,382	$	470
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic		231		228		222
Employee stock options and other		4		5		4
Diluted		235		233		226
Income per common share:
Basic	$	3.14	$	6.06	$	2.12
Diluted	$	3.09	$	5.93	$	2.08
Anti-dilutive potential common shares excluded*		3		1		6

* For purposes of computing diluted income per common share, certain potentially dilutive securities have been excluded from the calculation because their effect would have been anti-dilutive.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based Compensation

The Company accounts for all stock-based compensation at fair value. Stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the value of the award and is recognized as expense over the vesting period. The fair values of all stock options granted are estimated using a binomial model, and the fair values of all ESPP purchase rights are estimated using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. Both the binomial and the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing models require the input of highly subjective assumptions. The Company is required to use judgment in estimating the amount of stock-based awards that are expected to be forfeited. If actual forfeitures differ significantly from the original estimate, stock-based compensation expense and the results of operations could be materially affected.

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Other comprehensive income (loss) refers to revenue, expenses, gains and losses that are recorded as an element of shareholders’ equity but are excluded from net income. The Company’s other comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of unrealized gains and losses on foreign exchange contracts.

Foreign Exchange Contracts

Foreign Exchange Contracts

Although the majority of the Company’s transactions are in U.S. dollars, some transactions are based in various foreign currencies. The Company purchases short-term, foreign exchange contracts to hedge the impact of foreign currency exchange fluctuations on certain underlying assets, revenue, liabilities and commitments for operating expenses and product costs denominated in foreign currencies. The purpose of entering into these hedging transactions is to minimize the impact of foreign currency fluctuations on the Company’s results of operations. These contract maturity dates do not exceed 12 months. All foreign exchange contracts are for risk management purposes only. The Company does not purchase foreign exchange contracts for trading purposes. The Company had outstanding foreign exchange contracts with commercial banks for Thai Baht, Malaysian Ringgit, Euro and British Pound Sterling with aggregate notional amounts of $1.5 billion and $1.1 billion at July 1, 2011 and July 2, 2010, respectively. Thai Baht contracts are designated as either cash flow or fair value hedges. Malaysian Ringgit contracts are designated as cash flow hedges. Euro and British Pound Sterling contracts are designated as fair value hedges.

If the derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the change in fair value of the derivative is initially deferred in other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax. These amounts are subsequently recognized into earnings when the underlying cash flow being hedged is recognized into earnings. Recognized gains and losses on foreign exchange contracts entered into for manufacturing-related activities are reported in cost of revenue. Hedge effectiveness is measured by comparing the hedging instrument’s cumulative change in fair value from inception to maturity to the underlying exposure’s terminal value. The Company determined the ineffectiveness associated with its cash flow hedges to be immaterial.

A change in the fair value of fair value hedges is recognized in earnings in the period incurred and is reported as a component of operating expenses. All fair value hedges were determined to be effective. The fair value and the changes in fair value on these contracts were not material to the consolidated financial statements for all years presented. See Notes 10 and 11 for additional disclosures related to foreign exchange contracts.

Use of Estimates

Use of Estimates

Company management has made estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of certain assets and liabilities in conformity with U.S. GAAP. These estimates and assumptions have been applied using methodologies that are consistent throughout the periods presented. However, actual results could differ materially from these estimates.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2009-13, “Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements” (“ASU 2009-13”), and ASU 2009-14, “Certain Revenue Arrangements That Include Software Elements” (“ASU 2009-14”). ASU 2009-13 amends the revenue guidance under Subtopic 605-25, “Multiple Element Arrangements,” and addresses how to determine whether an arrangement involving multiple deliverables contains more than one unit of accounting and how arrangement consideration shall be measured and allocated to the separate units of accounting in the arrangement. ASU 2009-14 excludes tangible products containing software components and non-software components that function together to deliver the product’s essential functionality from the scope of Subtopic 985-605, “Revenue Recognition.” ASU 2009-13 and ASU 2009-14 are effective for fiscal periods beginning on or after June 15, 2010, which for the Company was the first quarter of fiscal 2011. The Company’s adoption of ASU 2009-13 and ASU 2009-14 had no impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, “Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs” (“ASU 2011-04”). ASU 2011-04 clarifies existing fair value measurement and disclosure requirements by amending certain fair value measurement principles and requiring additional disclosures regarding fair value measurements. ASU 2011-04 is effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2011, which for the Company is the third quarter of fiscal 2012. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that ASU 2011-04 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05 “Presentation of Comprehensive Income” (“ASU 2011-05”). ASU 2011-05 requires that all non-owner changes in shareholders’ equity be presented either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but continuous statements. If presented in two separate statements, the first statement should present total net income and its components followed immediately by a second statement of total other comprehensive income, its components and the total comprehensive income. ASU 2011-05 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2011, which for the Company is the first quarter of fiscal 2013. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that ASU 2011-05 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

XML



Document and Entity Information (USD $) In Billions, except Share data	12 Months Ended
	Jul. 01, 2011	Aug. 03, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Document and Entity Information [Abstract]
Entity Registrant Name	WESTERN DIGITAL CORP
Entity Central Index Key	0000106040
Document Type	10-K
Document Period End Date	Jul. 01, 2011
Amendment Flag	false
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2011
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--07-01
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	Yes
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Filer Category	Large Accelerated Filer
Entity Public Float			$ 7.9
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding (actual number)		233,191,524

XML



Shareholders Equity (Details 5) In Millions	Jul. 01, 2011
Summarizes table of all shares of common stock reserved for issuance
Shares of common stock reserved for issuance	28.9
Outstanding Awards and Shares Available For Award [Member]
Summarizes table of all shares of common stock reserved for issuance
Shares of common stock reserved for issuance	25.4
Employee Stock [Member]
Summarizes table of all shares of common stock reserved for issuance
Shares of common stock reserved for issuance	3.5

XML



Debt (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jul. 01, 2011

Debt [Abstract]

Long-term debt

	2011			2010
Term loan	$	294		$	400
Less amounts due in one year		(144	)		(106	)
Long-term debt	$	150		$	294

XML



Shareholders Equity (Details 4) (Restricted Stock Units (RSUs) [Member], USD $) In Millions, except Per Share data	12 Months Ended
	Jul. 01, 2011	Jul. 02, 2010	Jul. 03, 2009
Restricted Stock Units (RSUs) [Member]
Restricted Stock Unit
Numbers of Shares, Beginning Balance	3.1	3.1	2.8
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Share, Beginning Balance	$ 28.43	$ 21.8	$ 21.75
Restricted stock, Number of share granted	1.0	1.2	0.9
Restricted stock, Granted weighted average grant date fair value per share	$ 26.75	$ 38.42	$ 22.84
Restricted stock, Number of share exercised	(0.8)	(1.1)	(0.5)
Restricted stock, Exercised weighted average grant date fair value per share	$ 24.03	$ 20.6	$ 23.18
Restricted stock, Number of share canceled or expired	(0.2)	(0.1)	(0.1)
Restricted stock, Canceled or expired weighted average grant date fair value per share	$ 32.41	$ 27.84	$ 22.62
Numbers of Shares, Ending Balance	3.1	3.1	3.1
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Share, Ending Balance	$ 28.85	$ 28.43	$ 21.8
Number of share, Expected to vest after July 1, 2011	2.9
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Share, Expected to vest after July 1, 2011	$ 28.82

XML



Business Segment Geographic Information And Major Customers

12 Months Ended

Jul. 01, 2011

Business Segment Geographic Information and Major Customers [Abstract]

Business Segment Geographic Information and Major Customers

Note 6.  Business Segment, Geographic Information and Major Customers

Segment Information

The Company operates in one reportable operating segment, the hard drive business.

Geographic Information

The Company’s operations outside the United States include manufacturing facilities in Malaysia, Singapore, and Thailand as well as sales offices throughout the Americas, Asia Pacific, Europe and the Middle East. The following table summarizes the Company’s operations by geographic area for the three years ended July 1, 2011 (in millions):

	2011		2010		2009
Net revenue(1):
United States	$	1,589	$	1,889	$	1,492
Asia		5,434		5,239		3,639
Europe, Middle East and Africa		2,196		2,260		2,008
Other		307		462		314
Total	$	9,526	$	9,850	$	7,453
Long-lived assets:
United States	$	1,285	$	1,173	$	1,043
Asia		1,345		1,379		954
Europe, Middle East and Africa		1		56		64
Total	$	2,631	$	2,608	$	2,061

(1) Net revenue is attributed to geographic regions based on the ship to location of the customer.

Major Customer

For 2011 and 2010, no single customer accounted for 10%, or more, of the Company’s net revenue. For 2009, sales to Dell Inc. accounted for 10% of the Company’s net revenue.

XML



Commitments and Contingencies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jul. 01, 2011

Commitments, Contingencies and Legal Proceedings [Abstract]

Future minimum lease payments under operating leases

2012	$	18
2013		17
2014		14
2015		11
2016		9
Thereafter		46
Total future minimum payments	$	115

Changes in accrual warranty

	2011			2010			2009
Warranty accrual, beginning of period	$	170		$	123		$	114
Charges to operations		172			183			126
Utilization		(160	)		(138	)		(111	)
Changes in estimate related to pre-existing warranties		(12	)		2			(6	)
Warranty accrual, end of period	$	170		$	170		$	123

XML



Shareholders' Equity (Details) (USD $) In Millions, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jul. 01, 2011	Jul. 02, 2010	Jul. 03, 2009
Stock Option Activity
Options outstanding, Beginning Balance, Numbers of Shares	9.4	11.3	8.0
Options outstanding, Beginning Balance, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 20.61	$ 17.00	$ 14.92
Granted, Number of Shares	2.5	1.4	4.2
Granted, Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share	$ 26.59	$ 36.06	$ 20.02
Exercised, Number Of Shares	(1.4)	(3.1)	(0.6)
Exercised, Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share	$ 16.83	$ 14.67	$ 9.59
Canceled or expired, Number of Shares	(0.3)	(0.2)	(0.3)
Canceled or expired, Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share	$ 26.21	$ 22.78	$ 20.10
Options outstanding, Ending Balance, Numbers of Shares	10.2	9.4	11.3
Options outstanding, Ending Balance, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 22.49	$ 20.61	$ 17.00
Options Outstanding, Ending Balance, Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (in years)	4.6
Options Outstanding, Ending Balance, Aggregate Intrinsic Value	$ 145
Exercisable at July 1, 2011, Number of Shares	5.5
Exercisable at July 1, 2011, Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share	$ 19.36
Exercisable at July 1, 2011, Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life	3.8
Exercisable at July 1, 2011, Aggregate Intrinsic Value	95
Vested and Expected to Vest after July 1, 2011	10.1
Vested and expected to vest after July 1, 2011, Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share	$ 22.43
Vested and expected to vest after July 1, 2011, Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (in years)	4.5
Vested and expected to vest after July 1, 2011, Aggregate Intrinsic Value	$ 144

XML



Supplemental Financial Statement Data (Details) (USD $) In Millions	Jul. 01, 2011	Jul. 02, 2010
Property, Plant and Equipment:
Total property, plant and equipment	$ 4,837	$ 4,223
Accumulated depreciation and amortization	(2,613)	(2,064)
Property and equipment, net	2,224	2,159
Inventories:
Raw materials and component parts	172	159
Work-in-process	263	255
Finished goods	142	146
Total inventories	577	560
Land and Building [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment:
Total property, plant and equipment	750	675
Machinery and Equipment [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment:
Total property, plant and equipment	3,963	3,470
Furniture and Fixtures [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment:
Total property, plant and equipment	9	9
Leasehold Improvements [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment:
Total property, plant and equipment	$ 115	$ 69

XML



Supplemental Financial Statement Data (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jul. 01, 2011

Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Supplemental Financial Statement Data [Abstract]

Inventories

	Years Ended
	July 1,		July 2,
	2011		2010
	(In millions)
Inventories:
Raw materials and component parts	$	172	$	159
Work-in-process		263		255
Finished goods		142		146
Total inventories	$	577	$	560

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, Plant and Equipment:
Land and buildings	$	750		$	675
Machinery and equipment		3,963			3,470
Furniture and fixtures		9			9
Leasehold improvements		115			69
Total property, plant and equipment		4,837			4,223
Accumulated depreciation and amortization		(2,613	)		(2,064	)
Property, plant and equipment, net	$	2,224		$	2,159

XML



Foreign Exchange Contracts

12 Months Ended

Jul. 01, 2011

Foreign Exchange Contracts [Abstract]

Foreign Exchange Contracts

Note 11.  Foreign Exchange Contracts

As of July 1, 2011, the net amount of existing gains expected to be reclassified into earnings within the next twelve months was $5 million and the Company did not have any foreign exchange contracts with credit-risk-related contingent features. The Company opened $4.7 billion and $4.8 billion, and closed $3.2 billion and $4.1 billion, in foreign exchange contracts for the years ended July 1, 2011 and July 2, 2010, respectively. The fair value and balance sheet location of such contracts were as follows (in millions):

Asset Derivatives

Liability Derivatives

2011

2010

2011

2010

Derivatives Designated as

Balance Sheet

Balance Sheet

Balance Sheet

Balance Sheet

Hedging Instruments

Location

Fair Value

Location

Fair Value

Location

Fair Value

Location

Fair Value

Foreign exchange contracts

—

—

Other current assets

$

17

Accrued expenses

$

5

—

—

The impact on the consolidated financial statements was as follows (in millions):

	Amount of Gain (Loss)						Amount of Gain (Loss)
	Recognized in				Location of Gain (Loss)		Reclassified from
	Accumulated OCI				Reclassified from		Accumulated OCI into
Derivatives in Cash	on Derivatives				Accumulated		Income
Flow Hedging Relationships	2011		2010		OCI into Income		2011		2010
Foreign exchange contracts	$	77	$	64		Cost of revenue	$	93	$	55

The total net realized transaction and foreign exchange contract currency gains and losses were not material to the consolidated financial statements during the years ended July 1, 2011 and July 2, 2010. See Notes 1 and 10 for additional disclosures related to the Company’s foreign exchange contracts.

XML



Supplemental Financial Statement Data

12 Months Ended

Jul. 01, 2011

Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Supplemental Financial Statement Data [Abstract]

Supplemental Financial Statement Data

Note 2.   Supplemental Financial Statement Data

	Years Ended
	July 1,		July 2,
	2011		2010
	(In millions)
Inventories:
Raw materials and component parts	$	172	$	159
Work-in-process		263		255
Finished goods		142		146
Total inventories	$	577	$	560

Property, Plant and Equipment:
Land and buildings	$	750		$	675
Machinery and equipment		3,963			3,470
Furniture and fixtures		9			9
Leasehold improvements		115			69
Total property, plant and equipment		4,837			4,223
Accumulated depreciation and amortization		(2,613	)		(2,064	)
Property, plant and equipment, net	$	2,224		$	2,159

XML



Quarterly Results of Operations (unaudited) (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jul. 01, 2011

Quarterly Results of Operations (unaudited) [Abstract]

Quarterly Results of Operations (unaudited)

2011(1)	First		Second		Third		Fourth
Revenue, net	$	2,396	$	2,475	$	2,252	$	2,403
Gross margin		437		475		410		469
Operating income		211		240		158		172
Net income		197		225		146		158
Basic income per common share	$	0.86	$	0.98	$	0.63	$	0.68
Diluted income per common share	$	0.84	$	0.96	$	0.62	$	0.67
2010(2)
Revenue, net	$	2,208	$	2,619	$	2,641	$	2,382
Gross margin		514		687		665		535
Operating income		319		473		441		293
Net income		288		429		400		265
Basic income per common share	$	1.28	$	1.89	$	1.75	$	1.15
Diluted income per common share	$	1.25	$	1.85	$	1.71	$	1.13

(1)	The third quarter of 2011 included $10 million of expenses related to the planned acquisition of HGST. The fourth quarter of 2011 included a $25 million accrual for litigation contingencies, $7 million of expenses related to the planned acquisition of HGST, and $2 million of debt commitment fees related to the planned acquisition of HGST.
(2)	The fourth quarter of 2010 included $27 million in expenses related to litigation settlements.

XML



Shareholders Equity

12 Months Ended

Jul. 01, 2011

Shareholders Equity [Abstract]

Shareholders Equity

Note 8.  Shareholders’ Equity

Stock Incentive Plans

The Company maintains four stock-based incentive plans (collectively referred to as the “Stock Plans”): the amended and restated 2004 Performance Incentive Plan, the Employee Stock Option Plan, the Broad-Based Stock Incentive Plan and the Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors. No new awards may be granted under the Employee Stock Option Plan, the Broad-Based Stock Incentive Plan or the Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors (collectively referred to as the “Prior Stock Plans”). As of July 1, 2011, options to purchase 1.2 million shares of the Company’s common stock remained outstanding and exercisable under the Prior Stock Plans. Other than for such options, no restricted stock or other awards were outstanding under the Prior Stock Plans as of July 1, 2011. Options granted under the Prior Stock Plans expire either five or ten years from the date of grant.

The types of awards that may be granted under the 2004 Performance Incentive Plan include stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), stock bonuses and other forms of awards granted or denominated in the Company’s common stock or units of the Company’s common stock, as well as cash bonus awards. Persons eligible to receive awards under the 2004 Performance Incentive Plan include officers or employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, directors of the Company and certain consultants and advisors to the Company or any of its subsidiaries. The vesting of awards under the Performance Incentive Plan is determined at the date of grant. Each award expires on a date determined at the date of grant; however, the maximum term of options and stock appreciation rights under the 2004 Performance Incentive Plan is ten years after the grant date of the award. RSUs granted under the 2004 Performance Incentive Plan typically vest over periods ranging from one to five years from the date of grant.

As of July 1, 2011, the maximum number of shares of the Company’s common stock that was authorized for award grants under the 2004 Performance Incentive Plan was 37.2 million shares. Any shares subject to awards under the Prior Stock Plans that are canceled, forfeited or otherwise terminate without having vested or been exercised, as applicable, will become available for other award grants under the 2004 Performance Incentive Plan. Shares issued in respect of stock options and stock appreciation rights granted under the 2004 Performance Incentive Plan count against the plan’s share limit on a one-for-one basis, whereas shares issued in respect of any other type of award granted under the plan count against the plan’s share limit as 1.35 shares for every one share actually issued in connection with such award. The 2004 Performance Incentive Plan will terminate on September 20, 2014 unless terminated earlier by the Company’s Board of Directors.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The Company maintains an ESPP. Under the ESPP, eligible employees may authorize payroll deductions of up to 10% of their eligible compensation during prescribed offering periods to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at 95% of the fair market value of common stock on either the first day of that offering period or on the applicable exercise date, whichever is less. A participant may participate in only one offering period at a time, and a new offering period generally begins each June 1st and December 1st. Each offering period is generally 24 months and consists of four exercise dates (each, generally six months following the start of the offering period or the preceding exercise date, as the case may be). If the fair market value of the Company’s common stock is less on a given exercise date than on the date of grant, employee participation in that offering period ends and participants are automatically re-enrolled in the next new offering period.

Stock-based Compensation Expense

The Company recognized in expense $37 million, $37 million and $24 million for stock-based compensation related to the vesting of options granted by the Company under the Stock Plans and the ESPP in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. As of July 1, 2011, total compensation cost related to unvested stock options granted under the Stock Plans and ESPP rights issued to employees but not yet recognized was $60 million and will be amortized on a straight-line basis over a weighted average service period of approximately 2.2 years.

The Company recognized in expense $32 million, $23 million and $23 million related to restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards granted under the Stock Plans that vested during 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. As of July 1, 2011, the aggregate unamortized fair value of all unvested restricted stock unit awards granted under the Stock Plans was $41 million, which will be recognized on a straight-line basis over a weighted average vesting period of approximately 1.3 years.

Stock Option Activity

The following table summarizes stock option activity under the Stock Plans over the last three fiscal years (in millions, except per share amounts and remaining contractual lives):

						Weighted Average
				Weighted Average		Remaining		Aggregate
	Number			Exercise Price		Contractual Life		Intrinsic
	of Shares			Per Share		(in years)		Value
Options outstanding at June 27, 2008		8.0		$	14.92
Granted		4.2			20.02
Exercised		(0.6	)		9.59
Canceled or expired		(0.3	)		20.10
Options outstanding at July 3, 2009		11.3		$	17.00
Granted		1.4			36.06
Exercised		(3.1	)		14.67
Canceled or expired		(0.2	)		22.78
Options outstanding at July 2, 2010		9.4		$	20.61
Granted		2.5			26.59
Exercised		(1.4	)		16.83
Canceled or expired		(0.3	)		26.21
Options outstanding at July 1, 2011		10.2		$	22.49		4.6	$	145
Exercisable at July 1, 2011		5.5		$	19.36		3.8	$	95
Vested and expected to vest after July 1, 2011		10.1		$	22.43		4.5	$	144

If an option has an exercise price that is less than the quoted price of the Company’s common stock at the particular time, the aggregate intrinsic value of that option at that time is calculated based on the difference between the exercise price of the options and the quoted price of the Company’s common stock at that time. As of July 1, 2011, the Company had options outstanding to purchase an aggregate of 10.1 million shares with an exercise price below the quoted price of the Company’s stock on that date resulting in an aggregate intrinsic value of $145 million at that date. During 2011, 2010 and 2009, the aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised under the Stock Plans was $25 million, $72 million and $8 million, respectively, determined as of the date of exercise.

The following table summarizes information about options outstanding and exercisable under the Stock Plans as of July 1, 2011 (in millions, except per share amounts):

		Options Outstanding						Options Exercisable
				Weighted Average
				Remaining
Range of		Number		Contractual Life		Weighted Average		Number		Weighted Average
Exercise Prices		of Shares		(in years)		Exercise Price		of Shares		Exercise Price
$	2.10 – $13.76		1.6		2.5	$	8.98		1.6	$	8.97
$	13.95 – $20.55		2.2		4.6		17.59		1.4		18.11
$	21.29 – $25.95		2.3		4.2		23.89		1.6		23.70
$	26.17 – $26.17		2.2		6.2		26.17		—		26.17
$	27.64 – $40.66		1.9		4.9		33.91		0.9		32.85
			10.2		4.6	$	22.49		5.5	$	19.36

Fair Value Disclosure — Binomial Model

The fair value of stock options granted is estimated using a binomial option-pricing model. The binomial model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions including the expected stock price volatility, the expected price multiple at which employees are likely to exercise stock options and the expected employee termination rate. The Company uses historical data to estimate option exercise, employee termination, and expected stock price volatility within the binomial model. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The fair value of stock options granted during the three years ended July 1, 2011 was estimated using the following weighted average assumptions:

	2011	2010	2009
Suboptimal exercise factor	1.81	1.73	1.73
Range of risk-free interest rates	0.20% to 2.90%	0.31% to 3.40%	0.38% to 3.44%
Range of expected stock price volatility	0.39 to 0.59	0.40 to 0.72	0.43 to 0.77
Weighted average expected volatility	0.52	0.57	0.55
Post-vesting termination rate	2.44%	3.57%	4.02%
Dividend yield	—	—	—
Fair value	$11.42	$17.09	$9.05

The weighted average expected term of the Company’s stock options granted during 2011, 2010 and 2009 was 4.7 years, 4.6 years and 4.9 years, respectively.

Fair Value Disclosure — Black-Scholes-Merton Model

The fair value of ESPP purchase rights issued is estimated at the date of grant of the purchase rights using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. The Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. The Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions such as the expected stock price volatility and the expected period until options are exercised. Purchase rights under the current ESPP provisions are granted on either June 1 or December 1 of each year.

The fair values of all ESPP purchase rights granted on or prior to July 1, 2011 have been estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

	ESPP
	2011			2010			2009
Option life (in years)		1.25			1.24			1.30
Risk-free interest rate		0.44	%		0.57	%		0.65	%
Stock price volatility		0.44			0.53			0.63
Dividend yield		—			—			—
Fair value	$	8.36		$	10.02		$	3.61

RSU Activity

The following table summarizes RSU activity (in millions, except weighted average grant date fair value):

				Weighted Average
	Number			Grant Date
	of Shares			Fair Value
RSUs outstanding at June 27, 2008		2.8		$	21.75
Granted		0.9			22.84
Vested		(0.5	)		23.18
Canceled or expired		(0.1	)		22.62
RSUs outstanding at July 3, 2009		3.1		$	21.80
Granted		1.2			38.42
Vested		(1.1	)		20.60
Canceled or expired		(0.1	)		27.84
RSUs outstanding at July 2, 2010		3.1		$	28.43
Granted		1.0			26.75
Vested		(0.8	)		24.03
Canceled or expired		(0.2	)		32.41
RSUs outstanding at July 1, 2011		3.1		$	28.85
Expected to vest after July 1, 2011		2.9		$	28.82

The fair value of each RSU is the market price of our stock on the date of grant. The aggregate value of RSUs that became fully-vested during 2011 and 2010 was $23 million and $43 million, respectively, determined as of the vest date. RSUs are generally payable in an equal number of shares of the Company’s common stock at the time of vesting of the units. The grant-date fair value of the shares underlying the restricted stock awards at the date of grant was $26 million, $45 million and $19 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. These amounts are being recognized to expense over the corresponding vesting periods. For purposes of valuing these awards, the Company has assumed a forfeiture rate of 1.82%, 1.55%, and 0.0% during 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively, based on a historical analysis indicating forfeitures for these types of awards.

Stock Repurchase Program

The Company’s Board of Directors previously authorized the repurchase of $750 million of common stock in open market transactions under a stock repurchase program through March 31, 2013. Since the inception of this program in 2005, through July 1, 2011, the Company has repurchased 20 million shares of its common stock for a total cost of $334 million. The Company repurchased 1.8 million shares for a total cost of $50 million during 2011. The Company may continue to repurchase stock as the Company deems appropriate and market conditions allow. The Company expects stock repurchases to be funded principally by operating cash flows.

Stock Purchase Rights

On April 6, 2001, the Company adopted a plan to protect shareholders’ rights in the event of a proposed takeover of the Company (the “2001 Rights Plan”). The 2001 Rights Plan expired on April 6, 2011. During the term of the 2001 Rights Plan, each share of the Company’s outstanding common stock carried one Right to Purchase Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock (the “Right”). The Right enabled the holder, under certain circumstances, to purchase Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock of Western Digital at an exercise price of $50.00 per share ten days after a person or group publicly announced it had acquired or had tendered an offer for 15%, or more, of the Company’s outstanding common stock. The Rights were redeemable by the Company at $0.001 per Right.

Stock Reserved for Issuance

The following table summarizes all shares of common stock reserved for issuance at July 1, 2011 (in millions):

	Number
	of Shares
Maximum shares issuable in connection with:
Outstanding awards and shares available for award grants		25.4
ESPP		3.5
Total		28.9

XML



Restructuring and Sale of Facility

12 Months Ended

Jul. 01, 2011

Restructuring and Sale of Facility [Abstract]

Restructuring and Sale of Facility

Note 13.   Restructuring and Sale of Facility

During 2009, the Company announced and completed a restructuring plan to realign its cost structure as a result of a softer demand environment. This resulted in the closure of one of the Company’s hard drive manufacturing facilities in Thailand, the disposal of its substrate manufacturing facility in Sarawak, Malaysia, and headcount reductions throughout the world of approximately 3,300 people. Restructuring costs totaled $112 million and consisted of $81 million of asset impairment charges, $27 million of employee termination benefits and $4 million of contract termination and other exit costs. Total cash expenditures related to the restructuring activities were $31 million. The asset impairment charge of $81 million consisted of $76 million primarily related to the land, buildings, machinery and equipment at the manufacturing facilities in Thailand and Malaysia and $5 million related to a customer relationship intangible asset acquired from Komag. The impairment charge is based on the excess of the carrying values over the estimated fair values of the assets. The fair values of the land, buildings, and equipment were estimated using the market approach. The intangible asset was valued using the income approach.

During the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company sold its substrate manufacturing facility, and related assets, in Sarawak, Malaysia for net proceeds of $29 million, resulting in a gain of $18 million. The closure and disposal of the Company’s manufacturing facilities was to realign its manufacturing capacity with the Company’s expectations regarding demand at that time. Total restructuring charges of $112 million, partially offset by the $18 million gain on sale of assets, is included in restructuring and other, net within operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

XML



Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Jul. 01, 2011

Income Taxes [Abstract]

Income Taxes

Note 9.  Income Taxes

Pre-tax Income

The domestic and foreign components of income before income taxes were as follows for the three years ended July 1, 2011 (in millions):

	2011		2010		2009
Foreign	$	660	$	1,418	$	459
Domestic		120		102		42
Income before income taxes	$	780	$	1,520	$	501

Income Tax Provision

The components of the provision for income taxes were as follows for the three years ended July 1, 2011 (in millions):

	2011			2010			2009
Current:
Foreign	$	12		$	9		$	13
Domestic-federal		21			101			(7	)
Domestic-state		1			1			1
Deferred:
Domestic-federal		30			37			24
Domestic-state		(10	)		(10	)		—
Income tax provision	$	54		$	138		$	31

Remaining net undistributed earnings from foreign subsidiaries at July 1, 2011 on which no U.S. tax has been provided amounted to $4.7 billion. The net undistributed earnings are intended to finance local operating requirements and capital investments. Accordingly, an additional U.S. tax provision has not been made on these earnings. The tax liability for these earnings would be $1.6 billion if the Company repatriated the $4.7 billion in undistributed earnings from the foreign subsidiaries.

Deferred Taxes

Temporary differences and carryforwards, which give rise to a significant portion of deferred tax assets and liabilities as of July 1, 2011 and July 2, 2010 were as follows (in millions):

	2011			2010
Deferred tax assets:
Sales related reserves and accrued expenses not currently deductible	$	51		$	50
Accrued compensation and benefits not currently deductible		69			44
Domestic net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforward		49			52
Business credit carryforward		145			137
Other		53			47
Total deferred tax assets		367			330
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation		(116	)		(58	)
Other		(10	)		(11	)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(126	)		(69	)
Deferred tax assets, net	$	241		$	261

	2011			2010
Deferred tax assets:
Current portion (included in other current assets)	$	108		$	81
Non-current portion (included in other non-current assets)		259			249
Total deferred tax assets		367			330
Deferred tax liabilities:
Current portion (included in other current assets)		(2	)		(2	)
Non-current portion (included in other non-current assets)		(124	)		(67	)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(126	)		(69	)
Deferred tax assets, net	$	241		$	261

In addition to the deferred tax assets presented above, the Company had additional NOL benefits related to stock-based compensation deductions of $110 million and $93 million at July 1, 2011 and July 2, 2010, respectively. The increase in NOL benefits relates to the current year stock based compensation deductions which will result in a future benefit of $17 million. This $17 million will be recorded as a credit to shareholders’ equity when an incremental benefit is recognized after considering all other tax attributes available to the Company.

Effective Tax Rate

Reconciliation of the U.S. Federal statutory rate to the Company’s effective tax rate is as follows for the three years ended July 1, 2011:

	2011			2010			2009
U.S. Federal statutory rate		35	%		35	%		35	%
Tax rate differential on international income		(26	)		(26	)		(30	)
Tax effect of U.S. permanent differences		3			1			6
State income tax, net of federal tax		(1	)		—			1
Income tax credits		(4	)		(1	)		(8	)
Other		—			—			2
Effective tax rate		7	%		9	%		6	%

Tax Holidays and Carryforwards

A substantial portion of the Company’s manufacturing operations in Malaysia, Singapore and Thailand operate under various tax holidays and tax incentive programs which will expire in whole or in part at various dates through 2023. Certain of the holidays may be extended if specific conditions are met. The net impact of these tax holidays and tax incentives was to increase the Company’s net earnings by $362 million ($1.54 per diluted share), $560 million ($2.40 per diluted share), and $241 million ($1.07 per diluted share) in 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

As of July 1, 2011, the Company had federal and state NOL carryforwards of $185 million and $52 million, respectively. In addition, as of July 1, 2011, the Company had various federal and state tax credit carryforwards of $251 million combined. The NOL carryforwards available to offset future federal and state taxable income expire at various dates from 2021 to 2030 and 2015 to 2020, respectively. Approximately $140 million of the credit carryforwards available to offset future taxable income expire at various dates from 2012 to 2030. The remaining amount is available indefinitely. NOLs and credits relating to Komag, Incorporated (“Komag”), which was acquired by the Company on September 5, 2007, are subject to limitations under Section 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code. The Company does not expect these limitations to result in a reduction in the total amount of NOLs and credits ultimately realized.

Uncertain Tax Positions

The Company recognizes liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on a two-step process. First, the tax position is evaluated for recognition by determining if it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. If the tax position is deemed more-likely-than-not to be sustained, the tax position is then assessed to determine the amount of benefit to be recognized in the financial statements. The amount of the benefit that may be recognized is the largest amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. With the exception of certain unrecognized tax benefits that are directly associated with the tax position taken, unrecognized tax benefits are presented gross in the Company’s balance sheet. Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are recognized on liabilities recorded for uncertain tax positions and are recorded in the provision for income taxes. As of July 1, 2011, such interest and penalties were not material.

As of July 1, 2011, the Company had $245 million of unrecognized tax benefits.

The following is a tabular reconciliation of the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits for the year ended July 1, 2011 (in millions):

Unrecognized tax benefit at July 2, 2010	$	230
Gross increases related to prior year tax positions		5
Gross decreases related to prior year tax positions		(11	)
Gross increases related to current year tax positions		24
Settlements/lapse of statute of limitations		(3	)
Unrecognized tax benefit at July 1, 2011	$	245

The entire balance of unrecognized tax benefits at July 1, 2011, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.

The Company files U.S. Federal, U.S. state, and foreign tax returns. For both federal and state tax returns, with few exceptions, the Company is subject to examination for fiscal years 2008 through 2011. In foreign jurisdictions, with few exceptions, the Company is subject to examination for all years subsequent to fiscal 2006. The Company is no longer subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) for periods prior to 2006, although carry forwards generated prior to those periods may still be adjusted upon examination by the IRS or state taxing authority if they either have been or will be used in a subsequent period.

The IRS is currently examining fiscal years 2006 and 2007 for the Company and calendar years 2005 and 2006 for Komag. The IRS has completed its field work and proposed certain adjustments. Certain issues have been agreed upon by the Company and the IRS and certain issues remain unresolved. The Company has received Revenue Agent Reports (“RARs”) for the agreed issues. The Company has also received RARs from the IRS for the unresolved issues which seek adjustments to income before income taxes of $970 million for the Company and $380 million for Komag. The issues in dispute relate primarily to transfer pricing and certain other intercompany transactions. The Company disagrees with the proposed adjustments. In May 2011, the Company filed a protest with the IRS Appeals Office regarding the proposed adjustments. The Company is continuing discussions with the IRS to resolve the Komag issues.

The Company believes that adequate provision has been made for any adjustments that may result from tax examinations. However, the outcome of tax audits cannot be predicted with certainty. If any issues addressed in the Company’s tax audits are resolved in a manner not consistent with management’s expectations, the Company could be required to adjust its provision for income taxes in the period such resolution occurs. As of July 1, 2011, it is not possible to estimate the amount of change, if any, in the unrecognized tax benefits that is reasonably possible within the next twelve months. Any significant change in the amount of the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits would most likely result from additional information or settlements relating to the examination of the Company’s uncertain tax positions.

XML



Foreign Exchange Contracts (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jul. 01, 2011

Foreign Exchange Contracts [Abstract]

Fair value and balance sheet location

Asset Derivatives

Liability Derivatives

2011

2010

2011

2010

Derivatives Designated as

Balance Sheet

Balance Sheet

Balance Sheet

Balance Sheet

Hedging Instruments

Location

Fair Value

Location

Fair Value

Location

Fair Value

Location

Fair Value

Foreign exchange contracts

—

—

Other current assets

$

17

Accrued expenses

$

5

—

—

Gains (Losses) of Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships

	Amount of Gain (Loss)						Amount of Gain (Loss)
	Recognized in				Location of Gain (Loss)		Reclassified from
	Accumulated OCI				Reclassified from		Accumulated OCI into
Derivatives in Cash	on Derivatives				Accumulated		Income
Flow Hedging Relationships	2011		2010		OCI into Income		2011		2010
Foreign exchange contracts	$	77	$	64		Cost of revenue	$	93	$	55

XML



Western Digital Corporation 401(k) Plan

12 Months Ended

Jul. 01, 2011

Western Digital Corporation 401(k) Plan [Abstract]

Western Digital Corporation 401(k) Plan

Note 7.  Western Digital Corporation 401(k) Plan

The Company has adopted the Western Digital Corporation 401(k) Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan covers substantially all domestic employees, subject to certain eligibility requirements. The Company makes a basic matching contribution on behalf of each participating eligible employee equal to fifty percent (50%) of the eligible participant’s pre-tax contributions for the contribution cycle not to exceed 5% of the eligible participant’s compensation; provided, however, that each eligible participant shall receive a minimum annual basic matching contribution equal to fifty percent (50%) of the first $4,000 of pre-tax contributions for any calendar year. Company contributions vest over a 5-year period of employment. For 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company made Plan contributions of $9 million, $9 million, and $7 million, respectively.

XML



Income Taxes (Details Textuals) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jul. 01, 2011	Jul. 02, 2010	Jul. 03, 2009
Income Taxes (Textuals) [Abstract]
Net undistributed earnings from foreign subsidiaries	$ 4,700,000,000
Tax liability for undistributed earnings	1,600,000,000
Net operating loss benefits related to stock based compensation deductions	110,000,000	93,000,000
Net Operating loss benefits relates to current year stock based compensation deductions result of future benefit	17,000,000
Tax holidays and incentives increase net earnings	362,000,000	560,000,000	241,000,000
Tax holidays and incentives increase net earnings, share	$ 1.54	$ 2.4	$ 1.07
Federal Net Operating Loss Carryforward	185,000,000
State net operating loss carryforwards	52,000,000
Federal and state tax credit carryforwards	251,000,000
Credit carryforwards available to offset future taxable income	140,000,000
Expiry date of tax holiday in Malaysia, Singapore and Thailand	Through 2023
Amount of benefit that may be recognized for uncertain tax positions	largest amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement
Unrecognized tax benefits	245,000,000	230,000,000
NOL carryforward available to offset future federal taxable income, Expiration period	From 2021 to 2030
NOL carryforward available to offset future state taxable income, Expiration period	From 2015 to 2020
Western Digital Corporation [Member]
Income Tax Examination [Line Items]
Estimated impact of proposed IRS adjustments on pre-tax income	970,000,000
Komag [Member]
Income Tax Examination [Line Items]
Estimated impact of proposed IRS adjustments on pre-tax income	$ 380,000,000

XML



Consolidated Statements of Shareholder's Equity and Comprehensive Income (USD $) In Millions	Total	Common Stock [Member]	Treasury Stock [Member]	Additional Paid-in Capital [Member]	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Member]	Retained Earnings [Member]	Total Comprehensive Income [Member]
Beginning balance at Jun. 27, 2008	$ 2,696	$ 2	$ (22)	$ 906	$ (12)	$ 1,822
Beginning balance, shares at Jun. 27, 2008		225	(1)
Employee stock plans	25		58	(33)
Employee stock plans, shares			2
Stock based compensation	47			47
Increase (Decrease) in excess tax benefits from employee stock plans	(24)			(24)
Repurchase of common stock	(36)		(36)
Repurchase of common stock, shares			(1.0)
Net income	470					470	470
Unrealized gain/loss on foreign exchange contracts	14				14		14
Ending balance at Jul. 03, 2009	3,192	2	0	896	2	2,292	484
Ending balance, shares at Jul. 03, 2009		225	0
Employee stock plans	62			62
Employee stock plans, shares		6
Stock based compensation	60			60
Increase (Decrease) in excess tax benefits from employee stock plans	4			4
Net income	1,382					1,382	1,382
Unrealized gain/loss on foreign exchange contracts	9				9		9
Ending balance at Jul. 02, 2010	4,709	2	0	1,022	11	3,674	1,391
Ending balance, shares at Jul. 02, 2010		231	0
Employee stock plans	50		50
Employee stock plans, shares		2	2
Stock based compensation	69			69
Repurchase of common stock	(50)		(50)
Repurchase of common stock, shares			(2.0)
Net income	726					726	726
Unrealized gain/loss on foreign exchange contracts	(16)				(16)		(16)
Ending balance at Jul. 01, 2011	$ 5,488	$ 2	$ 0	$ 1,091	$ (5)	$ 4,400	$ 710
Ending balance, shares at Jul. 01, 2011		233	0

XML



Debt

12 Months Ended

Jul. 01, 2011

Debt [Abstract]

Debt

Note 3.  Debt

Long-term debt consisted of the following as of July 1, 2011 and July 2, 2010 (in millions):

	2011			2010
Term loan	$	294		$	400
Less amounts due in one year		(144	)		(106	)
Long-term debt	$	150		$	294

In February 2008, Western Digital Technologies, Inc. (“WDTI”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into a five-year Credit Agreement that provided for a $500 million term loan facility. As of July 1, 2011, the term loan facility had a variable interest rate of 1.44% and a remaining balance of $294 million, which requires principal payments totaling $144 million in 2012 and $150 million in 2013. The term loan facility has a maturity date of February 11, 2013. The term loan facility requires WDTI to comply with a leverage ratio and an interest coverage ratio calculated on a consolidated basis for the Company and its subsidiaries. In addition, the term loan facility contains customary covenants, including covenants that limit or restrict WDTI’s and its subsidiaries’ ability to incur liens, incur indebtedness, make certain restricted payments, merge or consolidate and enter into certain speculative hedging arrangements. As of July 1, 2011, WDTI was in compliance with all covenants.

See Note 14 for additional disclosures related to the Company’s new credit facility to be entered into in connection with the closing of the planned acquisition of Viviti Technologies Ltd., until recently known as Hitachi Global Storage Technologies Pte. Ltd (“HGST”).

XML



Commitments and Contingencies (Details) (USD $) In Millions	12 Months Ended
	Jul. 01, 2011	Jul. 02, 2010	Jul. 03, 2009
Future minimum lease payments under operating leases
2012	$ 18
2013	17
2014	14
2015	11
2016	9
Thereafter	46
Total future minimum payments	115
Changes in accrual warranty
Warranty accrual, beginning of period	170	123	114
Charges to operations	172	183	126
Utilization	(160)	(138)	(111)
Changes in estimate related to pre-existing warranties	(12)	2	(6)
Warranty accrual, end of period	170	170	123
Commitments and Contingencies (Textuals) [Abstract]
Operating leases consist of leased property that expire at various dates	various dates through 2020
Rental Expense	23	22	21
Accrued warranty includes in other liabilities	38	41
2012	636
2013	6
2014	6
2015	5
2016	$ 1

XML



Fair Value Measurements (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jul. 01, 2011

Fair Value Measurements [Abstract]

Financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis

	Fair Value Measurements at
	Reporting Date Using
	Quoted Prices
	in Active		Significant
	Markets for		Other			Significant
	Identical		Observable			Unobservable
	Instruments		Inputs			Inputs
	(Level 1)		(Level 2)			(Level 3)		Total
Assets:
Cash equivalents
Money market funds	$	721	$	—		$	—	$	721
U.S. Treasury securities		—		60			—		60
U.S. Government agency securities		—		78			—		78
Total cash equivalents		721		138			—		859
Auction-rate securities		—		—			15		15
Total assets at fair value	$	721	$	138		$	15	$	874
Liabilities:
Foreign exchange contracts	$	—	$	(5	)	$	—	$	(5	)
Total liabilities at fair value	$	—	$	(5	)	$	—	$	(5	)

	Fair Value Measurements at
	Reporting Date Using
	Quoted Prices
	in Active		Significant
	Markets for		Other		Significant
	Identical		Observable		Unobservable
	Assets		Inputs		Inputs
	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Cash equivalents
Money market funds	$	458	$	—	$	—	$	458
U.S. Treasury securities		—		385		—		385
U.S. Government agency securities		—		370		—		370
Total cash equivalents		458		755		—		1,213
Auction-rate securities		—		—		15		15
Foreign exchange contracts		—		17		—		17
Total assets at fair value	$	458	$	772	$	15	$	1,245

Changes in Level 3 financial assets measured on a recurring basis

	U.S.
	Government
	Agency			Auction-rate
	Securities			Securities			Total
July 3, 2009	$	1		$	18		$	19
Sales		—			(3	)		(3	)
Maturities		(1	)		—			(1	)
July 2, 2010	$	—		$	15		$	15

XML



Other Intangible Assets (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jul. 01, 2011	Jul. 02, 2010	Jul. 03, 2009
Other Intangible Assets
Gross Carrying Amount	$ 133	$ 133
Accumulated Amortization	62	45
Other intangible assets, net	71	88
Other intangible assets (Textuals) [Abstract]
Company acquired intangible asset in Hoya acquisition		11
Amortization expense for intangible assets	17	12	11
Estimated future amortization in, 2012	16
Estimated future amortization in, 2013	13
Estimated future amortization in, 2014	13
Estimated future amortization in, 2015	12
Estimated future amortization in, 2016	9
Existing technology [Member]
Other Intangible Assets
Weighted Average Amortization Period	9	9
Gross Carrying Amount	127	127
Accumulated Amortization	59	45
Other intangible assets, net	68	82
Supply agreement [Member]
Other Intangible Assets
Weighted Average Amortization Period	2	2
Gross Carrying Amount	6	6
Accumulated Amortization	3
Other intangible assets, net	$ 3	$ 6

XML



Acquisitions (Details) (USD $) In Millions	Jun. 30, 2010 Magnetic Media Operations [Member]	Mar. 27, 2009 Silicon Systems [Member]
Tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed:
Inventories	$ 35
Property and equipment	185
Accounts payables and other liabilities	(10)
Tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, net		5
Intangible assets	11	24
In-process research and development		14
Goodwill	12	23
Total	$ 233	$ 66

XML



Income Taxes (Details 1) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jul. 01, 2011	Jul. 02, 2010	Jul. 03, 2009
Effective Tax Rate
U.S. Federal statutory rate	35.00%	35.00%	35.00%
Tax rate differential on international income	(26.00%)	(26.00%)	(30.00%)
Tax effect of U.S. permanent differences	3.00%	1.00%	6.00%
State income tax, net of federal tax	(1.00%)		1.00%
Income tax credits	(4.00%)	(1.00%)	(8.00%)
Other			2.00%
Effective tax rate	7.00%	9.00%	6.00%
Uncertain Tax Positions
Unrecognized tax benefit at July 2, 2010	$ 230
Gross increases related to prior year tax positions	5
Gross decreases related to prior year tax positions	(11)
Gross increases related to current year tax positions	24
Settlements/lapse of statute of limitations	(3)
Unrecognized tax benefit at July 1, 2011	$ 245	$ 230

XML



Schedule II - Consolidated Valuation And Qualifying Accounts (Details) (Allowance for Doubtful Accounts [Member], USD $) In Millions	12 Months Ended
	Jul. 01, 2011	Jul. 02, 2010	Jul. 03, 2009
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts [Member]
CONSOLIDATED VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
Beginning Balance	$ 6	$ 14	$ 8
Additions charged to operations	0		9
Recoveries credited to operations		(6)
Deductions	(1)	(2)	(3)
Ending Balance	$ 5	$ 6	$ 14

XML



Commitments and Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Jul. 01, 2011

Commitments, Contingencies and Legal Proceedings [Abstract]

Commitments and Contingencies

Note 4.  Commitments and Contingencies

Lease Commitments

The Company leases certain facilities and equipment under long-term, non-cancelable operating leases. The Company’s operating leases consist of leased property and expire at various dates through 2020. Rental expense under these operating leases, including month-to-month rentals, was $23 million, $22 million and $21 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Future minimum lease payments under operating leases that have initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year at July 1, 2011 are as follows (in millions):

2012	$	18
2013		17
2014		14
2015		11
2016		9
Thereafter		46
Total future minimum payments	$	115

Product Warranty Liability

Changes in the warranty accrual for 2011, 2010 and 2009 were as follows (in millions):

	2011			2010			2009
Warranty accrual, beginning of period	$	170		$	123		$	114
Charges to operations		172			183			126
Utilization		(160	)		(138	)		(111	)
Changes in estimate related to pre-existing warranties		(12	)		2			(6	)
Warranty accrual, end of period	$	170		$	170		$	123

Accrued warranty also includes amounts classified in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets of $38 million at July 1, 2011 and $41 million at July 2, 2010.

Long-term Purchase Agreements

The Company has entered into long-term purchase agreements with various component suppliers. The commitments depend on specific products ordered and may be subject to minimum quality requirements and future price negotiations. The Company expects these commitments to total $636 million for 2012, $6 million for 2013 and 2014, $5 million for 2015, and $1 million for 2016.

XML



Western Digital Corporation 401(k) Plan (Details) (USD $) In Millions	12 Months Ended
	Jul. 01, 2011	Jul. 02, 2010	Jul. 03, 2009
Western Digital Corporation 401(k) Plan (Textuals) [Abstract]
Terms of employer contribution	The Company makes a basic matching contribution on behalf of each participating eligible employee equal to fifty percent (50%) of the eligible participant’s pre-tax contributions for the contribution cycle not to exceed 5% of the eligible participant’s compensation; provided, however, that each eligible participant shall receive a minimum annual basic matching contribution equal to fifty percent (50%) of the first $4,000 of pre-tax contributions for any calendar year
Company contributions vest period	5 years
Company contributions	$ 9	$ 9	$ 7

XML



Business Segment, Geographic Information and Major Customers (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jul. 01, 2011

Business Segment Geographic Information and Major Customers [Abstract]

Summarize table of operations by geographic area

	2011		2010		2009
Net revenue(1):
United States	$	1,589	$	1,889	$	1,492
Asia		5,434		5,239		3,639
Europe, Middle East and Africa		2,196		2,260		2,008
Other		307		462		314
Total	$	9,526	$	9,850	$	7,453
Long-lived assets:
United States	$	1,285	$	1,173	$	1,043
Asia		1,345		1,379		954
Europe, Middle East and Africa		1		56		64
Total	$	2,631	$	2,608	$	2,061

(1) Net revenue is attributed to geographic regions based on the ship to location of the customer.

XML



Quarterly Results of Operations (unaudited) (Details) (USD $) In Millions, except Per Share data	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Jul. 01, 2011	Apr. 01, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Oct. 01, 2010	Jul. 02, 2010	Apr. 02, 2010	Jan. 01, 2010	Oct. 02, 2009	Jul. 01, 2011	Jul. 02, 2010	Jul. 03, 2009
Quarterly Results of Operations (unaudited) [Abstract]
Revenue, net	$ 2,403	$ 2,252	$ 2,475	$ 2,396	$ 2,382	$ 2,641	$ 2,619	$ 2,208	$ 9,526	$ 9,850	$ 7,453
Gross margin	469	410	475	437	535	665	687	514	1,791	2,401	1,337
Operating income	172	158	240	211	293	441	473	319	781	1,525	519
Net income	$ 158	$ 146	$ 225	$ 197	$ 265	$ 400	$ 429	$ 288	$ 726	$ 1,382	$ 470
Basic income per common share	$ 0.68	$ 0.63	$ 0.98	$ 0.86	$ 1.15	$ 1.75	$ 1.89	$ 1.28	$ 3.14	$ 6.06	$ 2.12
Diluted income per common share	$ 0.67	$ 0.62	$ 0.96	$ 0.84	$ 1.13	$ 1.71	$ 1.85	$ 1.25	$ 3.09	$ 5.93	$ 2.08

XML



Other Intangible Assets (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jul. 01, 2011

Other Intangible Assets [Abstract]

Other Intangible Assets

	Weighted Average		Gross Carrying		Accumulated		Net Carrying
	Amortization Period		Amount		Amortization		Amount
	(in years)		(in millions)		(in millions)		(in millions)
Existing technology		9	$	127	$	59	$	68
Supply agreement		2		6		3		3
Total			$	133	$	62	$	71

	Weighted Average		Gross Carrying		Accumulated		Net Carrying
	Amortization Period		Amount		Amortization		Amount
	(in years)		(in millions)		(in millions)		(in millions)
Existing technology		9	$	127	$	45	$	82
Supply agreement		2		6		—		6
Total			$	133	$	45	$	88

XML



Business Segment, Geographic Information and Major Customers (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Jul. 01, 2011	Apr. 01, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Oct. 01, 2010	Jul. 02, 2010	Apr. 02, 2010	Jan. 01, 2010	Oct. 02, 2009	Jul. 01, 2011	Jul. 02, 2010	Jul. 03, 2009
Net revenue:
Revenue, net (U.S)									$ 1,589	$ 1,889	$ 1,492
Revenue, net	2,403	2,252	2,475	2,396	2,382	2,641	2,619	2,208	9,526	9,850	7,453
Long-lived assets:
Long-lived assets (U.S)	1,285				1,173				1,285	1,173	1,043
Long-lived assets	2,631				2,608				2,631	2,608	2,061
Business Segment Geographic Information and Major Customers (Textuals) [Abstract]
Maximum contribution of customer in company's net revenue									10%, or more	10%, or more
Contribution of dell in company's net revenue											10.00%
Asia [Member]
Net revenue:
Revenue, net									5,434	5,239	3,639
Long-lived assets:
Long-lived assets	1,345				1,379				1,345	1,379	954
Europe, Middle East and Africa [Member]
Net revenue:
Revenue, net									2,196	2,260	2,008
Long-lived assets:
Long-lived assets	1				56				1	56	64
Others [Member]
Net revenue:
Revenue, net									$ 307	$ 462	$ 314

XML



Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jul. 01, 2011

Income Taxes [Abstract]

Domestic and foreign components of income before income taxes

	2011		2010		2009
Foreign	$	660	$	1,418	$	459
Domestic		120		102		42
Income before income taxes	$	780	$	1,520	$	501

Components of the provision for income taxes

	2011			2010			2009
Current:
Foreign	$	12		$	9		$	13
Domestic-federal		21			101			(7	)
Domestic-state		1			1			1
Deferred:
Domestic-federal		30			37			24
Domestic-state		(10	)		(10	)		—
Income tax provision	$	54		$	138		$	31

Deferred tax assets and liabilities

	2011			2010
Deferred tax assets:
Sales related reserves and accrued expenses not currently deductible	$	51		$	50
Accrued compensation and benefits not currently deductible		69			44
Domestic net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforward		49			52
Business credit carryforward		145			137
Other		53			47
Total deferred tax assets		367			330
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation		(116	)		(58	)
Other		(10	)		(11	)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(126	)		(69	)
Deferred tax assets, net	$	241		$	261

	2011			2010
Deferred tax assets:
Current portion (included in other current assets)	$	108		$	81
Non-current portion (included in other non-current assets)		259			249
Total deferred tax assets		367			330
Deferred tax liabilities:
Current portion (included in other current assets)		(2	)		(2	)
Non-current portion (included in other non-current assets)		(124	)		(67	)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(126	)		(69	)
Deferred tax assets, net	$	241		$	261

U.S. Federal statutory rate to the Company's effective tax rate

	2011			2010			2009
U.S. Federal statutory rate		35	%		35	%		35	%
Tax rate differential on international income		(26	)		(26	)		(30	)
Tax effect of U.S. permanent differences		3			1			6
State income tax, net of federal tax		(1	)		—			1
Income tax credits		(4	)		(1	)		(8	)
Other		—			—			2
Effective tax rate		7	%		9	%		6	%

Total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits

Unrecognized tax benefit at July 2, 2010	$	230
Gross increases related to prior year tax positions		5
Gross decreases related to prior year tax positions		(11	)
Gross increases related to current year tax positions		24
Settlements/lapse of statute of limitations		(3	)
Unrecognized tax benefit at July 1, 2011	$	245

XML



Other Intangible Assets

12 Months Ended

Jul. 01, 2011

Other Intangible Assets [Abstract]

Other Intangible Assets

Note 12.  Other Intangible Assets

Other intangible assets consist primarily of technology acquired in business combinations and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the respective estimated useful lives of the assets. Intangible assets as of July 1, 2011 were as follows:

	Weighted Average		Gross Carrying		Accumulated		Net Carrying
	Amortization Period		Amount		Amortization		Amount
	(in years)		(in millions)		(in millions)		(in millions)
Existing technology		9	$	127	$	59	$	68
Supply agreement		2		6		3		3
Total			$	133	$	62	$	71

In 2010, the Company acquired $11 million of intangibles as a result of the Hoya acquisition, primarily related to a glass substrate supply agreement and existing technology. Intangible assets as of July 2, 2010 were as follows:

	Weighted Average		Gross Carrying		Accumulated		Net Carrying
	Amortization Period		Amount		Amortization		Amount
	(in years)		(in millions)		(in millions)		(in millions)
Existing technology		9	$	127	$	45	$	82
Supply agreement		2		6		—		6
Total			$	133	$	45	$	88

Amortization expense for intangible assets was $17 million, $12 million and $11 million for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. As of July 1, 2011, estimated future amortization expense for intangible assets is $16 million for 2012, $13 million for 2013 and 2014, $12 million for 2015, and $9 million for 2016.

XML



Foreign Exchange Contracts (Details 1) (Cash Flow Hedging [Member], USD $) In Millions	12 Months Ended
	Jul. 01, 2011	Jul. 02, 2010
Foreign Exchange Contract [Member]
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income, Net [Abstract]
Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized in accumulated OCI on Derivatives	$ 77	$ 64
Cost of revenue [Member]
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income, Net [Abstract]
Amount of Gain (Loss) Reclassified from accumulated OCI into Income	$ 93	$ 55

XML



Acquisitions (Details Textuals) (USD $) Share data in Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended			12 Months Ended				3 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Jul. 01, 2011	Jul. 01, 2011 Magnetic Media Operations [Member]	Jun. 30, 2010 Magnetic Media Operations [Member]	Jul. 01, 2011 Silicon Systems [Member]	Mar. 27, 2009 Silicon Systems [Member]	Jul. 01, 2011 Semiconductor Wafer Fabrication Facility [Member]	May 25, 2010 Semiconductor Wafer Fabrication Facility [Member]	Jul. 01, 2011 Hitachi Global Storage Technologies [Member]	Apr. 01, 2011 Hitachi Global Storage Technologies [Member]	Jul. 01, 2011 Hitachi Global Storage Technologies [Member]	Mar. 07, 2011 Hitachi Global Storage Technologies [Member]
Acquisitions (Textuals) [Abstract]
Purchase price of planned acquisition							$ 35,000,000				$ 4,300,000,000
Company newly issued common stock											25
Fees to be paid to other party if acquisition does not close by a specified date											250,000,000
Expenses related to planned Acquisitions of HGST	17,000,000
Total Senior Credit Facility, Related to Acquisition											3,000,000,000
Total Senior Revolving Facility, Related to Acquisition											500,000,000
Total Senior Term Loan Facility, Related to Acquisition											2,500,000,000
Committed Total Credit Facility, Related to Acquisition											2,500,000,000
Committed Revolving Credit Facility, Related to Acquisition											500,000,000
Committed Term loan Facility, Related to Acquisition											2,000,000,000
Debt commitment fee per annum as percentage of unfunded amount committed to be borrowed under the senior facility											35.00%
Debt commitment fee										2,000,000
Total acquisition cost			233,000,000		66,000,000
Intangible assets			11,000,000		24,000,000
Amortized to cost of revenue over the weighted average useful life		3		6
Other direct acquisition costs					1,000,000
Cash paid to shareholders					65,000,000
Land and building							20,000,000
Equipment						15,000,000
In-process research and development					14,000,000
Business Combination, Acquisition Related Costs								$ 7,000,000	$ 10,000,000

XML



Legal Proceedings

12 Months Ended

Jul. 01, 2011

Commitments, Contingencies and Legal Proceedings [Abstract]

Legal Proceedings

Note 5.   Legal Proceedings

When the Company becomes aware of a claim or potential claim, the Company assesses the likelihood of any loss or exposure. The Company discloses information regarding each material claim where the likelihood of a loss contingency is probable or reasonably possible. If a loss contingency is probable and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated, the Company records an accrual for the loss. In such cases, there may be an exposure to potential loss in excess of the amount accrued. Where a loss is not probable but is reasonably possible and where a loss in excess of the amount accrued is reasonably possible, the Company discloses an estimate of the amount of the loss or range of possible losses for the claim if a reasonable estimate can be made, unless the amount of such reasonably possible losses is not material to the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. For the matters described below, the Company has either recorded an accrual for losses that are probable and reasonably estimable or has determined that, while a loss is reasonably possible, a reasonable estimate of the amount of loss or range of possible losses with respect to the claim, including the amount of loss in excess of the amount accrued, cannot be made. The ability to predict the ultimate outcome of such matters involves judgments, estimates and inherent uncertainties. The actual outcome of such matters could differ materially from management’s estimates.

Intellectual Property Litigation

On June 20, 2008, plaintiff Convolve, Inc. (“Convolve”) filed a complaint in the Eastern District of Texas against the Company and two other companies alleging infringement of U.S. Patent Nos. 6,314,473 and 4,916,635. The complaint sought unspecified monetary damages and injunctive relief. On October 10, 2008, Convolve amended its complaint to allege infringement of only the ‘473 patent. The ‘473 patent allegedly relates to interface technology to select between certain modes of a disk drive’s operations relating to speed and noise. A trial in the matter began on July 18, 2011 and concluded on July 26, 2011 with a verdict against the Company in an amount that is not material to the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. The Company is evaluating its post-trial and appellate options.

On July 15, 2009, plaintiffs Carl B. Collins and Farzin Davanloo filed a complaint in the Eastern District of Texas against the Company and ten other companies alleging infringement of U.S. Patent Nos. 5,411,797 and 5,478,650. Plaintiffs are seeking injunctive relief and unspecified monetary damages, fees and costs. The asserted patents allegedly relate to nanophase diamond films. The Company intends to defend itself vigorously in this matter.

On December 7, 2009, plaintiff Nazomi Communications filed a complaint in the Eastern District of Texas against the Company and seven other companies alleging infringement of U.S. Patent Nos. 7,080,362 and 7,225,436. Plaintiffs dismissed the Eastern District of Texas suit after filing a similar complaint in the Central District of California on February 8, 2010. The case was subsequently transferred to the Northern District of California on October 14, 2010. Plaintiffs are seeking injunctive relief and unspecified monetary damages, fees and costs. The asserted patents allegedly relate to processor cores capable of Java hardware acceleration. The Company intends to defend itself vigorously in this matter.

On January 5, 2010, plaintiff Enova Technology Corporation filed a complaint in the District of Delaware against the Company and Initio Corporation alleging infringement of U.S. Patent Nos. 7,136,995 and 7,386,734. Plaintiff is seeking injunctive relief and unspecified monetary damages, fees and costs. The asserted patents allegedly relate to real time full disk encryption application specific integrated circuits, or ASICs. The Company intends to defend itself vigorously in this matter.

On November 10, 2010, plaintiff Rembrandt Data Storage filed a complaint in the Western District of Wisconsin against the Company alleging infringement of U.S. Patent Nos. 5,995,342 and 6,195,232. Plaintiff is seeking injunctive relief and unspecified monetary damages, fees and costs. The asserted patents allegedly relate to specific thin film heads having solenoid coils. The Company intends to defend itself vigorously in this matter.

On August 1, 2011, plaintiff Guzik Technical Enterprises filed a complaint in the Northern District of California against the Company and various of its subsidiaries alleging infringement of U.S. Patent Nos. 6,023,145 and 6,785,085, breach of contract and misappropriation of trade secrets. Plaintiff is seeking injunctive relief and unspecified monetary damages, fees and costs. The asserted patents allegedly relate to devices used to test hard disk drive heads and media. The Company intends to defend itself vigorously in this matter.

On October 4, 2006, plaintiff Seagate Technology LLC (“Seagate”) filed a complaint against the Company and one of its employees formerly employed by Seagate in the Minnesota Fourth Judicial District Court. The complaint alleges claims based on supposed misappropriation of trade secrets and seeks injunctive relief and unspecified monetary damages, fees and costs. On June 19, 2007, the Company’s employee filed a demand for arbitration with the American Arbitration Association. A motion to stay the litigation as against all defendants and to compel arbitration of all Seagate’s claims was granted on September 19, 2007. On September 23, 2010, Seagate filed a motion to amend its claims and add allegations based on the supposed misappropriation of additional confidential information, and the arbitrator granted Seagate’s motion. The arbitration hearing commenced on May 23, 2011 and concluded on July 11, 2011. The parties will be filing post-arbitration briefs in August 2011. The arbitrator is expected to render a decision in the fall of 2011. The Company continues to defend itself vigorously in this matter.

Employment Litigation

On March 20, 2009, plaintiff Ghazala H. Durrani, a former employee of the Company, filed a putative class action complaint in the Alameda County (California) Superior Court. The complaint alleged that certain of the Company’s engineers had been misclassified as exempt employees under California state law and were, therefore, due unspecified amounts for unpaid hourly overtime wages and other amounts, as well as penalties for allegedly missed meal and rest periods. By court order dated April 24, 2009, the case was transferred to the Orange County (California) Superior Court. On or about June 16, 2009, the Company was dismissed from the case without prejudice by stipulation, leaving WDTI as the sole remaining defendant. On or about June 4, 2009, WDTI filed its answer to the complaint, denying the substantive allegations thereof and raising several affirmative defenses. The parties participated in a mediation of the case on June 3, 2010, which led to a proposed settlement of the case. The proposed settlement, which was ultimately approved by the court, resolved the case on a class-wide basis for an immaterial amount that was accrued by the Company in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010. The court granted final approval of the settlement and entered judgment on February 7, 2011. A final accounting hearing took place on July 11, 2011, at which the court confirmed that the settlement amount was fully paid in accordance with the settlement agreement.

On February 26, 2010, and as thereafter amended on August 23, 2010 and December 22, 2010, plaintiff Tariq Sadaat, a former employee of the Company, filed a putative class action complaint in the Orange County (California) Superior Court against the Company, WDTI, Kelly Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Kelly Services”), and certain other unnamed individuals. Plaintiff sought to represent certain hourly employees who were assigned to work at certain of the Company’s facilities by Kelly Services, a temporary staffing agency. In this regard, the complaint alleged that the hourly employees were due unspecified sums for unpaid overtime wages and other amounts, as well as penalties for allegedly missed meal and rest periods. The complaint sought unspecified damages including lost wages, penalties under the California Labor Code and other statutes, compensatory and punitive damages, declaratory relief, injunctive relief, interest, attorneys’ fees and costs. The Company’s response to the complaint was filed and served in January 2011. The parties participated in a mediation of the case, which led to a proposed settlement of Sadaat’s individual claims for an immaterial amount. The Court approved the proposed settlement on July 26, 2011, and dismissed the complaint in its entirety, with prejudice as to Sadaat’s individual claims and without prejudice as to the alleged class claims.

Other Matters

In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to other legal proceedings, lawsuits and other claims. Although the ultimate aggregate amount of probable monetary liability or financial impact with respect to these other matters is subject to many uncertainties and is therefore not predictable with assurance, management believes that any monetary liability or financial impact to the Company from these other matters, individually and in the aggregate, would not be material to the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. However, there can be no assurance with respect to such result, and monetary liability or financial impact to the Company from these other matters could differ materially from those projected.

XML



Quarterly Results of Operations (unaudited)

12 Months Ended

Jul. 01, 2011

Quarterly Results of Operations (unaudited) [Abstract]

Quarterly Results of Operations (unaudited)

Note 15.   Quarterly Results of Operations (unaudited)

2011(1)	First		Second		Third		Fourth
Revenue, net	$	2,396	$	2,475	$	2,252	$	2,403
Gross margin		437		475		410		469
Operating income		211		240		158		172
Net income		197		225		146		158
Basic income per common share	$	0.86	$	0.98	$	0.63	$	0.68
Diluted income per common share	$	0.84	$	0.96	$	0.62	$	0.67
2010(2)
Revenue, net	$	2,208	$	2,619	$	2,641	$	2,382
Gross margin		514		687		665		535
Operating income		319		473		441		293
Net income		288		429		400		265
Basic income per common share	$	1.28	$	1.89	$	1.75	$	1.15
Diluted income per common share	$	1.25	$	1.85	$	1.71	$	1.13

(1)	The third quarter of 2011 included $10 million of expenses related to the planned acquisition of HGST. The fourth quarter of 2011 included a $25 million accrual for litigation contingencies, $7 million of expenses related to the planned acquisition of HGST, and $2 million of debt commitment fees related to the planned acquisition of HGST.
(2)	The fourth quarter of 2010 included $27 million in expenses related to litigation settlements.

XML



Quarterly Results of Operations (unaudited) (Details Textuals) (USD $) In Millions	3 Months Ended
	Jul. 01, 2011	Jul. 02, 2010	Jul. 01, 2011 Hitachi Global Storage Technologies [Member]	Apr. 01, 2011 Hitachi Global Storage Technologies [Member]
Quarterly Results of Operations unaudited (Textuals) [Abstract]
Expenses related to the planned acquisition of HGST			$ 7	$ 10
Accrual for litigation contingencies	25
Debt commitment fees related to planned acquisition of HGST			2
Expense related to litigation settlements		$ 27

XML



Debt (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified				12 Months Ended
	Jul. 01, 2011	Jul. 02, 2010	Feb. 29, 2008	Jul. 01, 2011 Term Loan [Member]	Feb. 29, 2008 Term Loan [Member]
Long-term debt
Term loan	$ 294	$ 400		$ 294
Less amounts due in one year	(144)	(106)
Long-term debt	150	294
Debt (Textuals) [Abstract]
Term loan					500
Variable interest rate of term loan				1.44%
Remaining balance amount of loan	294	400		294
Total principle amount payable, 2012				144
Total principle amount payable, 2013				$ 150
Maturity date of term loan				Feb. 11, 2013
Debt (Additional) (Textuals) [Abstract]
Period of term loan facility			5 years

XML



Shareholders' Equity (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jul. 01, 2011

Shareholders Equity [Abstract]

Stock Option Activity

						Weighted Average
				Weighted Average		Remaining		Aggregate
	Number			Exercise Price		Contractual Life		Intrinsic
	of Shares			Per Share		(in years)		Value
Options outstanding at June 27, 2008		8.0		$	14.92
Granted		4.2			20.02
Exercised		(0.6	)		9.59
Canceled or expired		(0.3	)		20.10
Options outstanding at July 3, 2009		11.3		$	17.00
Granted		1.4			36.06
Exercised		(3.1	)		14.67
Canceled or expired		(0.2	)		22.78
Options outstanding at July 2, 2010		9.4		$	20.61
Granted		2.5			26.59
Exercised		(1.4	)		16.83
Canceled or expired		(0.3	)		26.21
Options outstanding at July 1, 2011		10.2		$	22.49		4.6	$	145
Exercisable at July 1, 2011		5.5		$	19.36		3.8	$	95
Vested and expected to vest after July 1, 2011		10.1		$	22.43		4.5	$	144

Options outstanding and exercisable under the Stock Plans

		Options Outstanding						Options Exercisable
				Weighted Average
				Remaining
Range of		Number		Contractual Life		Weighted Average		Number		Weighted Average
Exercise Prices		of Shares		(in years)		Exercise Price		of Shares		Exercise Price
$	2.10 – $13.76		1.6		2.5	$	8.98		1.6	$	8.97
$	13.95 – $20.55		2.2		4.6		17.59		1.4		18.11
$	21.29 – $25.95		2.3		4.2		23.89		1.6		23.70
$	26.17 – $26.17		2.2		6.2		26.17		—		26.17
$	27.64 – $40.66		1.9		4.9		33.91		0.9		32.85
			10.2		4.6	$	22.49		5.5	$	19.36

Fair value of stock options granted

	2011	2010	2009
Suboptimal exercise factor	1.81	1.73	1.73
Range of risk-free interest rates	0.20% to 2.90%	0.31% to 3.40%	0.38% to 3.44%
Range of expected stock price volatility	0.39 to 0.59	0.40 to 0.72	0.43 to 0.77
Weighted average expected volatility	0.52	0.57	0.55
Post-vesting termination rate	2.44%	3.57%	4.02%
Dividend yield	—	—	—
Fair value	$11.42	$17.09	$9.05

Fair values of all employee stock purchase plan rights granted

	ESPP
	2011			2010			2009
Option life (in years)		1.25			1.24			1.30
Risk-free interest rate		0.44	%		0.57	%		0.65	%
Stock price volatility		0.44			0.53			0.63
Dividend yield		—			—			—
Fair value	$	8.36		$	10.02		$	3.61

Restricted Stock Unit

				Weighted Average
	Number			Grant Date
	of Shares			Fair Value
RSUs outstanding at June 27, 2008		2.8		$	21.75
Granted		0.9			22.84
Vested		(0.5	)		23.18
Canceled or expired		(0.1	)		22.62
RSUs outstanding at July 3, 2009		3.1		$	21.80
Granted		1.2			38.42
Vested		(1.1	)		20.60
Canceled or expired		(0.1	)		27.84
RSUs outstanding at July 2, 2010		3.1		$	28.43
Granted		1.0			26.75
Vested		(0.8	)		24.03
Canceled or expired		(0.2	)		32.41
RSUs outstanding at July 1, 2011		3.1		$	28.85
Expected to vest after July 1, 2011		2.9		$	28.82

Summarizes table of all shares of common stock reserved for issuance

	Number
	of Shares
Maximum shares issuable in connection with:
Outstanding awards and shares available for award grants		25.4
ESPP		3.5
Total		28.9

XML



Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (USD $) In Millions	12 Months Ended
	Jul. 01, 2011	Jul. 02, 2010	Jul. 03, 2009
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income	$ 726	$ 1,382	$ 470
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operations:
Depreciation and amortization	602	510	479
Stock-based compensation	69	60	47
Deferred income taxes	20	27	24
Loss on investments			10
Acquired in-process research and development			14
Non-cash portion of restructuring and other, net			63
Changes in:
Accounts receivable, net	50	(330)	92
Inventories	(17)	(148)	88
Accounts payable	178	270	(33)
Accrued expenses	71	67	23
Other assets and liabilities	(44)	104	28
Net cash provided by operating activities	1,655	1,942	1,305
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchases of property, plant and equipment	(778)	(737)	(519)
Proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment			29
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired	(15)	(253)	(63)
Sales and maturities of investments		4	2
Net cash used in investing activities	(793)	(986)	(551)
Cash flows from financing activities
Issuance of stock under employee stock plans	58	79	28
Taxes paid on vested stock awards under employee stock plans	(8)	(17)	(5)
Increase (decrease) in excess tax benefits from employee stock plans		4	(24)
Repurchases of common stock	(50)		(36)
Repayment of debt	(106)	(82)	(27)
Net cash used in financing activities	(106)	(16)	(64)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents	756	940	690
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year	2,734	1,794	1,104
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year	3,490	2,734	1,794
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Cash paid for income taxes	10	7	11
Cash paid for interest	$ 6	$ 8	$ 14

XML



Schedule II - Consolidated Valuation And Qualifying Accounts

12 Months Ended

Jul. 01, 2011

Consolidated Valuation And Qualifying Accounts [Abstract]

SCHEDULE II CONSOLIDATED VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION

SCHEDULE II — CONSOLIDATED VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
Three years ended July 1, 2011
(in millions)

	Allowance for
	Doubtful
	Accounts
Balance at June 27, 2008	$	8
Additions charged to operations		9
Deductions		(3	)
Balance at July 3, 2009	$	14
Recoveries credited to operations		(6	)
Deductions		(2	)
Balance at July 2, 2010	$	6
Additions charged to operations		—
Deductions		(1	)
Balance at July 1, 2011	$	5

XML



Shareholders' Equity (Details 1) (USD $) In Millions, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	Jul. 01, 2011
Options outstanding and exercisable under the Stock Plans
Options outstanding, Number of shares	10.2
Options outstanding, Weighted average remaining contractual life	4.6
Options outstanding, Weighted average exercise price	$ 22.49
Options exercisable, Number of shares	5.5
Options exercisable, Weighted average exercise price	$ 19.36
Range One [Member]
Options outstanding and exercisable under the Stock Plans
Range of Exercise Prices Lower limit	$ 2.1
Range of Exercise Prices Upper limit	$ 13.76
Options outstanding, Number of shares	1.6
Options outstanding, Weighted average remaining contractual life	2.5
Options outstanding, Weighted average exercise price	$ 8.98
Options exercisable, Number of shares	1.6
Options exercisable, Weighted average exercise price	$ 8.97
Range Two [Member]
Options outstanding and exercisable under the Stock Plans
Range of Exercise Prices Lower limit	$ 13.95
Range of Exercise Prices Upper limit	$ 20.55
Options outstanding, Number of shares	2.2
Options outstanding, Weighted average remaining contractual life	4.6
Options outstanding, Weighted average exercise price	$ 17.59
Options exercisable, Number of shares	1.4
Options exercisable, Weighted average exercise price	$ 18.11
Range Three [Member]
Options outstanding and exercisable under the Stock Plans
Range of Exercise Prices Lower limit	$ 21.29
Range of Exercise Prices Upper limit	$ 25.95
Options outstanding, Number of shares	2.3
Options outstanding, Weighted average remaining contractual life	4.2
Options outstanding, Weighted average exercise price	$ 23.89
Options exercisable, Number of shares	1.6
Options exercisable, Weighted average exercise price	$ 23.70
Range Four [Member]
Options outstanding and exercisable under the Stock Plans
Range of Exercise Prices Lower limit	$ 26.17
Range of Exercise Prices Upper limit	$ 26.17
Options outstanding, Number of shares	2.2
Options outstanding, Weighted average remaining contractual life	6.2
Options outstanding, Weighted average exercise price	$ 26.17
Options exercisable, Number of shares	0
Options exercisable, Weighted average exercise price	$ 26.17
Range Five [Member]
Options outstanding and exercisable under the Stock Plans
Range of Exercise Prices Lower limit	$ 27.64
Range of Exercise Prices Upper limit	$ 40.66
Options outstanding, Number of shares	1.9
Options outstanding, Weighted average remaining contractual life	4.9
Options outstanding, Weighted average exercise price	$ 33.91
Options exercisable, Number of shares	0.9
Options exercisable, Weighted average exercise price	$ 32.85

XML



Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jul. 01, 2011

Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Supplemental Financial Statement Data [Abstract]

Income per Common Share

	Years Ended
	July 1,		July 2,		July 3,
	2011		2010		2009
Net income	$	726	$	1,382	$	470
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic		231		228		222
Employee stock options and other		4		5		4
Diluted		235		233		226
Income per common share:
Basic	$	3.14	$	6.06	$	2.12
Diluted	$	3.09	$	5.93	$	2.08
Anti-dilutive potential common shares excluded*		3		1		6

* For purposes of computing diluted income per common share, certain potentially dilutive securities have been excluded from the calculation because their effect would have been anti-dilutive.

XML



Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Jul. 01, 2011

Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Supplemental Financial Statement Data [Abstract]

Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Note 1.  Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Western Digital Corporation (the “Company” or “Western Digital” or “WD”) is a global provider of solutions for the collection, storage, management, protection and use of digital content, including audio and video. The Company’s principal products are hard drives, which are devices that use one or more rotating magnetic disks (“magnetic media”) to store and allow fast access to data. Hard drives are currently the primary storage medium for digital content. The Company’s hard drives are used in desktop and notebook computers, corporate and cloud computing data centers, home entertainment equipment and stand-alone consumer storage devices. In addition to hard drives, the Company’s other products include solid-state drives and home entertainment and networking products.

The Company has prepared its consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) and has adopted accounting policies and practices which are generally accepted in the industry in which it operates. The Company’s significant accounting policies are summarized below.

Fiscal Year

The Company has a 52 or 53-week fiscal year. The 2011 fiscal year which ended on July 1, 2011 consisted of 52 weeks. The 2010 and 2009 fiscal years, which ended on July 2, 2010 and July 3, 2009, respectively, consisted of 52 and 53 weeks each, respectively.

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The accounts of foreign subsidiaries have been remeasured using the U.S. dollar as the functional currency. As such, gains or losses resulting from remeasurement of these accounts from local currencies into U.S. dollars are reflected in the results of operations. These gains and losses were immaterial to the consolidated financial statements.

On June 30, 2010, the Company acquired the magnetic media sputtering operations of Hoya Corporation and Hoya Magnetics Singapore Pte. Ltd (together, “Hoya”). On March 27, 2009, the Company acquired SiliconSystems, Inc. (“SiliconSystems”). The acquisitions are further described in Note 14. The results of operations of Hoya and SiliconSystems since the dates of their acquisitions are included in the consolidated financial statements.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company’s cash equivalents represent highly liquid investments in money market funds, which are invested in U.S. Treasury securities, U.S. Treasury bills and U.S. Government agency securities with original maturities when purchased of three months or less.

Investments

The Company’s investments consist of auction-rate securities, which are primarily backed by insurance products with original maturities greater than three months. The Company has classified these investments as available-for-sale securities and they are carried at fair value within other non-current assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of cash equivalents, accounts receivable, investments, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate fair value for all periods presented because of the short-term maturity of these assets and liabilities or, in the case of investments, these are recorded using appropriate market information. The carrying amount of debt approximates fair value because of its variable interest rate.

Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company sells its products to computer manufacturers, resellers and retailers throughout the world. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and generally requires no collateral. The Company maintains allowances for potential credit losses, and such losses have historically been within management’s expectations. At any given point in time, the total amount outstanding from any one of a number of its customers may be individually significant to the Company’s financial results. At July 1, 2011 and July 2, 2010, the Company had reserves for potential credit losses of $5 million and $6 million, respectively, and net accounts receivable of $1.2 billion and $1.3 billion, respectively.

The Company also has cash equivalent and investment policies that limit the amount of credit exposure to any one financial institution or investment instrument and requires that investments be made only with financial institutions or in investment instruments evaluated as highly credit-worthy.

Inventory

The Company values inventories at the lower of cost (first-in, first out and weighted average methods) or net realizable value. The first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method is used to value the cost of the majority of the Company’s inventories, while the weighted-average method is used to value precious metal inventories. Weighted-average cost is calculated based upon the cost of precious metals at the time they are received by the Company. The Company has determined that it is not practicable to assign specific costs to individual units of precious metals and, as such, precious metals are relieved from inventory based on the weighted-average cost of the inventory at the time the inventory is used in production. The weighted average method of valuing precious metals does not materially differ from a FIFO method. As of July 1, 2011 and July 2, 2010, 85% and 82% of the inventory was valued using the FIFO method with the remainder valued using the weighted average method. Inventory write-downs are recorded for the valuation of inventory at the lower of cost or net realizable value by analyzing market conditions and estimates of future sales prices as compared to inventory costs and inventory balances.

The Company evaluates inventory balances for excess quantities and obsolescence on a regular basis by analyzing estimated demand, inventory on hand, sales levels and other information, and reduces inventory balances to net realizable value for excess and obsolete inventory based on this analysis. Unanticipated changes in technology or customer demand could result in a decrease in demand for one or more of the Company’s products, which may require a write down of inventory that could materially affect operating results.

Property, Plant and Equipment

The cost of property, plant and equipment is depreciated over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. The Company’s buildings are depreciated over periods ranging from fifteen to thirty years. The majority of the Company’s equipment is depreciated over periods of three to seven years. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the related lease terms.

Goodwill and Other Long-Lived Assets

The total purchase price in a business combination is allocated to the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values at the acquisition date, with amounts exceeding the fair values being recorded as goodwill. Goodwill is not amortized. Instead, it is tested for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill may be impaired. The Company did not record any impairment of goodwill during 2011, 2010 or 2009.

Other intangible assets consist primarily of technology acquired in business combinations. Acquired intangibles are amortized on a straight-line basis over their respective estimated useful lives. Long-lived assets are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. The Company did not record any impairments to long-lived assets during 2011 or 2010. The Company recorded impairments to certain long-lived assets during 2009. See Note 13.

Revenue and Accounts Receivable

Revenue is recognized when the title and risk of loss have passed to the customer, there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, delivery has occurred, or services have been rendered, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. The Company establishes provisions against revenue and cost of revenue for estimated sales returns in the same period that the related revenue is recognized based on existing product return notifications. If actual sales returns exceed expectations, an increase in the sales return accrual would be required, which could materially affect operating results.

In accordance with standard industry practice, the Company provides distributors and retailers (collectively referred to as “resellers”) with limited price protection for inventories held by resellers at the time of published list price reductions, and the Company provides resellers and OEMs with other sales incentive programs. At the time the Company recognizes revenue to resellers and OEMs, a reduction of revenue is recorded for estimated price protection until the resellers sell such inventory to their customers and the Company also records a reduction of revenue for the other programs in effect. The Company bases these adjustments on several factors including anticipated price decreases during the reseller holding period, reseller’s sell-through and inventory levels, estimated amounts to be reimbursed to qualifying customers, historical pricing information and customer claim processing. If customer demand for hard drives or market conditions differ from the Company’s expectations, the Company’s operating results could be materially affected. The Company also has programs under which it reimburses qualified distributors and retailers for certain marketing expenditures, which are recorded as a reduction of revenue. Sales incentive and marketing programs are recorded as a reduction of revenue.

The Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts by analyzing specific customer accounts and assessing the risk of loss based on insolvency, disputes or other collection issues. In addition, the Company routinely analyzes the different receivable aging categories and establishes reserves based on a combination of past due receivables and expected future losses based primarily on its historical levels of bad debt losses. If the financial condition of a significant customer deteriorates resulting in its inability to pay its accounts when due, or if the Company’s overall loss history changes significantly, an adjustment in the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts would be required, which could materially affect operating results.

The Company establishes provisions against revenue and cost of revenue for sales returns in the same period that the related revenue is recognized. These provisions are based on existing product return notifications. If actual sales returns exceed expectations, an increase in the sales return accrual would be required, which could materially affect operating results.

Warranty

The Company records an accrual for estimated warranty costs when revenue is recognized. The Company generally warrants its products for a period of one to five years. The warranty provision considers estimated product failure rates and trends, estimated repair or replacement costs and estimated costs for customer compensatory claims related to product quality issues, if any. A statistical warranty tracking model is used to help prepare estimates and assist the Company in exercising judgment in determining the underlying estimates. The statistical tracking model captures specific detail on hard drive reliability, such as factory test data, historical field return rates, and costs to repair by product type. Management’s judgment is subject to a greater degree of subjectivity with respect to newly introduced products because of limited field experience with those products upon which to base warranty estimates. Management reviews the warranty accrual quarterly for products shipped in prior periods and which are still under warranty. Any changes in the estimates underlying the accrual may result in adjustments that impact current period gross margin and income. Such changes are generally a result of differences between forecasted and actual return rate experience and costs to repair. If actual product return trends, costs to repair returned products or costs of customer compensatory claims differ significantly from estimates, future results of operations could be materially affected.

Litigation and Other Contingencies

When the Company becomes aware of a claim or potential claim, the Company assesses the likelihood of any loss or exposure. The Company discloses information regarding each material claim where the likelihood of a loss contingency is probable or reasonably possible. If a loss contingency is probable and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated, the Company records an accrual for the loss. In such cases, there may be an exposure to potential loss in excess of the amount accrued. Where a loss is not probable but is reasonably possible and where a loss in excess of the amount accrued is reasonably possible, the Company discloses an estimate of the amount of the loss or range of possible losses for the claim if a reasonable estimate can be made, unless the amount of such reasonably possible losses is not material to the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. The ability to predict the ultimate outcome of such matters involves judgments, estimates and inherent uncertainties. The actual outcome of such matters could differ materially from management’s estimates. See Note 5.

Advertising Expense

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Selling, general and administrative expenses of the Company included advertising costs of $11 million, $7 million, and $5 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which provides that deferred tax assets and liabilities be recognized for temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of assets and liabilities and expected benefits of utilizing net operating loss (“NOL”) and tax credit carryforwards. The Company records a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Each period, the Company evaluates the need for a valuation allowance for its deferred tax assets and adjusts the valuation allowance so that the Company records net deferred tax assets only to the extent that it has concluded it is more likely than not that these deferred tax assets will be realized.

The Company recognizes liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on a two-step process. To the extent a tax position does not meet a more-likely-than-not level of certainty, no benefit is recognized in the financial statements. If a position meets the more-likely-than-not level of certainty, it is recognized in the financial statements at the largest amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are recognized on liabilities recorded for uncertain tax positions, as applicable, and are recorded in the provision for income taxes. The actual liability for unrealized tax benefits may be materially different from the Company’s estimates, which could result in the need to record additional liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits or potentially adjust previously-recorded liabilities for unrealized tax benefits, and may materially affect our operating results.

Income per Common Share

The Company computes basic income per common share using net income and the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted income per common share is computed using net income and the weighted average number of common shares and potentially dilutive common shares outstanding during the period. Potentially dilutive common shares include certain dilutive outstanding employee stock options, rights to purchase shares of common stock under the Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) and restricted stock unit awards.

The following table illustrates the computation of basic and diluted income per common share (in millions, except per share data):

	Years Ended
	July 1,		July 2,		July 3,
	2011		2010		2009
Net income	$	726	$	1,382	$	470
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic		231		228		222
Employee stock options and other		4		5		4
Diluted		235		233		226
Income per common share:
Basic	$	3.14	$	6.06	$	2.12
Diluted	$	3.09	$	5.93	$	2.08
Anti-dilutive potential common shares excluded*		3		1		6

* For purposes of computing diluted income per common share, certain potentially dilutive securities have been excluded from the calculation because their effect would have been anti-dilutive.

Stock-based Compensation

The Company accounts for all stock-based compensation at fair value. Stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the value of the award and is recognized as expense over the vesting period. The fair values of all stock options granted are estimated using a binomial model, and the fair values of all ESPP purchase rights are estimated using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. Both the binomial and the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing models require the input of highly subjective assumptions. The Company is required to use judgment in estimating the amount of stock-based awards that are expected to be forfeited. If actual forfeitures differ significantly from the original estimate, stock-based compensation expense and the results of operations could be materially affected.

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Other comprehensive income (loss) refers to revenue, expenses, gains and losses that are recorded as an element of shareholders’ equity but are excluded from net income. The Company’s other comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of unrealized gains and losses on foreign exchange contracts.

Foreign Exchange Contracts

Although the majority of the Company’s transactions are in U.S. dollars, some transactions are based in various foreign currencies. The Company purchases short-term, foreign exchange contracts to hedge the impact of foreign currency exchange fluctuations on certain underlying assets, revenue, liabilities and commitments for operating expenses and product costs denominated in foreign currencies. The purpose of entering into these hedging transactions is to minimize the impact of foreign currency fluctuations on the Company’s results of operations. These contract maturity dates do not exceed 12 months. All foreign exchange contracts are for risk management purposes only. The Company does not purchase foreign exchange contracts for trading purposes. The Company had outstanding foreign exchange contracts with commercial banks for Thai Baht, Malaysian Ringgit, Euro and British Pound Sterling with aggregate notional amounts of $1.5 billion and $1.1 billion at July 1, 2011 and July 2, 2010, respectively. Thai Baht contracts are designated as either cash flow or fair value hedges. Malaysian Ringgit contracts are designated as cash flow hedges. Euro and British Pound Sterling contracts are designated as fair value hedges.

If the derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the change in fair value of the derivative is initially deferred in other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax. These amounts are subsequently recognized into earnings when the underlying cash flow being hedged is recognized into earnings. Recognized gains and losses on foreign exchange contracts entered into for manufacturing-related activities are reported in cost of revenue. Hedge effectiveness is measured by comparing the hedging instrument’s cumulative change in fair value from inception to maturity to the underlying exposure’s terminal value. The Company determined the ineffectiveness associated with its cash flow hedges to be immaterial.

A change in the fair value of fair value hedges is recognized in earnings in the period incurred and is reported as a component of operating expenses. All fair value hedges were determined to be effective. The fair value and the changes in fair value on these contracts were not material to the consolidated financial statements for all years presented. See Notes 10 and 11 for additional disclosures related to foreign exchange contracts.

Use of Estimates

Company management has made estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of certain assets and liabilities in conformity with U.S. GAAP. These estimates and assumptions have been applied using methodologies that are consistent throughout the periods presented. However, actual results could differ materially from these estimates.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2009-13, “Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements” (“ASU 2009-13”), and ASU 2009-14, “Certain Revenue Arrangements That Include Software Elements” (“ASU 2009-14”). ASU 2009-13 amends the revenue guidance under Subtopic 605-25, “Multiple Element Arrangements,” and addresses how to determine whether an arrangement involving multiple deliverables contains more than one unit of accounting and how arrangement consideration shall be measured and allocated to the separate units of accounting in the arrangement. ASU 2009-14 excludes tangible products containing software components and non-software components that function together to deliver the product’s essential functionality from the scope of Subtopic 985-605, “Revenue Recognition.” ASU 2009-13 and ASU 2009-14 are effective for fiscal periods beginning on or after June 15, 2010, which for the Company was the first quarter of fiscal 2011. The Company’s adoption of ASU 2009-13 and ASU 2009-14 had no impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, “Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs” (“ASU 2011-04”). ASU 2011-04 clarifies existing fair value measurement and disclosure requirements by amending certain fair value measurement principles and requiring additional disclosures regarding fair value measurements. ASU 2011-04 is effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2011, which for the Company is the third quarter of fiscal 2012. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that ASU 2011-04 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05 “Presentation of Comprehensive Income” (“ASU 2011-05”). ASU 2011-05 requires that all non-owner changes in shareholders’ equity be presented either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but continuous statements. If presented in two separate statements, the first statement should present total net income and its components followed immediately by a second statement of total other comprehensive income, its components and the total comprehensive income. ASU 2011-05 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2011, which for the Company is the first quarter of fiscal 2013. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that ASU 2011-05 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

XML



Fair Value Measurements

12 Months Ended

Jul. 01, 2011

Fair Value Measurements [Abstract]

Fair Value Measurements

Note 10.  Fair Value Measurements

Financial assets and liabilities that are remeasured and reported at fair value at each reporting period are classified and disclosed in one of the following three levels:

Level 1.  Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2.  Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3.  Inputs that are unobservable for the asset or liability and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

The following table presents information about the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of July 1, 2011, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized to determine such value (in millions):

	Fair Value Measurements at
	Reporting Date Using
	Quoted Prices
	in Active		Significant
	Markets for		Other			Significant
	Identical		Observable			Unobservable
	Instruments		Inputs			Inputs
	(Level 1)		(Level 2)			(Level 3)		Total
Assets:
Cash equivalents
Money market funds	$	721	$	—		$	—	$	721
U.S. Treasury securities		—		60			—		60
U.S. Government agency securities		—		78			—		78
Total cash equivalents		721		138			—		859
Auction-rate securities		—		—			15		15
Total assets at fair value	$	721	$	138		$	15	$	874
Liabilities:
Foreign exchange contracts	$	—	$	(5	)	$	—	$	(5	)
Total liabilities at fair value	$	—	$	(5	)	$	—	$	(5	)

The following table presents information about the Company’s financial assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of July 2, 2010, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized to determine such value (in millions):

	Fair Value Measurements at
	Reporting Date Using
	Quoted Prices
	in Active		Significant
	Markets for		Other		Significant
	Identical		Observable		Unobservable
	Assets		Inputs		Inputs
	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Cash equivalents
Money market funds	$	458	$	—	$	—	$	458
U.S. Treasury securities		—		385		—		385
U.S. Government agency securities		—		370		—		370
Total cash equivalents		458		755		—		1,213
Auction-rate securities		—		—		15		15
Foreign exchange contracts		—		17		—		17
Total assets at fair value	$	458	$	772	$	15	$	1,245

Money Market Funds.  The Company’s money market funds are funds that invest in U.S. Treasury securities and are recorded within cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated balance sheets. Money market funds are valued based on quoted market prices.

U.S. Treasury Securities.  The Company’s U.S. Treasury securities are investments in Treasury bills with original maturities of three months or less, are held in custody by a third party and are recorded within cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated balance sheets. U.S. Treasury securities are valued using a market approach which is based on observable inputs including market interest rates from multiple pricing sources.

U.S. Government Agency Securities.  The Company’s U.S. Government agency securities are investments in fixed income securities sponsored by the U.S. Government with original maturities of three months or less, are held in custody by a third party and are recorded within cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated balance sheets. U.S. Government agency securities are valued using a market approach which is based on observable inputs including market interest rates from multiple pricing sources.

Auction-Rate Securities.  The Company’s auction-rate securities have maturity dates through 2050, are primarily backed by insurance products and are accounted for as available-for-sale securities. These investments are expected to be held until secondary markets become available and as a result, are classified as long-term investments and recorded within other non-current assets in the consolidated balance sheets. Auction-rate securities are valued using an income approach which is based on a discounted cash flow model or a credit default model. The inputs to the discounted cash flow model include market interest rates and a discount factor to reflect the illiquidity of the investments. The inputs to the credit default model include market interest rates, yields of similar securities, and probability-weighted assumptions related to the creditworthiness of the underlying assets.

Foreign Exchange Contracts.  The Company’s foreign exchange contracts are short-term contracts to hedge the Company’s foreign currency risk related to the Thai Baht, Malaysian Ringgit, Euro and British Pound Sterling. Foreign exchange contracts are classified within other current assets in the consolidated balance sheets. Foreign exchange contracts are valued using an income approach which is based on a present value of future cash flows model. The market-based observable inputs for the model include forward rates and credit default swap rates.

The following table presents the changes in Level 3 financial assets measured on a recurring basis (in millions):

	U.S.
	Government
	Agency			Auction-rate
	Securities			Securities			Total
July 3, 2009	$	1		$	18		$	19
Sales		—			(3	)		(3	)
Maturities		(1	)		—			(1	)
July 2, 2010	$	—		$	15		$	15

For the year ended July 1, 2011, there were no changes in Level 3 financial assets measured on a recurring basis. The Company had no liabilities that were re-measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis during the year ended July 2, 2010.

XML



Foreign Exchange Contracts (Details) (Foreign Exchange Contract [Member], USD $) In Millions	Jul. 01, 2011	Jul. 02, 2010
Fair value and balance sheet location
Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments Fair value, Asset derivatives	$ 0
Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments Fair Value, Liability derivatives		0
Other Current Assets [Member]
Fair value and balance sheet location
Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments Fair value, Asset derivatives		17
Accrued Expenses [Member]
Fair value and balance sheet location
Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments Fair Value, Liability derivatives	$ 5

XML



Restructuring And Sale Of Facility (Details Textuals) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Jul. 03, 2009	Jul. 03, 2009
Restructuring And Sale Of Facility (Textuals) [Abstract]
Headcount reductions		3,300
Restructuring costs totaled		$ 112
Asset impairment charges		81
Employee termination benefits		27
Contract termination and other exit costs		4
Cash expenditures related to the restructuring activities		31
Asset impairment related to land buildings machinery and equipment manufacturing facilities in Thailand and Malaysia		76
Asset impairment related to customer relationship intangible asset acquired from Komag		5
Sale of substrate manufacturing facility	29	29
Gain on sale of assets		$ 18

XML



Acquisition (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jul. 01, 2011

Acquisitions [Abstract]

Acquisition of identifiable intangible assets, and liabilities assumed

	June 30,
	2010
Tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed:
Inventories	$	35
Property and equipment		185
Accounts payables and other liabilities		(10	)
Intangible assets		11
Goodwill		12
Total	$	233

	March 27,
	2009
Tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, net	$	5
Intangible assets		24
In-process research and development		14
Goodwill		23
Total	$	66

XML



Acquisitions

12 Months Ended

Jul. 01, 2011

Acquisitions [Abstract]

Acquisitions

Note 14.   Acquisitions

Planned Acquisition of Hitachi Global Storage Technologies

On March 7, 2011, the Company entered into a stock purchase agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with Hitachi, Ltd. (“Hitachi”), Viviti Technologies Ltd., until recently known as Hitachi Global Storage Technologies Holdings Pte. Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of Hitachi (“HGST”), and Western Digital Ireland, Ltd., an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (“WDI”). Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, WDI agreed to acquire all of the issued and outstanding paid-up share capital of HGST from Hitachi. The planned acquisition is intended to result in a more efficient and innovative customer-focused storage company, with significant operating scale, strong global talent and the industry’s broadest product lineup backed by a rich technology portfolio. The aggregate purchase price of the planned acquisition is estimated to be approximately $4.3 billion, due at closing, and will be funded with existing cash, new debt, and 25 million newly issued shares of the Company’s common stock. The Purchase Agreement contains certain termination rights for both the Company and Hitachi, including the right to terminate the Purchase Agreement if the planned acquisition has not closed by March 7, 2012. If the planned acquisition has not closed by March 7, 2012 due to the failure to receive any required antitrust or competition authority’s consent, approval or clearance or any action by any certain governmental entities to prevent the planned acquisition for antitrust or competition reasons, the Company will, concurrently with such termination, be required to pay Hitachi a fee of $250 million in cash. During 2011, the Company incurred $17 million of expenses related to the planned acquisition of HGST which are included within selling, general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of income.

On March 7, 2011, in connection with the planned acquisition of HGST, the Company, WDTI and WDI entered into a commitment letter with Bank of America, N.A. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated regarding a new credit facility for an amount of $2.5 billion, consisting of a $500 million revolving credit facility and $2.0 billion in term loans, to be entered into in connection with the closing of the planned acquisition (the “Senior Facility”). Since entering into the commitment letter, Bank of America N.A. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated led the effort to syndicate the Senior Facility for an amount of up to $3.0 billion, consisting of a $500 million revolving credit facility and up to $2.5 billion in term loans. As a result of such effort, the Company, WDTI and WDI have fully negotiated definitive loan documents for the Senior Facility with the syndicate members and, subject to customary closing conditions including completion of the acquisition in accordance with its terms, the Company, WDTI and WDI fully expect all of these syndicate members to be part of the final lender group. In addition, the Company is required to pay a commitment fee at the rate of 0.35%, per annum, of the aggregate unfunded amount committed to be borrowed under the Senior Facility. For 2011, the Company incurred debt commitment fees of $2 million related to the acquisition.

The planned acquisition of HGST is subject to several closing conditions, including the receipt of antitrust approvals or the expiration of applicable waiting periods in certain jurisdictions. The Company has received requests for additional information and is engaged in more in-depth reviews of the pending acquisition initiated by regulatory authorities in the United States, the European Union, the People’s Republic of China, Japan and Korea. The Company is cooperating fully with each of the regulatory authorities reviewing the proposed transaction. Subject to obtaining the required regulatory approvals or expiration of applicable waiting periods, the Company expects the transaction to close in its second quarter of fiscal 2012.

Magnetic Media Operations

On June 30, 2010, the Company acquired the facilities, equipment, intellectual property and working capital of the magnetic media sputtering operations of Hoya. The cost of the acquisition was $233 million and was funded with available cash. The Company identified and recorded the assets, including specifically identifiable intangible assets, and liabilities assumed from Hoya at their estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition, and allocated the remaining value to goodwill. The allocation was as follows (in millions):

	June 30,
	2010
Tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed:
Inventories	$	35
Property and equipment		185
Accounts payables and other liabilities		(10	)
Intangible assets		11
Goodwill		12
Total	$	233

Intangible assets of $11 million primarily relate to a glass substrate supply agreement and existing technology. These intangibles will be amortized to cost of revenue over the weighted average useful life of 3 years.

Semiconductor Wafer Fabrication Facility

On May 25, 2010, the Company agreed to purchase a semiconductor wafer fabrication facility consisting of land, a building, equipment and certain intangible assets for a total acquisition cost of $35 million. The land and building were acquired for $20 million during the fourth fiscal quarter of 2010. The Company completed the acquisition by acquiring the equipment for $15 million during the fourth fiscal quarter of 2011.

SiliconSystems

On March 27, 2009, the Company acquired SiliconSystems, a supplier of solid-state drives for the embedded systems market. The total acquisition cost of SiliconSystems was $66 million, consisting of $65 million in cash paid to SiliconSystems shareholders and $1 million of other direct acquisition costs. The Company identified and recorded the assets, including specifically identifiable intangible assets, and liabilities assumed from SiliconSystems at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date, and allocated the remaining value to goodwill. The allocation was as follows (in millions):

	March 27,
	2009
Tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, net	$	5
Intangible assets		24
In-process research and development		14
Goodwill		23
Total	$	66

Intangible assets of $24 million primarily relates to existing technology that is amortized to cost of revenue over the weighted average useful life of 6 years. In-process research and development of $14 million relates to projects that had not reached technological feasibility and had no alternative future use, and therefore, did not qualify for capitalization and was recorded as an operating expense during 2009 in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

XML



Consolidated Balance Sheets (USD $) In Millions	Jul. 01, 2011	Jul. 02, 2010
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 3,490	$ 2,734
Accounts receivable, net	1,206	1,256
Inventories	577	560
Other current assets	214	170
Total current assets	5,487	4,720
Property, plant and equipment, net	2,224	2,159
Goodwill	151	146
Other intangible assets, net	71	88
Other non-current assets	185	215
Total assets	8,118	7,328
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	1,545	1,507
Accrued expenses	349	281
Accrued warranty	132	129
Current portion of long-term debt	144	106
Total current liabilities	2,170	2,023
Long-term debt	150	294
Other liabilities	310	302
Total liabilities	2,630	2,619
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 4 and 5)
Shareholders' equity:
Preferred stock, $.01 par value; authorized - 5 shares; issued and outstanding - none	0	0
Common stock, $.01 par value; authorized - 450 shares; issued and outstanding - 233 and 231 shares, respectively	2	2
Additional paid-in capital	1,091	1,022
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	(5)	11
Retained earnings	4,400	3,674
Total shareholders' equity	5,488	4,709
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity	$ 8,118	$ 7,328

XML



Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details) (USD $) In Millions, except Per Share data	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Jul. 01, 2011	Apr. 01, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Oct. 01, 2010	Jul. 02, 2010	Apr. 02, 2010	Jan. 01, 2010	Oct. 02, 2009	Jul. 01, 2011	Jul. 02, 2010	Jul. 03, 2009
Computation of basic and diluted income per common share
Net income	$ 158	$ 146	$ 225	$ 197	$ 265	$ 400	$ 429	$ 288	$ 726	$ 1,382	$ 470
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic									231	228	222
Employee stock options and other									4	5	4
Diluted									235	233	226
Income per common share:
Basic income per common share	$ 0.68	$ 0.63	$ 0.98	$ 0.86	$ 1.15	$ 1.75	$ 1.89	$ 1.28	$ 3.14	$ 6.06	$ 2.12
Diluted income per common share	$ 0.67	$ 0.62	$ 0.96	$ 0.84	$ 1.13	$ 1.71	$ 1.85	$ 1.25	$ 3.09	$ 5.93	$ 2.08
Anti-dilutive potential common shares excluded									3	1	6

XML



Shareholders' Equity (Details Textuals) (USD $) In Millions, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended			85 Months Ended
	Oct. 01, 2010	Jul. 01, 2011	Jul. 02, 2010	Jul. 03, 2009	Jul. 01, 2011
Additional Shareholders Equity (Textuals) [Abstract]
Authorized number of shares of common stock for award grants under performance incentive plan		37,200,000			37,200,000
Shareholders Equity (Textuals) [Abstract]
Common stock remain outstanding and exercisable under prior stock plans option for purchase		1,200,000			1,200,000
Incentive plan terminate		On September 20, 2014 unless terminated earlier by the Company’s Board of Directors
Shares issued in respect of any other type of award granted under the plan		1.35			1.35
Eligible employee payroll deduction amount for employee stock purchase plan		up to 10%
Percentage of market value for purchases within employee stock purchase plan		at 95%
Employee stock purchase plan offering period		24 months
Expenses on stock-based compensation		$ 37	$ 37	$ 24
Total compensation cost related to unvested stock options and ESPP rights issued		60			60
Weighted average vesting period		1.3
Expense related to the vesting of restricted stock unit awards		32	23	23
Unamortized fair value of all unvested restricted stock unit awards		41			41
Weighted average service period		2.2
Options outstanding to purchase shares with exercise price below company stock price		10,100,000			10,100,000
Options outstanding to purchase shares with exercise price below company stock price, intrinsic value		145			145
Aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised under the Company's stock option plan		25	72	8
Weighted average expected term of the Company's stock options		4.7	4.6	4.9
Aggregate value of restricted stock awards vested		23	43
Grant-date fair value of the shares underlying the restricted stock awards		26	45	19
Forfeiture rate of restricted stock unit valuation assumption		1.82%	1.55%	0.00%
Company repurchased shares of its common stock	1,800,000				20,000,000
Repurchase of common stock	$ 50	$ (50)		$ (36)	$ 334
Exercise price for stock purchase right		$ 50
Amount Of Company's Outstanding Common Stock Announced as Acquired or Tendered an Offer for Exercise		15% or more
Amount at which each stock right is redeemable by company		$ 0.001
Stock Repurchase Program [Member]
Additional Shareholders Equity (Textuals) [Abstract]
Authorized number of shares of common stock for award grants under performance incentive plan		750,000,000			750,000,000

XML



Foreign Exchange Contracts (Details Textuals) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jul. 01, 2011	Jul. 02, 2010
Foreign Exchange Contracts (Textuals) [Abstract]
Gains expected to be reclassified into earnings	$ 5,000,000
Foreign exchange contracts opened during the period by company	4,700,000,000	4,800,000,000
Foreign exchange contracts closed during the period by company	$ 3,200,000,000	$ 4,100,000,000

XML



Shareholders' Equity (Details 2) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jul. 01, 2011	Jul. 02, 2010	Jul. 03, 2009
Fair value of stock options granted
Suboptimal exercise factor	1.81	1.73	1.73
Risk-free interest rates, minimum	0.20%	0.31%	0.38%
Risk-free interest rates, maximum	2.90%	3.40%	3.44%
Expected stock price volatility, minimum	39.00%	40.00%	43.00%
Expected stock price volatility, maximum	59.00%	72.00%	77.00%
Weighted average expected volatility	52.00%	57.00%	55.00%
Post-vesting termination rate	2.44%	3.57%	4.02%
Dividend yield	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%
Fair value	$ 11.42	$ 17.09	$ 9.05

XML



Shareholders' Equity (Details 3) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jul. 01, 2011	Jul. 02, 2010	Jul. 03, 2009
Employee stock purchase plan
Option life (in years)	4.7	4.6	4.9
Dividend yield	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%
Fair value	$ 11.42	$ 17.09	$ 9.05
Employee Stock [Member]
Employee stock purchase plan
Option life (in years)	1.25	1.24	1.30
Risk-free interest rates	0.44%	0.57%	0.65%
Stock price volatility	44.00%	53.00%	63.00%
Dividend yield	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%
Fair value	$ 8.36	$ 10.02	$ 3.61

XML



Fair Value Measurements (Details 1) (USD $) In Millions	12 Months Ended
	Jul. 01, 2011	Jul. 02, 2010
Changes in Level 3 financial assets measured on a recurring basis
Beginning Balance	$ 15	$ 19
Sales		(3)
Maturities		(1)
Fair Value Measurements (Textuals) [Abstract]
Maturity of auction rate securities	Dates Through 2050
U.S. Government agency securities [Member]
Changes in Level 3 financial assets measured on a recurring basis
Beginning Balance		1
Maturities		(1)
Auction Rate Securities [Member]
Changes in Level 3 financial assets measured on a recurring basis
Beginning Balance		18
Sales		$ (3)

XML



Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details Textuals) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jul. 01, 2011	Jul. 02, 2010	Jul. 03, 2009
Organization and summary of significant accounting policies
Reserves for potential credit losses	$ 5,000,000	$ 6,000,000
Accounts receivable, net	1,206,000,000	1,256,000,000
Valuation of inventory under FIFO method	85.00%	82.00%
Minimum warranty period for company's product	1 year
Maximum warranty period for company's product	5 years
Selling, general and administrative expenses included advertising costs	11,000,000	7,000,000	5,000,000
Recognition of liabilities for uncertain tax upon ultimate settlement percentage description	greater than 50%
Maturity dates of Foreign Exchange Contracts	Not exceed 12 months
Notional amount	$ 1,500,000,000	$ 1,100,000,000
Original Maturities of Investments	Greater than three months
Building [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives of Property Plant And Equipment Minimum	15
Estimated useful lives of Property Plant And Equipment Maximum	30
Equipment [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives of Property Plant And Equipment Minimum	3
Estimated useful lives of Property Plant And Equipment Maximum	7